
Class 



Book*i_i fc ^ w / 



Gop^Tight]^".. 



COPYRIGHT DEPOSST. 



/ 






A STORY 



OF 



THE WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE 



FOR 



OUR l^IXTLK JUNIORS 



MARY H. PEABODY 



A FIRST BOOK OF HISTORY FOR THE CHILDREN OF THE 
TWENTIETH CENTURY 



NEARLY FOUR HUNDRED ILLUSTRATIONS FROM FAMOUS 

PAINTINGS AND ORIGINAL DRAWINGS, UNDER 

DIRECTION OF GEORGE SPIEL 



MONARCH BOOK COMPANY, 
CHICAGO, ILL. PHILADELPHIA, PA. 



)l 



4fiG88 



COPYRIGHT lb 



MARY H. PEABODY. 



All rights reserved. 



TWO COPIES RECEIVED. 



( ''L^ 



i//- 



^% 











8EC0N0 copy; 






PREFACE 

Children, what is the use of this history? What does it 
teach us ? 

History teaches how to live. It shows us to what nation we 
belong ; it shows how that nation's life began, how it has grown, 
and what its present conditions are. History teaches that the 
character of a nation grows out of the character of the people 
who compose it, so that each person's life has an influence for 
good or for evil in his country. This is especially true in America, 
for here a man's birthright to take part in " the government of 
the people, for the people, by the people " carries with it a duty 
which each is bound to fulfill — the duty of right living. 

History teaches us to keep our minds in order ; to know facts 
and circumstances before we attempt to judge the acts of people. 
It teaches us to study the principles of our national life and to be 
guided by them, as loyal children, at home, in the street, the school, 
the factory, the workshop, in business, and in social life. 

In the past, the greatness of America has come through the 
ability of her people to make laws for themselves, and through 
their having had the intelligence to obey those laws. In the 
present, we still depend upon this same thing ; intelligence and 
obedience to law. Without this power of self-government the 
nation would fall into ruins, and not all her land, nor her wealth, 
nor her millions of people could save her. 

\ What we do to-day will be history to-morrow. May a knowl- 
edge of the greatness and honor of the past, revealed by our 
country's history, serve as a light in the present to guide us, by the 
grace of God, in the way of national progress./ 

The Publishers. 



INTRODUCTION 

TO THE PARENTS 

In its outward form, history is " the record of past events "; 
but, in its real character and use, history is the study of hfe. 

In hfe, the child's starting point is himself. He looks out into 
the world and asks. What is this? Where did it come from? 
What are these people doing ? 

These questions show the desire of the child's mind. They 
show that he is searching for the origin, the character, and the 
use of things, as he sees them. 

The child's questions are clear and simple. They should have 
clear and simple answers — that is, in reply to his first inquiries, 
the child should be shown, first of all, the few great principles 
that underlie and make the framework of life. 

As we look into the world, the actions of man are many. 
They appear on the outside, and make the diversity of life. But 
the principles of human being and growth are few and simple, 
and these should be given as first lessons, because they explain 
what is being done. 

The child's interests and impulses are social. The people he 
sees are his own people. They are his family, his school, his town. 
He wishes to be with them all — to live and to work with them. 

In response to this desire, all the child's study should be social 
in its purpose. His books should be an explanation of what is 
going on. Their intention should be to help the child to discover, 
that is to recognize, his own place in the world. To help this 
recognition is the especial use of history. 

Froebel, the founder of the kindergarten, says : "In all things 
rests, works and rules, an eternal law." This is the law of growth. 
By it we are born, and by it we live and work. 

This law "rests," or abides, in each thing, because it is born 
alike in the plant, and in man. It " works," because all things, 



vi A STORY OF THE WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE 

in nature and in life, are born to express themselves, and to show 
the power that is in them ; and finally, this law of growth "rules," 
because a plan, or design, is born within everything. Under the 
control of this law, things and men grow after their " kind." 

In history men have grown to be nations. 

The nations are the great powers of the earth. Each has its 
land, its government, its religion, its relations with other people, its 
language, its literature and art ; each has its own character, apart 
from all others, and each, in closing its career, has left its influence 
and memory to the world. 

The nation is thus the first figure in history to be presented 
to the child. He recognizes his relationship. His own nation is 
the greatest whole to which, personally, he belongs. It is the 
whole, within which are found the other parts of his life. Its story 
includes the story of all its families and of all single individuals. 
Apart from the nation these are imperfect ; but in their place, as 
parts of the whole, we see their full character, and the reason for 
their actions, bad or good. 

Biography is pleasing, but, before the child's feelings and 
opinions are excited and enlisted on behalf of heroes and their 
personal work, he should have a clear idea of his country's exist- 
ence, and of its boundary, origin, character and growth. 

The child studies by comparison. As soon as he has recog- 
nized his own nation, he should be introduced to other great 
nations of the earth, both living and dead. This is to give him 
the idea of the unity and continuity of human life, with balance 
of mind, and a sense of relationship and proportion. It is to teach 
him how to think truly as to time, place, people and power, and 
to save him from egotism and false pride as he reads of his own 
country. 

All this is for a practical purpose. The child's rights are born 
with him. His duties follow. The study of history is to make us 
intelligent as to all these things. It is to fit us for citizenship and 
the enjoyment of life. 

In education children should be helped to be what they are 
born to be. The child needs to know where he is in the world, 
and who he is. He needs to see what is expected of him. 



INTRODUCTION vii 

and what he may expect of himself. In history, therefore, if we 
give him the ways and laws by which life moves and has moved 
on, he gets a real knowledge that will be useful all through his 
life. He gets a training for his thoughts ; he begins to look upon 
what he sees with some understanding, and above all, he is helped 
to begin to understand and to control himself. 

We live in an age of change, but every child begins at the 
beginning. To him all is new, and to the teacher, or parent, who 
seeks to set him on his way, nothing gives so much help as to see 
that the primary principles of life are the natural, prunary lessons 
for a child. 



TO THE CHILDREN 

In this book you will begin to read the history of nations. 
First, you will study the life of your own nation — the United 
States of America. Then you will read a little about some of the 
other and older nations of the earth, and then, again, you will 
come back to yourself, at home, and the story of your own 
country's life. 

It is said, sometimes, that children do not care for these things ; 
but whatever we love we like to know very well. We all love our 
country. We love the life that we are living in it now, and we 
all wish to know as much about it as we can. 

When you come to what you do not understand, or to what 
you think dull and dry, read it through carefully; then go on. 
Do not try to know any book of history by once reading, or by 
studying a page at a time. History needs to be read a great many 
times over before we see all that it says; and one part helps 
another. Read the book as a whole ; then go back and read its 
parts slowly, over and over, and soon you will remember how, and 
when, and where things happened. 

No one book of history tells you all things. In this, you ^Yi\\ 
find some ideas and some facts. In other books you will find 
what is not told here. 



viii A STORY OF THE WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE 

If, as you read, you will look carefully for every place that is 
mentioned, you will be studying geography, and you will also be 
able to understand, and to remember, the history of man, as he 
has lived upon the earth. 

As you read and study, you will see that, in our life here, in 
our own land, we now have a great deal to do with other people. 
For this reason every one needs to know where all great coun- 
tries are, where the cities are, where seaports are, where rivers 
run and how the oceans lie. In this study there are two things 
to rememl)er. First, that the earth was given, by the power 
of God, to be the home of man, and that it is so made that man 
can use and enjoy it ; and next that men have sailed and traveled 
about and have chosen the best places and all the best parts of the 
earth in which to live and work. 

When we think of all these things we find, that, to study the 
maps helps us to understand many things, both here at home 
and abroad among other people. 

M. H. P. 



CONTENTS 

PART I 

CHAPTER PAGE 

I. The Study of History . 17 

II. The Land on Which We Live 21 

III. The People and Their Occupations 25 

IV. The Life of the People 29 

V. The Union 35 

YI. The Town and Its Government ....... 39 

V^II. The Country 43 

VIII. The City 45 

IX. The State 47 

X. The United States 51 

XL The President 55 

XII. The Flag and Seal of the United States 59 

PART II 

I. The Old World 61 

II. Egypt 65 

III. India 67 

IV. Babylon 69 

V. The Phoenicians . 71 

VI. The Hebrew 73 

VIL Assyria 77 

VIII. The Modes and Persians 79 

PART III 

I. Greece 83 

II. Rome 91 

III. The Tribes— Kelts and Teutons 99 

IV. Spain 105 

V. The Crusades Ill 

VI. France 121 

VII. England ......' 127 

PART IV 

I. The American Indians 143 

II. The French and Indian War, 1090 to 1763 155 

III. The Colonies and England ........ 157 

IV. The War of the Revolution 161 



X A STORY OF THE WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE 

PART V 

CHAPTER Jj^QE 

I. The Nineteenth Century 177 

II. The War of 1812 185 

III. 1824 193 

IV. The Mexican War , . . . . . . . . . 203 

V. 1849 207 

PART VI 

I. Progress of the Nation 211 

PART VII 

I. Secession ............ 215 

II. Emancipation .......... 227 

PART VIII 

T. To the End of the Century 243 

II. The Centennial .......... 249 

PART IX 

I. The War with Spain 259 

PART X 

I. Cuba and the Philippines 295 

II. The Past and Present 311 

Important Events in North American History 337 



ILLUSTRATIONS 



Frontispiece — United States Capitol, 

Washington, D. C. 

An Apricot Orchard . . .17 

Yosemite Falls . . , . 17 

Mountain of the Holy Cross . ,17 

Sitka, Alaska . . . , 18 

On the Levee at New Orleans . . 18 

Niagara Falls . , . . 18 

Brooklyn Bridge . . . .19 

Map— United States ... 20 

A Maine Lumber Camp . . .21 

Among the Palmettos . . . 21 

The Tunneled Tree . . .21 

Old City Gates, St. Augustine . 22 

On the Border of British America . 22 

Entrance to Garden of the Gods . 23 

A Steamer on the Mississippi River . 24 

An Early Illinois Scene . . 25 

Transporting Logs . . . .26 

Saw-Mill Near Seattle ... 26 

Driving Logs . . . . .26 

Herald Building, New York City . 27 

Modern Printing Press . . .27 

Interior of a Book Bindery . . 28 

The First Day of Creation . . 29 

A Porto Pico Belle ... 30 

An African Negro . . . .30 

An Egyptian Lady ... 30 
A Camp of North American Indians 32 

Women of the Philippine Islands . 34 

Taking Papa's Lunch . . .35 



PAGE 

A Game of Base Ball . . . 36 

The Great Elms, Yale College . . 38 

The Old Log School House . . 39 

A Country School House . . .40 

A Typical Farm House . . 40 

Early Home of Frances Willard . 42 

Michigan State Penitentiary . 43 

Court House, Michigan . . .44 

Michigan Insane Asylum . . 44 

Water Works, Chicago . . .45 

Fire Department ... 46 

Elevated Railroad . . . .46 

Old State House at Boston . , 47 

State Capital at Indianapolis . . 48 

Illinois State Militia ... 48 

Marine Hospital . . . .49 

Pennsylvania State Militia . . 50 
Pennsylvania Avenue, Washington, 

D. C 51 

The Senate Chamber ... 52 

House of Representatives . . .52 

Supreme Court Room ... 53 
Soldiers' Home, Washington, D. C. 54 

Patent OflRce, Washington . . 55 

The White House . . . .55 

East Room, Executive Mansion . 56 
Department of State, War and Navy 56 

New Congressional Library . . 57 

Post Office Department . . 57 

United States Treasury . . .58 

"Don't Touch My Flag" . . 59 



xu 



A STORY OF THE WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE 



PAGE 

United States Seal . " . . .60 
House Where United States Flag Was 

First Designed ... 60 

Egyptian Scene . . . .61 
The Kiver Jordan ... 62 

Chinese Wall 63 

Syrian Women Making Bread . 64 

A High Priest . . . .65 

A Temple on the Nile . . . 66 

Mummy of Eameses II. . . . 66 
State Elephants of India . . 67 

Tea Planter's House . . .68 

A Temple in the Ganges . . 68 

Ruins of Babylon . . . .69 
Horse Market in Cairo . . 70 

Bringing Cedars from Lebanon . 71 

Mountain of Lebanon ... 72 

Mount Sinai 73 

Map 74 

Early Tribes 75 

Land of Gennesaret . . . 76 

The Fall of Nineveh . . .77 

Map— The AYorld ... 78 

The Fall of Babylon . . .79 

A Persian Stronghold ... 80 

Cyrus Gave Him Liberty to Speak 81 
Acropolis ..... 83 

Athena 83 

Prison of Socrates ... 84 

Acro-Corinth . . . . .84 

Zeus 85 

New Stadium at Athens . . . 86 
Euins of Olympia ... 88 

The Erechtheum of Athens . . 88 
Arch of Hadrian ... 89 

The Koman Forum . . . .90 
The Coliseum, Rome . . . 91 



Roman Gladiators 

Apollo Belvedere 

Throwing the Disk . 

Chariot Race 

Julius Cffisar . 

Obelisks .... 

St. Peter's Church . 

Swiss Guards 

Castle Rhinesten 

Mouse Tower 

Armor of Early Teutons . 

Return of the Teutons 

A Camp of Arabs 

Gypsy Caves 

Mosque at Cordova . 

The Taking of Granada 

The Gates of Justice, Alhambra 

Court of Lions, Alhambra . 

Battlements upon tlie Roof 

Crusaders' Castle 

Rug Making . 

Convent La Rabida 

Columbus before Isabella 

The Landing of Columbus . 

Martin Luther Preaching 

Antwerp .... 

Charlemagne . 

Joan of Arc 

Room of Louis XIV. 

Napoleon Bonaparte when a Boy 

Marie Antoinette's Diary . 

Gardens of Versailles . 

Kenilworth Castle . 

Norman Gate, Windsor 

Tower of London 

Westminster Abbey 

Queen Elizabeth 



PAGE 

. 92 

93 

. 93 

94 

. 94 

95 

. 96 

97 

. 99 

100 
. 101 

102 
. 105 

106 
. 107 

108 
. 109 

110 
. Ill 

112 
. 113 

114 
. 115 

117 
. 118 

119 
. 121 

122 
. 123 

124 
. 125 

125 
. 127 

128 
. 129 

131 
. 131 



ILLUSTRATIONS 



Xlll 





PAGE 


Hawarden Castle .... 


132 


Where Shakespeare Was Born . 


133 


Christ Church College . 


135 


Magdalen College 


135 


The Pilgrims' Departure from Hoi 




land ..... 


137 


Pilgrims' Landing . 


138 


Windsor Castle .... 


139 


Along the Suez . . . . 


140 


St. Paul's Cathedi-al . 


142 


Wigwams . . . . . 


143 


An Early Indian Chief 


143 


Pocahontas Saves Captain Smith's 




Life 


145 


Tobacco Plantation . . . . 


146 


William and Mary College . 


147 


Puritans Going to Church 


148 


Harvard College .... 


149 


Indian Atrocities . . . . 


151 


Fac-Simile of William Penn's Treaty 




with the Indians 


152 


William Penn's Meeting House 


153 


Prayers in Camp .... 


154 


Imploring Washington for Protection 


155 


Patrick Henry's Speech 


156 


Franklin's Experiment with Elec- 




tricity . . . . • . . . 


157 


Faneuil Hall, Boston . 


159 


First Blow for Liberty 


161 


Battle of Lexington 


162 


Death of General Warren 


163 


Bunker Hill Monument 


163 


Drafting the Declaration of Independ- 




ence 


164 


Independence Hall 


165 


Signing the Declaration . 


166 


Liberty Bell .... 


167 



PAGE 



Fac-Simile of the Signatures to the 

Declaration of Independence . 168 
Washington Crossing the Delaware 169 
Brave Mollie Pitcher . . . 170 

Washington Praying at Valley Forge 171 
Engagement Between the Bon Homme 

Richard and the Serapis . .172 
Captain Paul Jones . . .172 
Reading Death Warrant to Major 

Andre ..... 173 
Surrender of Cornwallis . . .174 
John Adams . , . .175 

Washington and His Generals . . 176 
Ginning Cotton .... 177 
Negro Quarters . . . .178 

Cotton Wharf . . . .178 
United States Mint . . . .179 
Old South Church . . .180 
St. Paul's Church, New York . . 181 
Benjamin Franklin . . .182 
Thomas Jefferson . . . .182 
The First Steamboat . . .183 
Robert Fulton .... 183 

James Madison . . . .184 
William Henry Harrison . . .185 
Perry's Victory on Lake Erie . 186 
The British at New Orleans . . 187 
Government Bank Building . . 188 
Independence Hall . . . .188 
James Monroe . . , .189 
Andrew Jackson . , , .190 
Henry Clay .... 191 

John Quincy Adams . . .193 

La Fayette Laying Corner-Stone of 

Bunker Hill Monument . . 194 
The First Locomotive . . .195 
Lehigh Valley Canal . . . 196 



XIV 



A STORY OF THE WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE 



PAGE 

Washington Irving .... 197 
Henry W. Longfellow . . . 197 
John C. Calhoun . . . .198 
Daniel Webster . . . .198 
Martin Van Buren . . . .199 

John Tyler 199 

Map — British North America . . 200 
William Lloyd Garrison . . 201 
James K. Polk .... 202 

General Winfield Scott . . 203 

The Battle of Churubusco . . 204 

City of Mexico 205 

Washing Gold 206 

Zachary Taylor .... 207 

Slave Market 208 

Pursuit of the Fugitive Slave . 208 
Harriet Beecher Stowe . . • 209 
"Westward the Course of Empire 

Takes its Way" . . . 211 
Samuel F. B. Morse . . .212 

Bayard Taylor . . . . 212 
Ralph Waldo Emerson . . .213 
Henry Ward Beecher . . . 213 
Wendell Phillips .... 213 
The Countersign . . . 214 

Abraham Lincoln . . . .215 
Jefferson Davis . . . 21G 

Alexander H. Stephens . . .210 
War Governors of the Northern 

States 217 

Map Showing Seat of War . .218 

General George B. McClellan . 219 
James Murray Mason . . . 220 
JohnSiidell .... 220 

Captain Charles Wilkes . . . 220 
Ulysses S. Grant . . .221 

Battle of Fort Donelson . . . '^22 



PAGE 

The ■ Cumberland Eammed by the 

Merrimac .... 223 

John Ericsson .... 224 

Major-General Ambrose E. Burnside 225 
Major-General Joseph Hooker . . 225 
Camp of the Army of the Potomac 226 
General Robert E. Lee . . . 227 
Death of Stonewall Jackson . 228 

Major-General George G. Meade . 229 
General Hancock and Staff . . 229 
Battle of Gettysburg, Thu-d Day 230 
General Joseph E. Johnston . 231 

Lieutenant- General James Longstreet 231 
General John B. Hood . . 231 

Sherman and His Generals . . 232 
Major-General John M. Schofield . 233 
Major-General George H. Thomas . 233 
Generals Merritt, Sheridan, Griggs, 

Devin, Custer .... 234 
Battle of the Wilderness . , . 235 
Farragut at Mobile Bay . . 236 

Officers of the Kearsarge . . . 237 
Sherman's Foragers . . . 238 
Ford's Theater, Washington . . 239 
President Lincoln and His Cabinet 240 
Appomattox Court House . . 242 

Andrew Johnson .... 243 
Ulysses S. Grant . . . .244 
Entering Glacier Bay . . . 245 
Pyramid Harbor .... 245 
Alaska Curio Dealer . . . 245 
Totem Poles at Sitka . . .245 
Grand Canyon .... 245 
Indian Women .... 245 

Indian Burial Ground . . . 245 
Place of Maximilian's Execution, 
Queretaro, Mexico . . . 246 



ILL USTEA TIONS 



XV 



The Chicago Fire — Fleeing from the 

City 247 

The Chicago Fire — Looking South 
from the Eiver .... 247 

Panorama of the Centennial Exposi- 
tion at Philadelphia in 1876 . 249 
The Centennial Exposition — Showing 
Machinery Hall .... 250 

Rutherford B. Hayes . . .251 
The Washington Monument . . 252 
James A. Garfield . . . 253 

Chester A. Arthur .... 253 

Grover Cleveland . , .254 

Benjamin Harrison .... 254 

Art Palace, Now Field Museum . 255 
The Midway Plaisance — Showing 
Ferris Wheel .... 255 

Administration Building . . 256 
Upper Basin and Macmonnies Foun- 
tain ...... 256 

Liberal Arts Building . . . 25() 
L^nited States Government Building 256 
William McKinley . . . 257 
Executive Palace, Honolulu . . 258 
Tomb of Columbus at Havana . 259 
Spanish Infantry Surprised by Cuban 
Insurgents ..... 260 

General Maximo Gomez . . 262 
General Antonio Maceo . . . 262 

Red Cross Society in a Cuban Hospital 263 
Captain - General A'aleriano Weyler 264 
Captain - General Ramon Blanco . 264 
Morro Castle .... 265 

View of Havana and Harbor . .266 
Wreck of the Maine . . . 267 
Patrol Boats Guarding the American 
Fleet 268 



PAGE 

Rear-Admiral William T. Sampson 269 
Rear-Admiral W. S. Schley . . 269 
Major-General Nelson A. Miles . 270 
United States Cruiser Olympia . 271 
Map of Manila .... 274 
Map of Manila, (Continued) , 275 
Amelio Aguinaldo .... 276 
Major-General E. S. Otis and Sta€ 277 
Brigadier-General Thomas M. Ander- 
son 278 

Brigadier (Jeneral Greene . . 278 
Major-General Wesley Merritt . . 279 
Major-General W. R. Shafter . 280 
Major-General Joseph Wheeler . .281 
Colonel Theodore Roosevelt . . 281 
United States Infantry Marching to 

the Front 282 

Major-General Henry W. Lawton . 283 
Captain Robley D. Evans . . 284 

Admiral Pascual de Cervera . 285 

Destruction of Cervera's Fleet . . 286 
Landing Stage for Small Boats, San 

Juan ..... 289 

Street of the Cross, San Juan . . 293 
Attack on the Spanish at Cavite . 294 
Spanish Volunteers Doing Guard 

Duty . . ... 294 

Soldiers Being Reviewed . . 294 
Major-General John R. Brooke . 295 

The Escolta .... 297 

Transportation of Grain . . . 298 
Common Mode of Punishment in the 

Philippine and Ladrone Islands 299 
A Filipino Peddler . . . .300 

A Native Policeman . . 301 

A Road in the Interior . . . 303 
A Sisters' School in the Philippines 304 



XVI 



A STORY OF THE WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE 



PAGE 

A Typical Luzon Koad 

Nicholas II., Czar of Russia 

Eoyal Palace in the Wood — The 
Hague ..... 

A Wandering Tribe in Early 
Times ..... 

Idols in Elephanta Cave, Bombay 

Temple of Madura, India 

A Bamboo Garden in Japan 

A Japanese Court Yard 

Japanese Chess .... 

The Pantheon, Rome . 

Theater of Theseus, Athens 

Theater of Bacchus, Athens ' . 

The River Nile .... 

Bird's-Eye View of the Paris Exposi- 
tion, 1900 .... 



PAGE 

305 Grand Entrance to Paris Exposition . 321 

307 Esplanade des Invalides . . 332 
Esplanade des Invalides, (Con- 

308 tinned) 323 

United States National Pavilion, 

311 Paris Exposition . . . 325 

312 Peter the Great .... 326 

313 Greek Christian Church at Moscow 326 

314 Palace of the Czar, Moscow . . 327 

315 Retreat of Napoleon Bonaparte from 

315 Moscow 328 

316 General View of Basel . . . 331 
318 Geneva, Switzerland ... 332 

318 The Quay at Geneva . . .333 

319 The Matterhorn, Switzerland . 335 
"De Soto's Discovery of the Missis- 

320 sippi" 338 



A STOEY OF THE WOELD 

AND ITS PEOPLE 

o? o^ o? o? 




MOUNTAIN OF THE HOLY CROSS 



THE STUDY OF HISTORY 



AN APRICOT 
ORCHARD. 



Heee we are opening a book for the study of history — the 
history of the United States of America. 

Why is it that we study history ? Because there are things 
in this world that we wish to know. Here we are hving in our 
own country with a great many other people, and we ask, Who 
are we? Who are the people here? What are we all doing? 
How long has this life been going on ? What was the beginning 
of it all? These questions are asked by every one, and history 
answers them. 

It explains the things that are and the things that used to be ; 
it tells us who we are, where we came from, and why it is that we 
call this land our own. 

IT 



18 



A STORY OF THE WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE 




SITKA, ALASKA 

live and 
e r . Our 
the United 
America. It 
that belongs 
are its peo- 
honie and we 

WE, THE PEO- 

In h i s - 
called the 
People who 
one country, 
one 1 a n - 
who live by themselves 
and carry on their own 
affairs in their own land 
are called a nation. As 
we belong to the United 
States of America we 
bear its name. 

Other lands in the 
world belong to other na- 
tions, as China belongs to 
the Chinese, Russia to the 
Russians, France to the 




ON THE LEVEE AT NEW ORLEANS. 



To begin, then, see what 
these words mean: 

HERE, THE LAND. 

We say, here we are — 
in our own home. As a 
plant, if it is to grow, must 
have earth and room to 
grow in, so all people who 
are to grow to greatness 
must first have lands of 
their own, where they can 
work togeth- 
country is 
States of 
is the land 
to us. We 
pie, it is our 
love it. 

PLE. 

tory we are 
Americans, 
are born in 
who speak 
guage and 




NIAGARA FALL$. 



THE STUDY OF HISTORY 



19 



French people, England to the English. Every nation lives its 
own life in its own land, and all nations have their own written 
histories that tell who they are, where they came from, what they 
have done, and what they are doing in the world. We are living 
here now, in the present time. Our country has a history in the 
times that are already past, a present history, in what is being 
done now, and it will have a history in the days that are to come 
— the future. Thus, as we see, we belong to the land as it now is, 
to the people who are now here and to the time in which we live 
Our study begins with the land. 




BROOKLYN BRIDGE FROM SOUTH STREET NEW YORK CITY. 



20 



A STORY OF THE WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE 





A MAINE 



THE TUNNELED TRE 
CALIFORNIA. 



CHAPTER II 



THE LAND ON WHICH WE LIVE 

On the map see where this country hes between the Atlantic 
and the Pacific oceans, with Britisli America and the Great Lakes 
at the north and the Gulf of Mexico at the south. Look at this 
land. On the east the Atlantic cuts the coast into many harbors 
from Maine to Florida. On the west the Pacific leaves a smoother 
coast, with its deepest bay at San Francisco. In the Gulf are 
several bays from Galveston to Tampa. On either side of the 
country as we come in from the oceans, we find, not far from the 
coast, long lines of mountains running side by side, from north to 
south. At the west are the coast range, the Cascade Mountains 
and the Sierra Nevada. Back of these, toward the middle of the 
country, stand the great Rocky Mountains, cut sharply down on 
the inland side, with tablelands and wide valleys like the 
Yosemite scattered through them. Here and in Alaska, which 
belongs to the United States, are the highest mountain peaks in 
the country. 

21 



n 



A STORY OF THE WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE 




OLD CITY GATES, ST. AUGUSTINE, FLORIDA. 



At the east are the Appa- 
lachians. Rising at the north into 
the White Mountains, the Green, 
the Adirondacks and the Cats- 
kills, they become, in the south, 
three long chains, the Alleghany, 
the Blue Ridge, and the Cum- 
berland. These great chains of 
mountains, east and west, not 
only make the land beautiful, but 
are, on the outside, bearers of for- 
est trees — oak, maple, chestnut, 
ash, birch, pines and others, whose 
wood we use for fuel, furniture 
and building ; while within they 
are stored with rocks and miner- 
als of great value — granite and 
limestone, marbles white and colored, iron, zinc, and lead, with 
copper in rich masses, fine quicksilver, petroleum and coal both 
hard and soft, in vast quantities. With these are found also gold 
and silver — a little at the east, a great supply in California, New 
Mexico, Nevada, Oregon and Alaska. A boy once called this 
western region " the natural National Bank of America." 

At the east the 
mountains are broken by 
low lands and wide val- 
leys, through which flow 
many rivers, making good 
soil for planting, giving 
water power for mills and, 
near the ocean, carrying 
boats for travel and busi- 
ness. On the western 
coast the rivers are fewer 
and larger. In general 
you see that, from the 
Appalachian Mountains, 




ON THE BORDER OF BRITISH AMERICA. 



THE LAND 



23 




ENTRANCE TO THE GARDEN OF THE GODS, PIKE'S PEAK IN DISTANCE. 

the rivers run eastward to the Atlantic, and from the Rocky 
Mountains westward to the Pacific. 

But between these mountains what have we? A great 
central low-lying plain, with the land sloping gently from each 
side to where the Mississippi River cuts a pathway from its source 
in Minnesota to the Gulf. Downward from the mountains on 
either side other great rivers come running to meet this central 
stream — the Missouri, the Ohio, the Arkansas, the Red and many 
more, making a rich, well watered country, where on the rolling 
lands from north to south are raised wheat crops, corn, rye and 
oats, cotton and sugar-cane, mth fruits and vegetables for 
markets at home and abroad. 

As we travel we find in this country changes of climate. 
These come from the cold and heat of north and south, from the 
winds of the oceans and mountains, from rain-fall and dryness in 
the air. In the north, from east to west, winters are snowy 



24 



A STORY OF THE ]V0ELD AND ITS PEOPLE 



and cold, and summers are hot. Down the western coast the 
cooler summer and warmer mnter are more equal. In the south 
the hot season is by far the longest. In these different climates 
different crops are raised. East of the Appalachians, in the north, 
grow small crops of grains, vegetables and fruits ; farther south 
grow large crops of tobacco, and southward still, cotton and rice. 

In the great central lands, in the northern part, large crops of 
wheat, corn and apples are raised, while in the south we get 
cotton, sugar-cane and oranges. On the Pacific grow quantities 
of fruit. 

These varieties of soil, climate and product make the wealth 
of the country. As a whole the land has a storage of rocks, ores 
and metals, varied scenery mth noble mountains, abundant 
rivers, lakes and seacoasts, dense forests, wide grassy i)lains for 
the raising of horses and cattle, a mild climate with a brilliant 
sky and a soil for every kind of crop, northern, middle and 
tropical. 




A STEAMER ON THE MISSISSIPPI RIVER. 



CHAPTER ni 

THE PEOPLE AND THEIR OCCUPATIONS 

This is the land. Look now at the people who live in the 
land. Scattered over the country in town, city and neighborhood 
are the homes of millions of Americans. What are these people 
doing and how do they live ? 

We all need food to eat, clothes to wear and homes to live in. 
When and how do we get them ? The things we eat, our bread, 

meats and vegeta- 
bles, butter, milk 
and eggs either 
grow out of the 
earth or come from 
animals who live 
upon it. The clothes 
we wear are of cot- 
ton, woolen, silk 
and linen. These 
materials grow on 
earth or come from 
animals that live upon it. 
"^ For food and clothes, then, 
we go to the earth. We plow the 
ground and plant seed, cultivate, gather and 
BREAKING GRouND-AN EARLY gtore the crops ; we raise and train our do- 
mestic animals. This work is farming and 
agriculture. Our houses are of stone, brick and wood. These are 
products of the earth. But doors, windows, carpets and chairs do 
not grow ready made. Agriculture only gives materials, these 
have to be made over and this work is manufacture — making by 
hand. 

Man is not able to do all his work mth his hands alone, so to 
help himself he makes tools — engines and other machines to sew 




m^ 



26 



A STORY OF THE WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE 



and weave, to cut and polish, to dig, lift, hammer, carry and put 
together the materials that he wishes to use. These machines do 
not work of themselves, they are directed by the hand of man, so 
this machine work in shops and factories is still called manufac- 
ture. These things are sold from the factories in large quantities 
— by wholesale to men who sell them 
again in small quantities — at retail. 
This buying and selling is trade. 
We buy and sell, however, not only 
at home but with other countries. 





TRANSPORTING LOGS. 



A SAWMILL NEAR SEATTLE, STATE OF 
WASHINGTON. 



Gr o o d s are 
sent from 
the factories 
to o u r sea- 
ports, where 
there are 
good harbors 
for merchant 
ships to load and unload. Goods sent out 
to foreign countries are exported. Goods 
brought into this country are imported. This 
trade with other countries is commerce. 
Through these things, through having a 
vast variety of products and manufacture, through sending much 
away and taking much from other countries, our cities are centers 
of business, and as we walk along the streets of Chicago, New 
Orleans, New York or in other cities or towns we see how steadily 
things come and go, how busy the people are, and how many 
different kinds of work they are doing. 

And in any town we also see that beside this raising of mate- 
rials and making of things for shelter, wear and use, a great deal 



DRIVING LOGS. 



THE PEOPLE AND THEIR OCCUPATIONS 



27 



of work is done by clergymen, by doctors and nurses in our fami- 
lies and our hospitals, by lawyers in their offices and courts, by 
teachers in our schools and colleges, by writers of books and edi- 
tors of magazines and newspapers, by our artists with their paint- 
ings, statues and illustrations, and by the men and officers of our 
army and navy. This work is going on every day all over the 
country; the country is wide and the people of one city are often 
far from those of 
another ; still, as we 
see, we are able to 
do all this business 
together, because we 
have such good ways 
of travel and com- 
munication. W e 
have railroads cross- 
ing the lands, steam- 
boats on the water ; 
we have our regular 



THE HERALD BUILDING, NEW YORK 
CITY. 

mails, with post- 
offices everywhere ; 
we have the tele- 
graph and tele- 
phones, by which we 
can send messages 
quickly all over the 
country, while by 
means of the sub- 





MODERN PRINTING PRESS— PRINTING AND FOLDING 48,000 8-PAGE 
NEWSPAPERS IN ONE HOUR. 



marine cable under the ocean, we have connection with Europe. 
Thus every day news comes from all over the world, and as it 
comes, in every city and large town newspapers are printed to 
give the news to the people. These papers are sent by mail 
trains at once all over the country and thus even in small towns 
far from the seaboard, and even in lonely places, we are able to 



2g 



A STORY OF THE WORLD A KB ITS PEOPLE 



know what is going on 
at home and abroad. 

Our army and 
navy have never been 
large except in times 
of war, when men have 
to be called from their 
homes to serve as sol- 
diers; still we have 
always a regular force 
of armed men and 
officers who are sta- 
tioned at the forts and 
military posts of the 
country, and we have 

battle-ships with men and officers of the navy to protect us upon 

the seasf 

Now, after this general study of what we are doing here in 

this large country of ours, we will study it all over again more 

closely to see how it is that so many people live and work and 

make one great life together. 




INTERIOR OF A BOOK BINDERY. 



CHAPTER IV 



THE LIFE OF THE PEOPLE 

In history we study life — our own and that of the people. Life 
is born and works within us. We may be silent or idle, but life 
goes on. We think. When we speak and act we show both what 
we have been and wh at we are thinking about. And now see 

how it is that we do speak and act and 
show the life that is within us to others. 
It is by means of the different parts or 
organs of the body. We have organs of 
sight, organs of speech, organs of loco- 
motion — going from place to place. These 
are separate, as your hands, your feet, 
your eyes and brain, yet all belong to- 
gether and are the parts of one whole 
thing. 

This idea of having one body with 
different parts or organs fitted to do 
different kinds of work is called organiza- 
tion. It is an old idea. To see how old 
it is read, in the Bible, Genesis i. 1 : "In 
the beginning God created the heaven 
and the earth." We call this work Crea- 
tion. We see its different parts. We 
live in one part of it ourselves, for " we 
live in the sky, not under it." 

The sun, in the heaven, gives light 
and heat. Our earth, by itself, is dark 
and cold. On it without the sun no 
plant could grow, no child be born, but 
though these two bodies are far apart, 
they belong together and work together 
THE FIRST DAY OF CREATION. ^^ parts of Si whole. The sun is the cen- 




30 



A STORY OF THE WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE 



ter of our part of creation. Eound 
about it, in great circles, one outside 
another, go eight great moving 
bodies, of which our earth is one. 
These, beginning next the sun, are, 
first, Mercury, then Venus, next our 
Earth, then ilars. Beyond these are 
Jupiter, Saturn, Uranus and Nep- 
tune ; this from Sol, the sun, 
is called the Solar Sys- 
tem. Creation, then, 
is an organiza- 
tion. The^ 
idea begins' 
with God. It 








AN EGYPTIAN LADY. 



ciple. A prin- 
ciple is the 
thought 
that leads 
or guides 
any work that 
is done. By this 
principle of many parts 
working together as one — the 
coming and going of day and 
night, summer and winter, 
seed time and harvest — all 
things in creation are differ- 
ent in form and in the work 
they do, yet the sun and the 
earth, light, heat, wind, water, 
the rocks, the plants of the 
earth and even its animals 
and man are but different 
parts that work together aiKl 



THE LIFE OF THE PEOPLE 31 

make up one great whole. Study this a httle further. Take a 
kernel of corn, an apj^le seed or a bean. What lies in each ? The 
life and plan of the corn, the bean, and the apple. How do these 
plans and powers come to be there ? They come by birth. Each 
seed is thus a whole, having stored up within itself all the parts 
that are to be. Plant one, and out of it will grow roots, stems, 
leaves, buds, flowers and finally fruit like itself. 

These parts are all born in the seed ; they all work out of it, 
take their own places and do their own work. Every seed has 
its own way of growing, and grows after its own plan, but all 
have one end and aim — that is, to unfold and spread out their 
different parts or organs, and become a perfect whole. In the 
seed, then, we see the plan and power ; in the gTo^vth we see the 
unfolding of parts from within, each part, from the ro(^t in the 
earth to the blossoiu in the air, finding place and room for its own 
life and work, and by that unfolding of parts we see at last the 
whole — the bean, the corn, the apple tree. 

These things teach us again that organization is the grand 
plan, principle or law by which life works in this world. It shows 
us the idea of the whole and the parts, and how, within the whole 
of a thing, the parts that belong to it act by one law, and how by 
acting together in order, they come out into the world and find 
and fill places of use and beauty. 

THE NATION 

We have been talking about wholes and parts. When sev- 
eral parts grow or are put together to make a whole, they are 
united, A unit is a single thing. Take a cord, for instance. 
It is one thing. Untwist it, and you find three strands united. 
This is for strength and use. In music three tones, as Doh, Me, 
Soil, if sung or played together, make a chord, a harmony, a 
union of tones, stronger and more pleasing than any single tone 
can be. 

Our country is often called the Union. It is a union of peo- 
ple. We belong to it and so do those about us, but how are we 
really united, and how did we become so ? 

If we look at ourselves we can see. 



32 



A STORY OF THE WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE 



THE FAMILY 

In the plant world life is in order. The apple tree bears 

apples, the grape vine grapes, the rose bush roses. They may grow 

well or badly, but each is " after his kind." 
In the life of man, how is this ? 

To begin with yourself, you live with your " kind." You live 

with your father, mother, broth- 
ers and sisters. You live with 
your family. You are a part of 
it, the others are your relations, 
and this makes the whole. 

Every family has its own last 
name. All who come into one 
family take its name as a birth- 
right. This shows who people are 
and to whom they belong. It 
shows that life has a plan and is 
in order. The family is a union 
of persons, and as these things 
are the same the world over, we 
see by ourselves at home that all 
great nations must be unions of 

families, and the families of any country taken together must 

make the nation. 




A CAMP OF NORTH AMERICAN INDIANS, 



THE RACES 



But this is not all. The people of the world are not all alike, 
and to begin mth, as we can see in almost any place, they are 
different in color, in the shape of their heads, in the growth of the 
hair and in the languages that they naturally speak. Some 
people are Black, some are Yellow and some are White. This is 
the difference of race. It includes all people. It comes by birth 
and is a natural part of lif^, 



THE LIFE OF THE PEOPLE 33 

BLACK. 

Negroes. 

YELLOW OR MONGOLOID. 

Old Chaldeans. Chinese. 

Japanese. American Indians. 

WHITE. 

Semitic. 

Arabians. Assyrians. Hebrews. 

Phoenicians. Babylonians. 

Aryans. 

INDO-EUROPEAN. 

Hindoos. Persians. Medes. 

Greeks. Romans. 

KELTS. 
Gauls. Britons. 

TEUTONS. 

Goths. Vandals. Lombards. 

Angles. Saxons. 

Scandinavians. 

SLAVS. 
Russians — and others. 

In our country there are people belonging to all of these great 
races. The Negroes whom you see belong to the Black race. The 
Indians, the Chinese and the Japanese, although so unlike, all 
belong to the Yellow race; while most of the people whom you see 
here, those that from the first built up and made this country, 
belong to the white race. 

These things teach us that every man comes into life as the 
plants do — " after his kind" — and by looking at the life about us 
we see for ourselves that things do not merely happen, but that 
life moves after its own great natural order. So, as we see, by 
birth every man comes into life belonging all at once to three great 
forms — the family, the race and the nation. 



34 



A STORY OF THE WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE 



The smallest and nearest body to which we belong is the 
family. The farthest and largest is the race. The highest and 
greatest body, that includes the other two, and to which we all 
belong, is the nation. Among these, you know your family very 
well. You begin your life in its shelter and take part in its 
growth and action. Your race you know but little about, still any 
one who thinks about it can tell to what race he belongs and can 
see what others of his race are like and what they are doing. 

As to the nation, while you belong to it, you cannot under- 
stand it without study. It is a great organization with many 
parts. We see that it is a union of families — how is it a union of 
states ? 




WOMEN OF THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS. 



CHAPTER Y 



THE UNION 

Begin where you are. You are at home in your family and 
your country, and also in your town or city, your county and your 
state — as John Smith. 

Nashville, Cumberland Co., Tennessee, U. S. A. These are 
the parts of the country. They belong to you and you to them — 
and these parts belong together; still they must be studied 
separately, because, as in a plant, while all the parts belong 
together as a whole, each part is still a thing by itself, apart 
from all the rest, and so, in the country each part is complete in 
itself. Each town, county, or state has its own name and 
you can see on the map their places, size and boundaries. 

The country, as you see it then, 
is a union of states. The states 
are a union of counties and towns, 
the towns are unions of families, 
the families are unions of single 
persons. So you get back to your- 
self and the town you live in. 

THE TOWN 

A town is a corporation. It 
is made up of people who act 
together in a body as one. When 
the parts of a plant come out into 
the light and air and grow to 
their full shape and size and use, 
we call its life organic — having 
organs for its different kinds of 
work, these organs being full of 
power that flows from within to 
all the parts. 

35 




TAKING PAPA'S LUNCH. 



36 



A STORY OF THE WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE 



GOVERNMENT 

When men choose to hve together, they organize. They 
meet, think, talk, lay out a plan, and agree to live by it, each 
man taking his part in carrying it on. This agreement of men to 
live together, in unison, according to one plan, is government. 

The idea of government begins in the family, where there are 
rules and regulations that all obey, as the hours for meals, for 
school and business, the keeping of the holidays, and all the 
general way of life. When the family rules are followed things 
are kept in order ; the elder members give protection and support, 




5AME OF BASEBALL. 



the younger ones give obedience and duty, and each person knows 
what to expect and what to do. 

As to this idea of government outside of the family, what is 
a game of ball ? A set of persons meet, make a plan, agree to 
follow it in all they do and then proceed to play. The players 
make the rules themselves, the game shows what the rules are, 
the rules make the game, and there could be no game without 
them. In a small game the rules can be told to new players, but 
in great games of base-ball and foot-ball the rules or laws of 
the game are written and printed so that all who wish to play can 
study them. The first thing is to know the laws of the game, the 
next thing is to carry them out. The players take opposite sides, 
but they play in unison because the laws are the same for both 



THE UNION m 

sides, and because both sides agree to play under the laws. All 
the players have these laws in mind, and each good player obeys 
them and is free to do all that he can within them. If one breaks 
a rule the game is thrown out of order, and if any player disobeys 
on purpose he is not allowed to go on playing, because he prevents 
the others from showing their power under the directing laws of 
the game. In order that all the players shall "play fair," one 
who knows the laws stands by, as umpire, to see that the rules are 
obeyed. 

This government of the game provides for all the players. It 
shows each one when and how to act, both for his own good and 
for the good of all. From time to time, as the players see some 
better way to do, they agree to change or amend the laws. If any 
question comes up it is settled by reference to the general rules. 

In the beginning those who choose, meet and form themselves 
into clubs or bodies of persons who agree to play together. 

The club chooses a captain, lays out the work of the game, so 
that each man has his position and is responsible for it, decides 
how much money is needed and what part each player must pay ; 
decides how it shall be used for the good of the club, and api^oints 
one of its members as treasurer to receive this money, to spend it 
as directed, and to report to the club what he has done with it. 

A game of ball is then an organization. The players are the 
parts. They come together for the game. To have the game they 
first have a government. The principle is, united action according 
to laws which the players themselves have made. This is the 
way by which we play our games, and it is also the way by which 
we live in our towns. It is the way that is natural to us. We 
get the idea from our own minds, for just as the life of the flower 
is born in the seed and comes forth to show itself beneath the sun, 
so our life is born within us and comes forth to take its place in 
the world, growing and unfolding after its own way — that is, with 
all the parts together, in united organic action. 

This has not always been so in the world, as we shall see, and 
for this reason we should study our own life, see how it is that 
we do live and what it is that we are trying to do over here in our 
new western country. 




THE GREAT ELMS, TEMPLE STREET. YALE COLLEGE, NEW HAVEN. CONNECTICUT. 

SI 



CHAPTER VI 




THE TOWN AND ITS GOVERNMENT 

A town, then, is an organization of life. You can see, wher- 
ever you live, that each town must have its own land, its own 
people, its industry — that is, the work the people do ; the money 
that the ])eople get from their land and their labor — and over all 

it must have its 
g o V e r n m ent — 
that is, the laws 
that the people 
make for them- 
selves, and their 
life together 
under these laws. 

i HE OLD LOu. SCHOOLHOUSE 
OF YEARS AGO. 



When fami- 
ne s live in a 
neighborhood they must have roads, 
a post-office, churches, schools, shops, 
houses, and farms. All this life and 
business must go on in an orderly 
way. Every man must have his rights 
and be careful that his neighbor has his 
also, so that the town may be prosperous, 
have a good character, and be pleasant to 
live in. The town government provides for 
all these things, and this government is the 
work of the townspeople. 

Once a year a public meeting is called, to 

which all the town may go. The meeting 

is called to order under a man chosen as a 

" moderator," and here the townspeople take up the affairs of the 

town, one after another, and agree among themselves as to what 

they wish to do in the town and what they can do that year. 

39 





40 



A STORY OF THE WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE 




A COUNTRY SCHOOLHOU5E OF THE PRESENT TIME. 



They decide how much 
money they m.ust raise, and 
what it shall be used for, 
and who shall attend to 
these different things that 
are to be done for the gen- 
eral good ; and this agree- 
ment of the people, as to 
their life together in the 
town, makes the town gov- 
ernment. 

Town government is 
direct and simple. It is 
called primary, because the 
townsmen go themselves to 
attend to their own affairs. 

They do not send any one to do it for them. This is possible 

because a town is a small place and those who choose to go can 

meet in one large hall, where all can hear what is said and done. 
Any man can speak at town meeting, to say what he wishes 

to have done, or to object to what he thinks should not be done. 

Men have different opinions about things, and in these to^vn 

meetings people lea rn how to work together, how to ta lk things 

over from both sides, 

how to speak for 

themselves, and how 

to listen, how to push 

matters, and how 

to yield so as to act 

for the best good of 

the town. They learn 

how to govern them- 
selves and to have 

true public spirit. 

In a town people 

need roads, fences, 

and bridges ; they 




A TYPICAL FARM HOUSE IN MICHIGAN. 



THE TOWN AND ITS GOVERNMENT 41 

need to keep the town clean ; to take care of very poor people, 
and have a water supply, street lighting, and a fire depart- 
ment ; to attend to permits and licenses for burials and marriages ; 
to see that true weights and measures are used in their* 
stores and in sales of hay and wood; to have public schools, 
and to provide well for the peace and well-doing of the town. To 
attend to these things the townspeople choose or elect three or 
more " select " (selected) men to take general charge of affairs ; a 
school committee, a constal)le to look after and arrest wrong- 
doers, a treasurer who takes and pays out the money that is given 
by the people to be used for the town and makes a report of all 
this at the next town meeting, and a town clerk who keeps a 
record of what is done both at the meeting and during the year. 

VOTING AND ELECTION 

These officers are chosen by the people. Each man casts a 
ballot — a written or printed vote. A vote is a wish — a clear and 
distinct desire. When all are in, these votes can be read and 
counted. In this way each man votes as he pleases, for the things 
he wishes to have done and for the men whom he wishes to have 
hold office. 

TAXES 

As in a family money is needed every day for food, clothes, 
and general comfort, so in a town money must be had for its 
expenses. This money comes from the townspeople. What they 
choose to do they agree to pay for. The money that each person 
pays is called his tax, and the people who pay it are the tax- 
payers. The things that are done are for the good of all the 
people, and each agrees to help pay for what is wanted. There is 
first the poll-tax — so much a head. Each tax-payer pays this for 
himself as a person. This poll-tax is the same for all the town, 
but for other things there comes the question how much each 
man's tax shall be, and this the people settle according to the 
amount of property that each man owns. Some men have house 
and lands ; some have none. Those who have the most property 
pay the most money to carry on the town. To find out just how 
much this should be for every one, town officers, called assessors, 



4a 



A STORY OF THE WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE 



once a year get from each tax-payer a statement as to what he 
owns. From this the right amount is made out, the tax bill is 
sent, the tax-payer pays it and the money is put into the town 
treasury to be used as the people have directed. The amount of 
the tax depends upon the amount of work that is to be done. If 
the people agree to have a new schoolhouse, a bridge, or any 
great work they agree to give the money for it, and taxes are 
high. If there is less to do the people pay less and taxes are low. 
But a town does not stand alone. While within its borders 
are the families of which it is made, outside are the county and 
the state to which it belongs, and for these also some money has 
to be raised and used by the town. 




THE EARLY HOME OF FRANCES WILLARD, OBERLIN, OHIO. 



CHAPTER YII 



THE COUNTY 

On the map you can see that a number of towns are grouped 
together to make a county. Each state is thus a group of counties. 
In some parts of the country, towns have at first been small and 
far apart, or people have been so scattered that they could not 
become towns, but have lived on their own lands in the county 
only; and in some cases it is still the habit for the men of a county 
to meet at one town, the county-seat, to settle their affairs. Thus 
there is a county government. The county laws are made by the 
meeting of men from all the towns in the county. And now we 
have taken one step away from home. The men of the county 
can not all go, as the men of a town can go to town-meeting, so 
each town chooses certain men to go and represent them at the 
county meeting — that is, to speak j_and vote for them, 
to say what the town that sent 
them wishes to have done in 
the county affairs. It is 
only in the town that 
government can be 
primary. After that, 
whert' there 

r 



and 




MICHIGAN STATE PENITENTIARY, 



44 



A STORY OF THE WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE 




COURT-HOUSE, IONIA COUNTY, MICHIGAN. 



are more people and more land, 
government becomes representa- 
tive ; that is, a few men are chosen 
and sent to decide matters accord- 
ing to the wish of those who sent 
them and according to the laws of 
the people. 

The county officers are the 
commissioners, the sheriff and 
others. They have charge of the 
county, to see that its highways 
are kept in order, that boundary 
lines of towns are rightly laid and 
kept ; they oversee school districts ; 
they look after the poor of the 

county ; they provide for the holding of state elections ; they buy 

land and build the jail and court-house for the county. The 

sheriff is the peace officer. He looks after disturbances or riots 

in any town. He has charge of prisoners for the county court 

and obeys the orders of the court. 

Courts of law are a part of government. They are of two 

kinds, criminal courts, before which persons are taken when 

charged with any wrong-doing, and civil courts, to which people 

go when they have 

questions to settle in 

regard to property 

and other matters, 

where no wrong is 

intended, or where 

injustice is done. In 

court many cases ar» ' 

tried before a jury — 

a body of twelve men 

chosen from among 

the people. The jury 

hear the case, the explanations and arguments of the lawyers on 

both sides, and under the charge of the judge they decide the case 

and give their verdict. These courts are held in the county seat. 




MICHIGAN CRIMINAL INSANE ASYLUM. 



CHAPTER VIII 



THE CITY 

In a county there may be both towns and cities. Cities are 
different from towns in size, in population and in government. 
Some cities are very large, as Chicago, New York and Philadel- 
phia. They are settled by many kinds of people and the govern- 
ment is not primary — at first 
hand by all the people — but 
representative. 

In a great city the peo- 
ple cannot all meet as towns- 
men do, nor do they all know 
enough of the city affairs to 
be able to say what should be 
done. In a city there are 
many streets; buildings with 
every kind of business ; there 
are the people who will not 
keep the laws, the sick and 
poor people, many children 
for public schools, and fami- 
lies of every kind who live all 
manner of lives. 

The government must 
{provide for the health and 
comfort of the city. There 
must be streets and street 
railways, and street cleaning, a good water supply, gas and elec- 
tric light for streets and buildings, a fire department and a police 
force, with hospitals, libraries, courts, city buildings, museums and 
parks — in short, a great city means a great life spread out into 
many parts where everything needs constant care. 

So for those who have these affairs in charge there are many 

45 




'^ ^i 



THE WATER WORKS AT CHICAGO. 



46 



A STORY OF TUB WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE 



questions to meet, many fjroposals to make, many peoj^le to deal 
with and the need of a great deal of money every year for the 
city expenses. 

To do all this worlv < iffirci's are chosen by the people of the 
city. They are the 
Mayor, the Alder- 
men and City Coun- 
cil ; also Commis- 
sioners, heads of 
departments and 
under officers, in 
such numl)er as 
may be needed, are 





FIRE. DEPARTMENT. 



chosen and appointed. 

The money that is 

to l)e used for the city 

is paid by the people 

as taxes, it is given to 

the officers of the city 

government to be used 

for the city, and to be 

so used that the people 

may have what they 

pay for — a well-ordered, 

comfortable city life. 

This crowding of life and business into one place, the many 

kinds of people and the many things that should and should not 

be done, makes city government one of the great problems of the 

world. 



THE ELEVATED RAILROAD AT 116TH STREET, NEW YORK CITY. 



CHAPTER IX 



THE STATE 

And now we come to the state. The state is made up of its 
own free towns and counties. It has its boundaries and within 
these its government, its own set of laws and its officers to carry 
them out. 

The laws of the state are made by the people of the state. As 
they cannot all go to any one point in the state, each town 
chooses and sends certain men to represent it. These men meet 
at the capital, or head city of the state. They are called the 



)se / 

'A 



State Legislature, or law-making body. It is m 
the Senate and House of Representatives. These 
work together. At the head of the state is a 
cer, the Governor, who sees that the laws are 
The Governor has with him the Secretary of 
keeps a record of state affairs, the State Treas 
receives the money — the state taxes ])aid by the 
and the Auditor, through whom this 
paid out. There are also other offi- 
Commissioners and Superintend 
to look after special affairs 
such as the state prisons, rail 
ways, work in harbors and 
on new lands, the immi- 
grants or new people who 
come into the state to live, 
and all things of this kind. 
The state has also a 
department of justice — the 
Superior Court, with an At 
torney-General who hel]3s 
Governor, the legislature and 
other state lawyers to under- the old state house at boston, 

47 



two parts — 
two bodies 
chief offi- 
carried out. 
State, who 
u r e r, who 




BUILT IN i7r3. 



48 



A STORY OF THE WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE 



stand the state laws and act as they direct. There is also a Su- 
preme Court, which tries, in each county, all cases, civil and crim- 
inal. To these state courts the people go with cases that do not 
get settled by courts in smaller towns or cities where they first 
may have been 
tried. 

So we see 
the state is a 
great organiza- 
tion. It is called 
a Common- 
wealth, be- 
cause, by 
means of its 
g o V e r n m ent, 




the people 
try to pro- 
vide for the 
common 
weal, or well- 
be i n g , of 
e V e r y b ody 
within its 
borders. The 

idea of having a state is for the protection and guidance that 
it can give to its people. It has great power, but it moves with 
the people, not against them. Its government is set up by the 
people, as the captain and officers of an ocean steamship are put 
in charge to help the people to travel. 

Thus if the people of the state have need of help in their 
voting, in their business or town relations, they can carry the 



FIRST INFANTRY, ILLINOIS STATE MILITIA. 



THE STATE 



49 



matter to the state legislature or to the state courts and have it 
attended to. 

In all this great business for so many people many laws are 
needed. These laws, when made, are printed and kept as state 
law books and thus the people know what has been done and 
what laws they still have need to make. 



STATE EIGHTS 

By all this way of life we see that the people have a great idea 
of rights. Beginning with ourselves, families live as they choose, 
so long as no one disturbs the peace and order of the town. The 
town has the right to do certain things as it pleases, so long as it 
protects its families and renders due thought and service to the 
state. The state has certain rights which it keeps for itself, so 
long as it protects and guides the towns and renders due thought 
and service to the one great whole that is above it — the nation — 
the United States. 

The state laws are in harmony with those of its towns and 
also with the laws of the United States. Every state has, how- 
ever, very clearly its own rights, which can not be interfered 
with, or taken away — as the rights to hold its own elections — the 
choosing of its officers; to have its militia — its own state soldiers, 
and to call them out in defense of the state as shall seem best ; to 
lay out its own school districts and direct its own schools, and in 
general to manage its own concerns. But with all this liberty 
and greatness there are certain things that no state can do — and 
this brings us to the power above the state, to the United States. 




UNITED STATES MARINE HOSPITAL, CHICAGO. 



CHAPTER X 



THE UNITED STATES 

In the study that we have made so far, we have seen that, 
when things grow, the hfe within keeps working out into the 
larger and larger forms, as from a tiny seed a plant grows up 
and spreads its leaves and flowers until it fills a large space. 
History shows the separate parts of our life, the family, the town 
and the state. Each of these forms is self-governing. Now we 
shall see them set together in one great whole, which, in itself, as 
a whole, with all its well-governed, living parts, is self-governing 
also. 

The government of the United States is called Federal — 
bound together by its own inner life — working 

as a whole by virtue of the k faithful 

spirit with which each sep- / Jik\ a r a t e 

part does its duty to itself 
and to the whole. In place 
and power this govern- 

m e n t is central and ^^^^ ■■■^^m^^^^ 

reaches over the .^^^HIIiMlHHI^^^^H^^^HiilllHi^l 
whole country, in- 
cluding all the ' 

4 states. Still, 




PENNSYLVANIA AVENUE, EAST FROW THE TREASURY BUILDING. 

5i 



52 



A STORY OF THE WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE 




THE SENATE CHAMBER. 



a 1 1 li o u g h this 
central power is 
so great, it does 
not come from 
outside and set 
itself up to rule 
over us. It comes 
from within our 
own borders and 
from within the 
hearts and minds 
of the people. It 
is the kind of 
government that 
we choose to live 
under. We have 
the plan of it in 
our minds ; we meet and agree to live together and carry out that 
plan. This makes the nation. Its idea is organization and growth 
according to the laws that we ourselves make and agree to obey. 
This is the "government of the people, for the people, by the people." 
The capital of the country is Washington, in the District of 
C o 1 u m b ia. At 
this central point 
the officers of 
the government 
meet and man- 
age the affairs of 
the country. 

THE GOVERNMENT 

Our govern- 
ment has three 
parts — Congress, 
the President, 
and the Su2:)reme 
Court of the 

UniteO. DtateS. hou^e of representatives 




THE UNITED STATES 



S3 



CONGRESS 

Congress is the law-making part of our national government. 
It is divided into two parts — the Senate and the House of Repre- 
sentatives. The Senate is the upper house. Its members, the 
Senators, are chosen and sent by the states — that is, by the legis- 
latures of the states meeting in theii* own capitals. Each state 
sends two Sena- 
tors. These men 
go to Washing- 
ton to represent 
and act for the 
states. They are 
chosen for a term 
of six years. 

The other 
part of CongT-ess 
is the House of 
R e presentatives. 
These men repre- 
sent the people. 
They are chosen 
directly by the 
people of each 
state. They go for a term of two years each. All of these con- 
gressmen are chosen in their own states according to their own 
state election laws, but when they meet at Washington they act 
as an organized body and for the United States. They act as a 
legislative body. They make the laws for the country. They 
know what the people who sent them wish to have done and the 
people at home can appeal to them in case of need. 




SUPREME COURT ROOM. 



64 



A STORY OF THE WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE 




THE PATENT OFFICE, WASHINGTON. 



CHAPTER XI 



THE PRESIDENT 

When the laws of the land are made by Congress we need 
one chief officer to see that they are carried out in all the states 
and by all the people. This officer is the President or the chief 
executive, who holds his office for four years. To him certain 
rights and powers are given. He is commander-in-chief of the 
regular army and navy and, if he has need, he can at any time 
call also the troops of the separate states into service. He appoints 
? ;; > ,:. other public offi- 

" , ■ - i. cers, first sending 

their names to 
the Senate for 
approval, 
and in the 
making o f 
new laws he 
acts with 
C o n g r ess 
in this way. 
First, he sends a 
written message to Congress, show- 
ing what he wishes to have done. 
Next, Congress takes up affairs and 
when a matter has been agreed upon by both houses, it is sent to 
the President. If he signs it, it passes and is a law. If he vetoes, 
or objects to it, the matter goes back to Congress to be reconsid- 
ered, but if two-thirds of the congressmen still approve it, it 
becomes a law in spite of the President's objection, or veto, and 
without his signature. 

The people elect also a Vice-President to take charge of affairs 
if there should be need, and the President chooses certain men to 
assist him — his Cabinet. These officers are the Secretary of State, 

55 




THE WHITE HOUSE, WASHINGTON, D. C , OFFI 
CIAL RESIDENCE OF THE PRESIDENT. 



56 



A STORY OF THE WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE 




EAST ROOM IN THE EXECUTIVE MANSION. 



who has charge of the 
business of our govern- 
ment with foreign nations; 
the Secretary of the Treas- 
ury, who has charge of 
the National Treasury; the 
Secretary of War, who has 
charge of the business of 
wars and the army; the 
Secretary of the Navy, 
who has charge of business 
relating to the na\^; the 
Secretary of the Interior, 
who has charge of public 
lands and other business of the government at home ; the Post- 
master-General, who has charge of the mail service; and the 
Attorney-General, who is the chief lawyer of the government. 
The President also appoints embassadors, ministers and consuls to 
live in foreign countries and attend to American affairs as may 
be needed, while ministers from abroad come to Washington for 
the benefit of their people and governments. 

As the President, as commander-in-chief, has direction of all 
military move- 
ments in case of 
war, so has he 
also the power 
to make various 
treaties with for- 
eign nations, but 
before any treaty 
can pass and be 
acted upon it 
has to be rati- 
fied — that is, 
agreed to by 
two-thirds of the 

oenators. department of state, war and navy. 




THE PRESIDENT 



57 




THE UNITED 
STATES COURTS 

The govern- 
ment has for its 
third and last 
branch the Su- 
preme Court of 
the United States, 
with other courts 
below it. The 
Supreme Court know 
the land thoroughly 
to the justice of 
people, as a whole, 



ffive over to them. 



NEW CONGRESSIONAL LIBRARY. 



THE POWERS OF THE GOVERNMENT 

In our towns we agree to leave certain things to be done by the 
town. For instance, no one interferes with the lighting of streets. 
If anything goes wrong we complain to the selectmen whose busi- 
ness it is to see to these things. This keeps life in order. In the 
same way the states, all over the country, agree to leave certain 
things to the Federal Government. The rights thus given make 
the powers of the government and its duties. 

These rights are — the mail service, the coining of one kind of 
money for all the 
states, raising an 
army and navy for 
the protection of the 
country, buying 
lands and Imilding 
forts, military posts 
and navy y a r d s, 
making war and 
keeping peace be- 
tween the states and 
with foreign coun- 
tries and laying 




POST-OFFICE DEPARTMENT. 



58 



A STORY OF THE WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE 



taxes to raise money for the use of the government. These are 
the chief rights of the government. They were given by the states 
to make a government for the whole country, and no state by 
itself does any of these things. Congress is careful not to take 
any power from the states that belongs to them, and to make the 
laws of the nation agree with the laws of the states. 

THE CONSTITUTION 

But the power of the government is great. We have given it 
control of our lives in case of war and control of millions of 




UNITED STATES TREASURY. 



money, which all comes from the hands of the people. How is it 
safe for us to do this ? Here are Congress, the President and the 
Supreme Court. What prevents a great central government like 
this from taking too much from the people, from making laws 
that would injure us, from using our money improperly and 
disturbing our peaceful life together ? By what laws do we put 
these men into these high offices, and what holds them together 
and directs them, year after year, as the old men go out and the 
new ones come in ? 

We have a power that keeps these things in order. It is the 
power of law — a written law — the Constitution of the United 
States. 

This is the law of the country as a whole. Under its guid- 
ance we are a nation of states — free, yet united. 



CHAPTER XII 



THE FLAG AND SEAL OF THE UNITED STATES 

Every nation has its flag, and we have ours. It is the sign 
that we display at home and abroad when we wish men to know ns 
as Americans. It is the sign of our right to be with other 
nations upon the seas and in foreign countries. It is the 
sign of our government, the symbol of the land that is 
ours and of ourselves as a people among the great powers 
of the earth. So, because we love our country, we love 
and honor our flag wherever it may be. Our country 
also has a seal. This is used at Washington 

by the government for 
the sealing of public doc- 
uments. 

On the face of the 
seal is an eagle, bearing 
upon its breast a shield, 
which has thirteen ver- 
tical stripes below an 
open 'field. Above the 
head of the eagle are thir- 
teen stars set in a halo of 
light. In the right talon 
of the eagle is an olive 
branch, the sign of mercy 
and peace ; in the left are 
thirteen arrows, the sign 
of the power of war. In 
its beak the eagle bears 
a scroll with the motto : 



E Pluribus Unum. 
Out of many, one. 

Out of many families, 




DON'T rOUCH MY FLAG. 
Copiiright, l!i9H, by FT. D. Henderso i. 



Used by permission. 

59 



60 



A STORY OF THE WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE 



triangle : Novus 
— A new order of 

As we go on 
of our country we 
our flag and seal 
cided upon, and 
mean to us. 

Conclusion — 
come back to the 
which we started — 
Here in our coun- 
try, wide and good ; 
here in our nation, 
a Republic, where 
all the people have 
part in public af- 
fairs, and here we live, tailing our 
own ways in agricultui'e, commerce, 
education, literature and all the arts 
— in company with the nations of the 
earth. When and where did all these 
things begin? 



towns and states, one great united people. 
On the other side of the seal, seldom if 
ever used, is a pyramid, unfinished, to 
show that the nation is still grow- 
ing; and above it, looking down 
through a glory of light, is a single 
eye — the eye of God. Above is the 

motto, Annuit 
C oe p t i s — God 
has favored the 
u n d e r t aking ; 
and below in a 
Ordo Seclorum 
ages. 

with the history 
shall see when 
were first de- 
just what they 




And now we 
words with 
Her ( ' Ave are. 



How 
began 




BETSY ROSS HOUSE, ARCH ST 
PHILADELPHIA, WHERE TH 
U. S. FLAG WAS FIRST DE 
SIGNED. 



beffin 



in showing us 



grow and who began it? History answers; but 

how all that is here really did begin in the world, it takes us 

far away to other times, to other lands, to other people. 




PART II 



CHAPTER I 



THE OLD WORLD 

In history when we have long periods of time to speak of we 
count by centuries. A century is one hundred years. All years 
and centuries are counted from the birth of Christ. Very much 
happened in the world before that time. Many things have 
happened since. 

Write the letter C. for the time of Christ and then count after 
it each square a century, to the present day. (See diagram at 
bottom of page.) 

In what year are we living ? In the year 19 . In what 

century are we living ? In the twentieth. The twentieth century 
begins with the year 1901. 

Now count the time B. C. or before Christ, each square a 
century back to the twentieth. 

The history of America begins in the fifteenth century A. D., 
but long before that time, in the centuries B. C, many things 
happened that we need to know because they explain what is 
being done now in the world. Indeed, the history of the world, as 
we know it, is really all one great story. Different nations have 



B.C. 



A. D. (Anno Domini. In tlie year of our Lord). 



19 



18|l7|l6|l5|H|l3|l2|ll|l0l9|8|7|6|6[4|3[iiri C C | i|2|3|4|5|g| 7|8|9| lo| ll| 12| 13| 14|l5| 16| 17|l8| 19| | 



6i 



62 



A STORY OF THE WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE 



THE RIVER JORDAN— PILGRIMS' BATHING PLACE 



lived at different times in different places, spoken different 
languages and done work after their own minds in business, in 
home life and in their government, but the life and work of one 
nation has always had something to do with the work and life of 
others, and to know something about the great 

nations of 
early times 
helps us to 
u n d e r s tand 
what we are 
d o i n g over 
here. 

We over 
here are 
young. In 
Asia and in 
Egypt — in the 
" Old World," lived the old people of history and 
so again we have the land, the people and the 
time to inquire about. 

For the time go back to the twentieth century B. C. Now on 
the map look for China, on the eastern coast of Asia, and for 
Japan on its islands beyond ; find India on its southern peninsula 
running out into the Indian Ocean, then come across to Egypt 
upon the Nile in Africa, and then, upon the lands where the two 
rivers, the Tigris and the Euphrates, flow together to the Persian 
Gulf, find old Babylon and the country of Assyria above it. Some 
of these names and places are gone now, but the lands remain. 
Find also the land of Palestine to the west along the Jordan, and 
in what is now called Syria find the very edge of the land on the 
coast of the Mediteii'anean Sea. This little strip of country was 
Phoenicia. 

In these countries of the old world history began — that is, the 
first things that we know. The real beginning of these old 
nations we scarcely know at all, but that is no matter — we can 
begin in the middle of the story and say — ^the times were old. 

]S[ow wh^t shall we look for ? What do we want to know ? 




THE OLD WORLD 



63 



We know already that when peox)le wish to hve or to work or to 
play together, the first thing is how to do it. The question is, How 
do you play this game ? — and in the lives of nations the first thing- 
is government — ^laws and rules to "go by." 

Our country is "the land of the free." We have equal rights 
in all the states — " civil rights " — ^the rights of citizens, the rights 
of those who belong to one body and are at home in one place. If 
we want to go to Florida we do not have to ask first if we may 
enter the state. We may go t(j Chicago without asking leave of 
Illinois. We ask no officer what we shall do in our business, our 
religion, or our family life. We go, we live, we act in freedom. 
The only requirement is that each person as he goes and as he works 
and plays shall take heed to protect the general rights of the people, 
do nothing to injure life or property, and at all times and in all 
places be ready to obey tlie laws which, as a people, we have made 




THE GREAT CHINESE WALL. 



64 



A STORY OF rili: WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE 




SYRIAN WOMEN MAKING BREAD. 



for ourselves — for all this freedom l)etween people and states 
comes through our having one great law under which we are one 
people, and move together in unity of life. 

In the old world this was not so. For the most part the king 
ruled, and the people oljeyed. When one man rules over other 
men and rules after his own will, with the people subject to him, 
he is a despot and the government is called a despotism. It is the 
opposite kind of life from ours and when we look back to America 
from Asia we see, better than before, what kind of life we live 
over here. 



CHAPTER II 
EGYPT 



THREE THOUSAND B. C. 



First then, we will g-o to Egypt, where the Nile flows through 



the desert, at the Avest of Africa. 




V."} . • 




A HIGH PRIEST IN ROBES AND BREASTPLATE. 



In the twentieth century B. C. 
Egypt was an old and powerful 
country. It had a great, and 
for that time, a good govern- 
ment, Ijut not like ours. The 
kings, the Pharaohs, had abso- 
lute jjower. Under them the 
])e()ple were carefully divided 
into the priests, who were near- 
est to the king, the soldiers, 
the farmers and the shepherds. 
For these the king and his 
high priests laid down absolute 
I'ules. Thus everything i n 
Egypt was done under one 
l)lan and in one way — the way 
of the king. The })eople raised 
great (^i-ops on their rich lands, 
built cities, temples and tombs, 
cut the rock into great sculp- 
tures, covered the walls with 
pictures of Egyptian life and 
with their writing in beautiful 
and 1 jrilliant colors ; they wove 
fabrics and had varied indus- 
tries, with fine work in stones 
and metals and glass. They paid 
great taxes that were closely 
counted and kept in order. They 

65 



66 



A 



STORY OF THE WORLD AND ITU PEOPLE 



celebrated festivals and gave much time to religious services ; still 
all this great life moved by order of the king—under one plan 
and in one way. Egypt was great in her ideas of religion and 

life, great m ner 

work, a giver of 
ideas to her 




neighbors, and her government was com- 
plete and well carried out ; but it did not 
allow the people freedom to live and grow 
after their own ideas. 

The people of old Egypt are classed as 
white men. They are almost entirely gone. 
Other people of many kinds have owned 
the country for centuries. 



MUMMY OF RAMESES II. 



CHAPTER III 



INDIA 



THREE THOUSAND B. C. 

And now we will go to India, the peninsula in the south of 
Asia, where the mighty snow-covered ranges of the Himalaya 
Mountains look down to the tropical waters of the Indian Ocean. 

Here is another old story. In the twentieth century B. C. 
this country had, for a long time, heen occupied by a group of 
Aryans of the white race, whom we call the Indians or Hindoos. 

Indus 



IThe 
River 



the 

and 

others flow 

across the 



Ganges 




STATE ELEPHANTS OF INDIA. 



plains of 
India, where two or 
three crops a year 
may grow, and the whole country is rich with the gifts of nature. 
There are teak and mahogany wood for fine cabinet work, 
wild animals with beautiful skins — the lion, tiger and all the 
great cat family — there are cotton, wheat, sugar, tea, fruits, spices 
and rich nuts, plants for dyes and perfumes and oils ; there are 
mines of salt, iron and coal, mth gold and silver and gems — 
rubies, emeralds, diamonds and others, and below the coast, the 
pearl fisheries. 

In all the old countries India was well known for these things 

67 



68 



A STORY OF THE WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE 



— its fine wool and skins, its delicate work in wood, tortoise shell, 
gold and silver, weavings of earners hair, cotton and silk, its 
jewels, robes and shawls ; and from earliest tunes other nations 
wished to find ways 
to trade with her. 

As to the In- 
dians or Hindoos 
themselves, they 
were high-minded 
people of a strong, 
bright spirit, with a 
beautiful langur.ge, 





TEA PLANTER'S HOUSE IN 
THE HIMALAYAS. 

the Sanscrit; they 
had a store of sa- 
c-red hymns, ad- 
dressed to the 
light and the 
[)0wers of the 
sky — they were 
scholars in a s- 
tronomy, mathe- 
matics and gram- 
mar, and were fond of poetic and dramatic speech and writing. 
As to their government or way of life, these Aryans, before they 
were disturbed by strangers from outside, were never gathered 
as one people and ruled over by one despotic king. We know 
them first as families or near kinsmen. This was the tie of 
blood. Next the families grew into villages — groups of families 
having separate dwellings and owning land. Here they held the 
village council, with their chief at its head. Thus the people took 
part in their own government. They did not grow great in law- 
making. Most of their meetings were complaints and the 



A TEMPLEON THE RIVER GANGES. 



INDIA 



69 



straightening out of affairs according to the village customs and 
ideas of justice. India never grew into one great nation with 
laws of its own. In later times, since the second century B. C, 
India has been invaded by many foreign people who have stayed 
there with their own religions, government and ideas of life. In 
the seventeenth century the English set up trading posts on her 
shores, then, by degrees, they gained control of the country, and 
India is now under the government of Eh'giand. 



CHAPTER IV 
BABYLON 



THREE THOUSAND B. C. 

And now we will go westward and up the Pei'sian Gulf to 

Babylon, the famous city, so old that no one knows its beginning. 

In earliest times people of the yellow race lived there. Very 

industrious and in- 
ventive these people 
were. By observa- 
tion of the sun, 
moon and stars 
_^they made the 
time-table that we 
use — our minute s, 
hours, day s, and 
weeks; they made 
canals and dykes to 
carry water through 
dry lands, they in- 
vented weights and 
measures, made pot- 
tery on the potter's wheel, wove fine silk, linen and cotton and did 
fine work in the cutting of gems. 

Out from this busy industrial life some of these people went 
eastward and founded China, where these same industries have 
always been followed. 




BABYLON— RUINS OF PALACE AND HANGING GARDENb. 



CHAPTER V 
THE PHOENICIANS 



TENTH CENTUEY B. C. 

And now we mil go from Babylon clear out to the edge of the 
land between the mountains of Lebanon and the Mediterranean, 
to read another chapter of life and see what the Phoenician people 
did in this old-world tune, so far away from ours. 

The Phoenicians are the fathers of trade and commerce in the 
world — and now we must look about a little. Here in Asia we 
have found India and Babylon with rich materials and with 
things to make and things to sell. Egypt and the people along 
the coast of Arabia were 
also ready and eager to buy 
and sell and exchange their 
goods. To-day this is an 
easy matter an^^vhere in 
the world, but in those an- 
cient days it was every- 
where most difficult. Think 
of a country full of des- j^ 
erts and mountains, with 
no open traveled roads, 
with the rough path- 
ways beset both by wild 
beasts and by wild tribes 
of men, and what it 
was to carry silk and 
gold and jewels back 
and forth across 
such lands. 

And then as to 
going by water, no 




THE SERVANTS OF HIRAM BRINGING CEDARS FROM LEBANON 
TO THE SEA, 

71 



n 



A STORY OF THE WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE 




JUNTAIN OF LEBANON. 



one k n ew 
how to build 
good ships 
and no one 
dared, at that 
time, to sail 
far from the 
land. 

Travel- 
ers did some- 
times cross 
from the Per- 
sian Gulf to 
India and 
back, but the 
Eed Sea was 

too rough for their vessels or their courage. But these traders 
had an enterprising spirit and in time they got settled on the sea- 
coast, where they built cities and manufactories for casting 
metals, weaving, dying and making glass. 

Then they learned to build better ships. They built trading 
posts upon the islands and shores of the sea as at Cadiz, and at 
length went thi'ough the Straits of Gibraltar, up to England and 
the Baltic Sea, and down the coast of Africa and to the Azores, 
carrying goods with them and bringing back whatever they could 
from all people along the way. Finally these brave people learned 
to sail the dangerous Red Sea and then, had it not been for the 
Isthmus of Suez, they could have gone all the way to India by 
water. Later they made for the king of Egypt a voyage clear 
around Africa, being gone three years. Read Kings v., vl, vii., how 
Hiram, King of Tyre, helped King Solomon. Also read Ezekiel xxvii. 
These Phoenicians did two other things. They established 
colonies — that is, they sent some of their own people to distant 
trading posts, holding them still as subjects of the king at home — 
and they gave a great help to language. As they went up and down 
and saw how people needed to have some way of understanding 
one another, they made over old letters and put together an alpha- 
bet, with sounds as well as signs, that proved to be most useful. 



CHAPTER YI 



THE HEBREW 

TWENTIETH CENTURY B. C. 

And now we mil go a little inland and southward, to the 
land of Palestine — the land of the Hebrews. And here we must 
speak again of government and of religion. 

/In this country we 
go to church as we please, 
still we all worship one 
God and in this we are 
in harmony. In the old 
world, in these very old 
times, each country had 
its own way of worship, 
its own ideas and its own 
S separate gods.f 

In the very oldest 
^viitings of the East we 
find many things that are 
hke the Psalms of 
our own Biljle. We 
find, too, hymns and 
prayers to the light, 
to the sun, to the day 
and the night, to wind 
and storm, to gods of life 
and death and to all pow- 
ers that seem to work both 
good and e^il. 

We find sacred animals hke the Ijull and crocodile ; the sacred 
lotus flowers, the figures of gods mth many eyes and hands to 
show their power. This we call idolatry. 

73 




■^=- ^c: 



MOUNT SINAI. 



74 



A STORY OF THE WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE 



And history shows that at Babylon and across Syria to the 
sea, rehgion grew to be a dark and cruel thing, with such gods as 
Baal and Bel, to whom the people cried in dread, and the fire-god, 
Moloch, to whom children were sacrificed. 




In those countries the king and his priests were the leaders 
and the people followed blindly and in fear. 

But with the Hebrews these things were not so. In early 
times many nations were, in the beginning, only small tribes of 
men, who lived a wandering life, camping in tents and driving 
their herds from one range of country to another ; not owning 
lands or building cities. So we read of the early * Hebrews. But 
* Genesis xii, i, 2. 



THE HEBREW 



75 



by the ninth century B. C, this tribe of Abraham, who were 

Semites, of the white race, had grown to be a strong nation with 

lands and cities in Palestine. 

' These Hebrews had the knowledge of God. (Ex. xv.) Led by 

Moses and Joshua, with this idea of God and of His law, they came 

into their land and 
grew into a nation. We 
all know that the law 
of the Hebrews was a 
written {Ex. xx). law — 
the ten commandments 




that we study and 
keep as a sign of th< ■ 
way in which mei 
should livetogethci- 
on this earth. As our own history has already shown us, laws are 
made for the help and guidance of the people, so that they can 
occupy the earth in peace and in order, no matter how busy 
they are, or in what part of the world and with what other 
men they may be — and it is true, and if we think about it w6 can 
see, that all true and great laws that have been made, ever, at any 
time, in any country, by any people for the good of man, agree 
with these old Hebrew commandments as to what man should 
and should not do. (Neliemiah ix. 13). These things show us why 



^6 



A 8T0RY OF THU WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE 




EL-GHUWER, FORMERLY KNOWN AS THE LAND OF GENNESARET, THE MOST PRODUCTIVE LAND IN PALESTINE. 

we should know the history of the nations with whose old stories 
so much of the workFs life and of our own life began. 

NINTH AND EIGHTH CENTURIES B. C. 

The Hebrews built up this country, but there was disorder — 
" every man did that which was right in his own eyes." So kings 
were chosen. Still the people fell apart. Ten of the tribes went 
by themselves and made the kingdom of Israel, but enemies fell 

SEVEN HUNDRED AND TWENTY-ONE B. C. 

upon them, they lost their lands and were carried away by the 
great king of Nineveh, to be heard of no more. 

The kingdom of Judah stood longer, but later it too was 
carried captive to Babylon (Book of Daniel). From there some 
returned, but they could not rebuild their nation. In the first 
century A. D. they were scattered abroad and have since lived 
in other lands and among other people. 



CHAPTER VII 
ASSYRIA 



TENTH CENTURY TO THE FOURTH B. C. 

And now for the last point in this study of what was done in 
Asia, go once more to Babylon. The old people of whom you 
read, in time passed away. 

Semitic people took their places and made Babylon still 
greater. 

Then north of Babylon another Semitic tribe — the tribe of 
Asshur — built up Assyria with its chief city Nineveh. 




THE FALL OF NINEVEH. 



These people were powerful in war. Fierce attacks were made 
by them upon Egypt, the Hebrews and the Phoenicians ; multitudes 
from every country were taken prisoners. Some were put to death ; 
others were carried away to serve as soldiers, slaves and work- 
men. In this way people were moved from land to land and 
many changes of life, art and language came about. But this 
was never done by any will of the people. Everything was done 
by the will of the king. Assyria became very rich and great, yet 
at length (606 B. C.) Nineveh fell, and Babylon was left the one 
great point of power in that part of the world. But its end also 
was to come. 

77 



CHAPTER VIII 
THE MEDES AND PERSIANS 

FOUETH CENTURY B. C. 

To the north and east of these lands, tribes of Aryans — the 
Medes and Persians — ^had grown to be a strong people. Under 
their King Cyrus, they fell upon Babylon and overthrew it and on 
the lands from there westward to the sea founded the Persian 




KING CYRUS FELL UPON BABYLON AND OVERTHREW IT. 

Empire. (2 Chron. xxxvi. 22 ; Ezra ii.) This was a great move- 
ment in history. These Aryan Persians were kinsmen to the 
Hindoos. They brought fresh life from the hills, new language 

79 



80 



A STORY OF THE WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE 




and a new religion 
with its sacred writ- 
ings that taught in- 
dustry, respect for 
hfe and regard for 
the truth. 

We read of " the 
law of the Medes and 
Persians that alter- 
eth not," which 
ni e a n s that they 
kept their promises 
and treaties when 
other nations broke 
theirs ; and we are 
told that, before this, 
the men of the tribes 
had been allowed to 
gather in councils 
with their chief, to 
help decide upon the 
laws for the tribe 
and upon the pun- 
ishment of offenders. 
And also it is said : 

" If an intelli- 
gent man appeared 
who could give wise council, Cyrus gave him liberty to speak," 
and that the Persians " succeeded by freedom, concord and com- 
mon deliberation." These things are told of the Persians as a 
mountain and country people, not as rulers over others. They 
did not found a republic in Asia. When they came into power 
they too had kings who ruled al^solutely ; but when by themselves, 
in this early history, we see their republican spirit. 

And now we are ready to pass on into Europe — into the great 
middle country that lies between Asia and ourselves ; but before 
we go, stop and look back a moment. 



A PERSIAN STRONGHOLD. 



THE MEDES AND PERSIANS 



81 



Asia is the land of beginnings. Here are the first histories of 
industry, and skill, of ship building and navigation, the opening 
of trade and commerce, the art of building and decoration, with 
education, writing and books, ideas of nature and of God, religious 
services and plans of government. We might stay a long time in 
this land of deserts and mountains, great rivers and hot seas, but 
not now. It is time to turn our faces westward, for after we have 
stayed awhile in Europe, to see how the nations there came into 
the world and grew up, we have yet to come home and to read in 
full the history of ourselves — the United States of America. 

But before we begin in Europe, look once more at our own 
country — and look 
now at the people who 
are here. 

If we stand on 
the corner of a street 
in any gi'eat city, in a 
short time we shall 
see, passing by, white 
people, yellow men 
and negroes. If we 
look at the white peo- 
ple we shall see that 
they are of several 
kinds and that many 
are Europeans — Irish, 
German, Italian, 
French and others. If 
we listen we shall 
hear all of these peo- 
ple speaking their 
own languages, Ger- 
man, French, Chi- 
nese — or we shall 
hear them speaking 
English as best they 
can. Why do they 





1 


1 


i^H 


^K-^ 


m 




1 


L 


JM 


1 


■M 




^B 


^% 


^H^^^^^^^^^^^l 


In 


m^E^H 




j^^^B 


ft'-^ 


^^^^^^^l^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^l 


pn^^i 


^M^fli^^^^l 




1 


# 




m 


H 




1 


H S 


\ iffjSSK JE^^^^^^^^^^HC 


1 






^mI 


T^H 




1 


s 


1 
F 


_ _,. 


^ 


H^^^^hH 


M 


|HH| 








9^^M^I 


■ 


^^H 


; -?•"*' 


-^! 


I^S 


MflMP'^^^HHi^ , Ah,... r. ,-_« 


m 


I^^^H 



CYRUS GAVE HIM LIBERTY TO SPEAK. 



82 A STORY OF THE WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE 

speak English ? Because it is the language of the country. This 
nation Avas founded by English-speaking white men. The 
language of the government, of Congress and of all laws of 
public business and general language of our life, the books, schools, 
and colleges, the language that those who come here have to 
learn to speak and use, is English. This in itself shows that the 
American nation is English in descent. Into this country are 
(coming, all the time, many people (foreign-born population over 
nine millions by last census, 1890) of many kinds to live here with 
their families under our laws, but they come into the country as 
it is. They are not the people who founded this nation. The 
beginning of our history is English. 

We are now another country. We have land, name, life and 
laws that are our own, not England\s, but we go back to England 
to find out how we came to be here. England is a part of Europe, 
but the history of England itself does not begin until the fifth 
century A. D., and before that came to pass there are things in the 
growth of other nations, that we need to know. So again, we will 
go back, far back, to the fifth century B. C. and take up the 
thread of our story where it begins in Europe. 



PART III 



CHAPTER T 
GREECE 

NINTH CENTUEY B. C. 

On the Mediterranean Sea find the peninsula of Greece. Find 
its two chief cities, Athens and Sparta. 

Here, in 
Greece, is a 
name that we 



atoj*jaMi»^lfl(5g'S.v 





ACROPOLIS AT ATHENS, SHOWING PARTHENON AND PROPYL/EA. 

know. We study Greek history and the 
Greelv language, we hang pictures of 
Greek ruins on our walls, we read the 
stories of the old Greek gods and heroes 
and have, in our homes and museums, 
casts of the Greek statues. 

Who then were the Greeks? When 
did they live and what was their story ? 

To-day Greece fills a little place in the 
world, but two thousand years ago her 
history was that of greatness. 

The Greeks were Aryans, kinsmen to 
the Hindoos and the Persians of Asia. 
Their country was not a land of plains 

83 



84 



A STORY OF THE WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE 




THE PRISON OF SOCRATES. 



and great rivers,like Egypt, 
where the people hved to- 
gether in the great Nile 
valley. It was a little land 
cut across and broken up 
into many parts by hills 
and mountains, with nar- 
row passes to the lands 
])elow. Here the Greeks 
lived in nearly twenty sep- 
arate states. Below their 
beautiful broken country 
lay the seacoast, full of 
bays. Out on the islands and uj) the coasts of Asia Minor lived 
other people of the Greek blood and language; so the Greeks 
lived upon both land and sea and had a wide, busy life. 

The Greeks had an old story of the war of Troy — the Iliad of 
Homer, which you will read some day. After that, history tells 
that the tribes got well settled in Greece. They learned much 
from their neighbors the Phoenicians and Egyptians; but the 
Greeks were a people with many ideas and they copied no one. 
What they did was new in the world, and many of the things 
that the Greeks did have never been as well done since. 

In their beautiful language they wrote songs, dramas, speeches 
and history; they 
adorned their land with 
temples and public 
buildings and carved in 
marble the statues of 
their gods and god- 
desses, the figures of 
their public men and of 
the victors in the great 
Greek games that ever}' ^ 
year the people played 
together. 

And now you ask^ 




ACRO-CORINTH AND RyiN^ OF 



E QF ATHgNE 



GREECE 



85 



what government had these bright, free people ? How did they 
hve together ? Look at the picture of a Greek temple or a statue. 
Here are buildings simple and fine. Here are men who can do 
things. Now in this work you can see what it was that Greece 
loved and what she wanted to be. You see power and beauty. 
You see freedom and independence ; and this was just what Greece 
wanted for herself and K^ a her people. She was a land of 
separate states. SheV-^ Ml wished each to stand by itself, 
yet all to stand together \^^ as one country — Init, to tell her 
story quickly, she was n(^t v^ able to work her ideas out into 
form. She did what she 
could, but in the end, when 
Rome grew powerful, Greece 
fell and became a Roman 
province. To see how this was 
— Greece did not go out to con 
quer the world. 

The Persians came ui)on her, 
but the Greeks gathered and with 
a small army, by skill and train- 
ing, with their hearts full of the 
love ,of country and of freedom, 
they drove this great army back 
into Asia. Greece saved her beau- 
tiful works from destruction and 
her people from being ruled by a 
despot, still she did not learn how 
to live at home, and her troubles 
were home troubles. 

In these old times when places 
were first settled some hill would 
be chosen and fortified as a refuge 
in case of attack from other tribes. 
Here the people made the city. 
Here the king or chief lived with 
his council and assembly of the 
people. These were the city people. zeus. the god of the sea. 




(iREECE 8t 

They governed the people of the country — or state, outside. These 
people of the state wished to come into the city to take part in 
public affairs. The rulers wished to keep them out, so between 
these two parties a struggle began and it was a long time before 
the people won the right to come into the city and speak for them- 
selves. But beyond this was another trouble. Greece did not see 
how to let her states grow together as a whole. Sometimes one 
city got the rule over several others, but every city wished to be 
free — to rule over its own state and to have full right to do what 
it pleased, to go to war with any other state or any people or to 
make peace — in short to be altogether independent. 

The Greeks felt themselves to be one people. They were of 
one blood, one language, one religion. They could meet in 
harmony for their great races and games. They could look up to 
their great god — Father Zeus, who was over all their other gods, 
but in government they could not work together. 

The plan that we use, of sending men from all over the country 
to represent the states in one great Assembly or Congress, was not 
known to the Greeks. Every state was afraid that some other 
would grow strong and rule over the rest, so strife and jealousy 
took the places of union and peace. 

Athens and Sparta were the chief actors in this history and it 
ended sadly. 

At Athens it was said : " We are lovers of the beautiful, yet 
simple in our taste, and we cultivate the mind without loss of 
manliness — and even those of us who are engaged in business 
have a very fair idea of politics." 

At Athens every man who had a song, a statue, a play or any 
great word to say, could bring it before the people and have atten- 
tion. In Sparta the people had far less of this free life ; young 
men were trained to severe military service, and the idea of the 
state was to have its people strong, brave, obedient and victorious 
in war. 

At length Athens and Sparta came to war. This dragged on 
for twenty-seven years, then Sparta got the mastery. Athens 
suffered under her. Sparta was cruel ; other states rose against 
her and Greece was torn to pieces by her own wars. 



■^s 



A STOyr 'OF THE WOULD 'AND ITS PEOTLI] 



After this Greece had no more hfe of her own as a free h^tioh. 
On the map find Macedon. This country was half Greek. It 
grew up now, mihtary and strong, and you will read some day 
-how its king made war on Greece, how some of the Greeks tried 
■to waken the Greek people and call them to stand together to resist 
what was coming, and how Greece could not do it, but was made 

subject to -Macedon. 

THREE HUNDRED AND 
THIRTY-FOUR B. C. 

Ten you will read 
how Alexander the 
Great of Macedon led 
the Greeks into Asia to 
make war on Persia, 





PANORAMA OF THE RUINS OF OLYMPIA. 

how they went as far 
east as the Indus Kiver, 
and how, by this means, 
the Greeks were scat- 
tered about, so that 
Greek cities were built 
up in Syria and Egypt, 
Alexandria being one of 
these, and Greek ideas 
and the Greek language were planted all about the sea coasts 
and the west of Asia. 

After these hard lessons some of the Greek states began at 
last to see better ways of government. They made leagues of 
cities that agreed to act together in war and in peace. This did a 
great deal of good, but it was too late. The Greek cities of Asia 
Minor and on some of the islands had been given over to Persia. 
There had been burning of towns, murder of citizens, selling of 



GENERAL VIEW OF THE ERECHTHEUM, ATHENS. 



GREECE 



89 




ARCH OF HADRIAN AND ARCH OF JUPITER. 



women and chilclren 
into slavery, slaughter 
of slaves — two thou- 
sand at one time, and 
Greece was too feeble 
to rise again — and as 
you will see directly, 
she soon became subject 
to Eome. 

ONE HUNDRED AND FOR- 
TY-SIX B. C. 

Weakness and 
cruelty like this are a 
part of history, but what we really need to know is, not the worst, 
but the best that each nation has brought into the world. 

War is much the same thing in all ages, but the high and 
noble thoughts of each nation are an everlasting gift — for these 
teach us the arts of government and of life. 

In these things Greece was a great nation. She loved free- 
dom, she loved politics. Look at that 
word ; it means the action of people in 
a public way. Polity is the manage- 
ment of a state. Police means pub- 
lic order; we have a police force to 
keep this order for us. To be polite 
is to conduct ourselves rightly with 
people. 

These things Greece loved and 

studied. As her history shows, she 

had the desire for good government 

and in her spirit she was republican. 

She loved grace and beauty in life, 

religion, literature and art. In 

^^^ i^^ft^^l^jl X W these things she was great and in 

^^^^^^^^^^ '^^ them all she has been the teacher of 




GREEK PEASANTS FROM THE MOUNTAINS. 



the world. 



CHAPTER II 



ROME 

SIXTH centub;¥^b. c. 

Rome began as a small settlement on the Tiber. From there 
it spread over Italy, over all that is now Spain, France and Eng- 
land, the north of Africa and the west of Asia, until it was the 
greatest Empire the Old World ever knew. 

How did Rome gi'ow to be so great? How did Rome hold so 

great an empire together ? What kind 

a govei'nment did she have ? 

Rome began as a city. It was 

the city of the Latin tribe. 

Italy was full of tribes of 

white people. Rome went 

to war with these tribes, 

conquered them and ruled 

over them. 

In early Rome there was a 
king, next him the Senate, 
I'om which we take the 
name for our upper house of 
Congress. The Roman Senate 
advised the king, but he acted 
by its counsel or not, as he 
pleased. Below the Senate 
was the People's Assembly 
that made the laws and decided upon war or peace. So Rome 
began. 

FIVE HUNDRED AND NINE B. C. 

Soon, however, Rome wanted a better government. She put 
down the kings and became a Commonwealth, a Republic. 

A great strife was now going on in Rome as to political rights. 

91 




THE COLISEUM AT ROME. 



92 



A STORY OF THE WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE 



The old settlers of Eome were the patricians. They were the 
rulers, jealous and proud of their family rights. 

The new people who came into the city were from the con- 
quered lands, and were called the plebeians. 

These new-comers wanted to take part in the government 
under which they lived. The old citizens refused. It was a ques- 




A COMBAT OF ROMAN GLADIATORS. 



tion of one class against another — of the government by all the 
people or by a few. This struggle went on for two hundred years, 
until the latter part of the fourth century, when the plebeians won 
from the nobles the rights they asked for. 

The great ideas of the Roman people were law and obedience 
— how to rule justly and keep things in order. The people met in 
the Forum, their public gathering place. From a desk in the 
center — the "rostrum" — a speaker could address them. Here as 
time went on were brought all public matters, here the people 
worked and fought for rights — rights of property, of money and 
debts, care of the poor, trial for crimes, rights of masters over 




APOLLO BELVEDERE. 



ROME 93 

slaves, the rights of men, women 

and f amihes. Here through all this 

long history were waged the battles 

of the rich and poor, the high and 

low, the lord, the freeman and the 

slave. These were truly great and 

stirring times in Eome. 

With so much to have settled 

the people soon saw that, to save 

disputes, they must have written 

laws. The "Laws of the Twelve 

Tables " were written on twelve brass 

tablets and fastened to the desk in 

the Forum, where everybody could 

read them. 

After this, for one thousand 

years the Romans made and wrote 

many laws for the government of the people. 

Rome was now a great military power. About one hundred 
^ears B. C. she had taken all o f Italy, she had destroyed the strong 

city of Carthage, on the north of 
Africa, taken the islands of Sicily, 
Sardinia and Corsica, and all but 
the north of Spain; and had gone 
eastward and conquered Greece and 
a part of Asia Minor. 

The Roman armies went out 
sure of victory, and returned bring- 
ing treasures and captives. New 
people poured into Rome, and it was 
not easy to keep to the old, simple 
life with which the republic began. 
Rome\s first idea was merely to be 
more powerful than her neighbors, 
and many of the old Roman sen- 
ators wished to keep to that idea — 
THRQwiNG THg DISK. not to have strangers in Rome and 




94 



A STORY OF THE WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE 



M-v ^ iUf l i r ^maaa 



jS-S 'VV4i 




ROMAN CHARIOT RACE. 



not to have Rome rule over other people. But Rome went on, 
until, thirty years after Christ, when she had taken Gaul, the land 
that is now France, and at the east had taken Syria, Judaea and 
Egypt, she was called the Mistress of the World. 

And now as to her government of these great lands. Rome 



called each set of con- 
zens. Over each prov- 
erals with soldiers to 
man Senate sent men 
laws and to collect 
this way good order 
people were proud 
great city of Rome, 
whether willing or 
gave up self-govern- 
T h e Romans 
their armies, some of "" 
They had water works 
Rome, they learned from 
ful temples and public 




JULIUS C/ESAR. 



quered people Roman citi- 
ince she set Roman gen- 
keep order. The Ro- 
to enforce Roman 
taxes for Rome. In 
prevailed. Often the 
to be ruled by the 
but in all cases, 
not, they obeyed and 
ment. 

made great roads for 
which are used to-day. 
and public baths in 
the Greeks to have beauti- 
buildings, public and sa- 



ROME 



95 



cred games, and they studied the Greek language and htera- 
ture. 

The Latin language was fine, strong and complete. It was 
used- by the Roman people at first mostly for the writing of law 
and history and not hke the Greek for poetry and plays. In later 
days, Rome had her own poets and dramatists. Many leading 
generals of Rome were fine writers. Some day you will read their 
books and see what work they did, what stories they told of the 
new countries into which they led their armies, of the strange 
people they met, the manners and customs of one tribe and 
another, and the ways of life in foreign cities. And you will 
read, too, how, at this time, the statesmen of Rome, those who 
understood her laws and were proud of her in her simpler and 
earlier days, were talking 
and writing about two 
things — the use of the lands 
for good farming and wise 
care of the great mass of 
the people in place of too 
much wealth for the nobles, 
and pleasure and conquest 
for Rome. 

Rome was now rich and 
splendid with the wealth 
and the arts of every land. 
Her generals came home 
bringing trains of captives 
to be slain or sold. All for- 
eign dress, customs, reli- 
gion, languages and amuse- 
ments were brought to her ; 
she ruled the world, and 
had all its gifts in her hands. 

We read of the gi'eat 
circus, the theaters, the vast 
Coliseum which would hold 
over eighty thousand people, °^^'-''^^^ °^ '^rs.'^;!^':^^;^^. ^^^^'^•*^' '' 




96 



A STORY OF THE WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE 



where the combats of trained fighters and of beasts and men were 
made the dehght of the people. But Eome was in trouble as to 
her government and life. The laws were broken, votes were sold, 
the soldier was greater than the citizen and the poor were hungry. 
Wise senators tried to get lands from the rich to raise crops and 
give the poor people work, l;)ut all in vain. Civil wars raged — wars 
between citizens; thousands of Romans were killed, the Republic 





.^ 






, I-.-: ■; 


lA-i^l^ ^ ^^^ 




li 


wmg^i^muan"^^hjiaiU%^~:r^- 


Ifciti^ar^H 


Kijiifispr^ 


mm^* ■"-tg.t^iiM 


llUililllliifl 


wfpw 


^^^^^^^^ illliMWIinil — -^S- ' ISl iWll 1^ 


j^^m>^^ 


^^^i|S|^^^HB 


Bi^^ 


r~ ^M|^pjSMi|^^%::, 




^^j 


H||H|Cv-^'~ 


'.'i^^BMumi 


m 


M 



ST. PETER'S CHURCH AND THE VATICAN. 



was called " a body without a head," and there was no way but to 
let one man rule over everybody, even over the Senate — to let one 
man be Imperator — the Emperor, and the Republic an Empire. 

FORTY-FOUR B. C. 

The first man to hold this office was the famous Roman 
general, Julius Caesar ; but, through a conspiracy of his enemies, 
he was stabbed in the Senate and Augustus Caesar — the august, the 
splendid, became Emperor. 

Rome now goes on with Emperors good and bad for about 
three hundred and fifty years, and the next step she takes is 
in religion. And here we will stop a moment. 

What are we reading these old histories for? First, to see 
how Rome began to govern herself, next to see what she did 
with her great lands and many kinds of people, and then — what 
came of it all in the world. 

America is a republic. Rome was a republic. We look at 



ROME 



97 





our own country, we go to look at Rome, then we come back 
to see again what we are doing here in our own great lands 
with new people coming into the country every day. And 
as to religion in the United States, we have all kinds of 
churches ; the Roman Catholic and the Greek Catholic, 
and all the societies of the Protestant church, Epis- 
copal, Presbyterians, Methodist, Unitarian, Universalist, 
the Quakers and many others. In this Congress does 
not direct us, nor the Governor of the State, nor any 
officer. The church is free from the control of the 
government, and the government is free from the 
chur(;h. Religion is left to the people and in America 
church and state are separate. 

In Rome things were not so. The gods and god- 
desses whom the Greeks and Romans worshiped were 
bright beings, beloved for their j^ower and beauty. 
Temples were built and adorned with statues and 
gifts for them, songs and hymns were addressed 
to them, sacred games were held in their honor, ' 
and to speak against them was a sin. 

But there were now many minds and many 
new thoughts in Rome\s great Empire. The God 
of the Hebrews was known there, as well as the 
old gods, and the world was getting ready f ( )r the 
change that was to come. 

And now go eastward a moment. Palestine 
was a Roman province. There, at this time, our 
Lord Jesus Christ was born and died. Those who 
loved and followed Christ w^ere called Christians. 
And now came a terrible season. The Christians 
were looked upon as the enemies of the gods of 
^:,Rome and worthy of any punishment. Under 
.,' orders of the Emperors, they were pursued and 
SWISS GUARD AT THE ^^^^ ^o suffcr imprisoument, torture, death and 
VATICAN. ^1^ ^^i\\\ cruelty. 

But after three hundred years things changed. A Roman 
Emperor, Constantine, went to an old Greek city on the Bosporus, 



98 A STORY OF THE WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE 

made it the capital instead of Rome, called the city Constantinople 
and became a Christian. This gave the empire a new capital and a 
new religion — the worship of God and the teachings of Christ. 
But many people still loved the old gods and the Emperor wisely 
gave them time to change, while he went on with his own plans. 
/The Christian faith was called Catholic — for all men. But 
there were already disputes among the Christians as to ideas and 
doctrines, so Constantine called a Council. Here church officers 
were chosen, church laws were made, disputes were settled, and 
the creed and services arranged. Thus the Roman Catholic Church 
was established in the world. / . 

It was a great organization. Land and money were given to it, 
cathedrals were built, many beautiful things that had been used in 
the temples of the old gods were kept in the new and grander 
services of the church, and the city of Rome became the center 
of the church life — the home of its chief officers, the Popes. 

Now take the fifth century after Christ. The old times pass 
and the new begin. The Empire was divided — Eastern and 
Western. Rome and Constantinople were the two great cities. 
Rome was Latin, Constantinople was Greek. In time the Greek 
Catholic Church grew up at the East and there the great Emperor 
Justinian, after great wars, could say for the Eastern Empire : 

"All the land was mine 
From the summits of Apennine 
To the shores of either sea." 

The lands were lost again, but this Emperor did one lasting 
work. He had the old law writings and scrolls of Rome 
gathered and looked over, their best parts chosen, put together 
and copied by the scribes and sent out as the " Body of the 
Civil Law.^' This became of great use in Europe, and to this 
day we have in our own law-books, words, phrases and parts of 
laws that were first made and used in Rome. 

This Eastern Empire went on with wars, and in spite of many 
foes Constantinople stood, a Christian city in the East, until in 
the middle of the fifteenth century she fell before the Ottoman 
Turks. But at Rome there was quite another story and great 
things were n<^w to happen. 



CHAPTER III 



THE TRIBES. KELTS AND TEUTONS 

What has been going on all this time in the north of Europe ? 
To-day the map shows many names — Spain, France, England, 
Russia, Germany, and others — but in the days of Rome these 
names were not there. The country now has well built cities, 
fertile farms and vineyards, broad highways, railroads and tele- 
graphs, with steamboats upon the rivers and constant travel and 

commerce all about. It has schools 

and universities, the fine arts, 

music, languages, and books, 

^" and in all the different coun- 

, tries there are regular set- 
tled governments. So we 
see that Europe is to-day 
a land of nations. 
But in the days of Rome 
Europe was a land of tribes 
— a wilderness of forests 
and plains, whose people 
lived in the simplest of ways. 
The tribes that we need to 
know about were mostly 
Aryan, and of two fam- 
ilies — Kelts and Teutons. 
The Kelts come first. 
When Rome was built they lived in the land that is now France, 
but was then called Gaul. The Gauls were a set of rude tribes. 
Restless and unreliable people, fierce and rash in war, they lived 
in the poorest of villages and had no settled ideas of government 
and life. 

The Gauls gave Rome much trouble. She had many wars 




CASTLE RHINESTEN, NEAR BINGEN ON THE RHINE. 



100 



A STORY OF THE WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE 



with them, but finally, in the first century b. c, Caesar took his 
soldiers into Gaul and made it subject to Rome. 

After this Roman law and military training held Gaul in 
order, the Latin language was used there, and after another four 
hundred years came the Roman Catholic Church. These things 
made the first great change in Gaul. The next thing to happen 
was the coming of the Franks, and the making of Gaul into 
France. 

THE TEUTONS. 

The Teutons lived north of the Danube, up by the Rhine, and 
above there in Norway and Sweden. They were divided into 
many tribes — Saxons, Goths, Vandals, Lombards, Burgundians, 
and Franks. 

These northern tribes were a fair, l)lue-eyed people, strong, 
hardy, and fearless in battle. They lived in small wooden huts, 

held family 
ties sacred, and 
gave to women 
more honor 
and respect 
than was ever 
sliown them 
in Greece or 
Rome. 

For g o v - 
ernment the 
Teutons had a 
king at the 
head of each 
tribe. E^ ery 
village had its 

chief, and every hundred \^llages had also a chief, or " count," 
chosen by the people. They settled their private quarrels by them- 
selves, but the disputes of the tribe were taken to a court held in 
the open air, where the judge and jury sat to hear the cases. 

The Teutons had a religion of their own, the Norse Mythology, 




THE MOUSE TOWER ON THE RHINE, SHOWING TERRACED HILLSIDE FOR 
GRAPE CULTIVATION. 



THE TRIBES. KELTS AND TEUTONS 



101 



with Odin, god of the sky and of battle, and his battle-maidens, 
the Valkyrie, who bore away the souls of heroes slain in battle ; 
great Thor, with the thunderbolt; Balder, the fair young god 
of life and light ; Freya, the god- 
dess of love, and a great bright 
company of other gods and god- 
desses and crowds of elves and 
giants, dwarfs and fairies. This 
was in the old times, before Christ. 

Below the Alps and the 
Danube lay the great Roman Em- 
pire. Many times the Goths at- 
tacked the Roman borders, then 
some of them crossed the river 
and went up and down the 
Roman lands. Rome' could not 
keep them out. The only thing 
she could do was to put the Goths 
into her army and let them live 
with her as part of the Emj^ire. 

And now we come to the 
time of Christ. When his teachings spread westward they went 
by two paths ; one by the southern shore of Europe, the other 
north of the Danube River. 

In the south, the ideas of God and Christ went among learned 
men. In the forests, they went among simple people. In this 
way, while the Goths were Christians, they had ways and thoughts 
of their own and not like those of the Romans. 

FOUR HUNDRED AND TEN A. D. 

Things stood in this way when a great body of the Teu- 
tonic tribes, Lombards, Goths, and Vandals, came down from 
their northern country and crowded into Italy. Before this fierce 
and sudden attack Rome fell. These northern peojile came as 
destroyers. They came from the wilderness to a land of cities. 
They did not understand art and beauty. They burned the towns 
and temples, broke statues, destroyed libraries, and swept away 




ARMOR OF EARLY TEUTONS. 



THE TRIBES. KELTS AND TEUTONS 103 

the labor of years, leaving only fragments of the greatest and 
most valuable works of the world. 

Still those rough peoj^le were of a noble nature. They had 
ideas of personal freedom and self-government, and they soon 
saw that they had much to learn from R(^me. 

Also there were Gothic leaders already in the R(^man army, 
who taught the new-comers the good of law and order. So they 
began to get settled. The Lombards stayed in Italy, making 
Lombardy ; the Ostro, or East Goths, were there also ; the Van- 
dals went to the north of Africa ; the Yisi, or West Goths, ran 
over Gaul and across the Pyrenees into Spain, and the Franks, 
farther north, di\ided — one part of their people staying in Ger- 
many, while the others took Gaul and made it into the kingdom 
of France. 

So we begin a new story, with new lands, new people, and 
new times. This time is called the Middle Age. It lies between 
the old times of Greece and Rome and the times that we live in 
and belong to. In history this time is often called the Dark Age. 
It is a time of beginnings. When seeds are planted their life 
begins in the dark. The seeds of life that were now planted in 
Europe were the new thoughts and ideas of the Teutons . They 
had come from their free, wild life of the north into the old lands 
and life of the south, and now here were these two, Romans and 
barbarians, with their Latin and Teutonic languages, to work and 
grow together; and history shows that, as plants grow and slowly 
bring their blossoms out beneath the sun, so in the course of a 
thousand years these new people brought forth their powers and 
plans of life, and stood as new nations upon the soil of Europe. 

The new life began with wars. First wars for land. Out of 
the land conies man^s daily bread ; on it he builds his cities. On 
the lands dwell the people, and the more people and the more land 
the greater and the more powerful was the king. So one tribe 
struggled against another, and very slowly did they settle the 
boundaiies of their kingdoms. 

Think for a moment that there was not a printed book in 
Europe, that what one man wrote another could not read, that 
one tribe could scarcely understand the speech of another, that 



104 A STORY OF THE WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE 

the armies had no gunpowder and no guns, that, on the sea, 
there was no mariner's compass with its needle pointing to the 
north, and you can see how much had to be done. 

In every kingdom roads were to be made and homes to be 
built for the people, with castles and palaces for the nobles and 
the king ; and, first of all, there were kings to choose and gov- 
ernments to organize for each of these new nations. 

At this time there were two great ideas among the people. 
One was, not that each nation should be great in its own king- 
dom, but that all should be made into one great empire and 
ruled by one man. King after king strove to do this, but, as 
time has taught, this could never be done in the world again. 

The other idea was that the Church at Kome should rule 
equally over all nations, advise and direct all governments, and 
have all the people think, believe and speak after its way and 
teaching. About this wars were fought, wars for freedom of 
thought and speech in religion, but in the end Eome won, and 
for a time, as in the eleventh century, the Church stood with 
Italy, Spain, England, France and Germany looking to her as 
their head. 



CHAPTER lY 
SPAIN 

The nations that had most to do with America, were Spain, 
France and England. The first inhabitants of Spain were the 
Basques, a Mongoloid tribe, and some Keltic Aryans, like those 
of Gaul. 

Very early the Phoenicians had built trading posts there, 
then the Greeks made some settlements and at last the Romans 




took the country and held it as | 
a Roman province for four hun- 
dred years. After that, in the fifth century the Visi-Goths came 
over the Pyrenees and Spain became a Gothic Christian country. 
For a century there were wars with the tribes for land and wars 
with Rome about religion. Then the Goths became Catholic. 
This put Spain in unison with Rome and a new growth had begun 
when suddenly there came a great interruption. 

ARABIA. THE SARACENS. 

And here we must go back to Asia — to Arabia. This is a land 
of wild and desert country crossed by lines of low mountains and 

105 



106 



A STORY OF THE WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE 



valleys, and bordered by a strip of fertile land. Here lived the 
Bedouin Arabs, wild free tribes, camping here and there, making 
war upon one another, or roaming about on their camels chant- 
ing their native songs. On the sea coasts were towns where ves- 
sels stopped and trade was carried on in spices, frankincense and 
spikenard, oils and other products of the country. On the west 
was the sacred city of Mecca. Here once a year a fair was held, 
and poets came to recite their songs in public. Here pilgrims 
came to pray, and here the tribes met to pay worship to their gods 
and to Allah, the Supreme Being. So Mecca was a great gather- 
ing place. After the time of Christ, people of all beliefs, Jews, 
Christians, Arabs, and scholars from Europe and Africa, met there 
to talk of religion. Were there many gods or One 1 

622 A. D. 

Just at this time an Arab whose name was Mohammed came 
among them and declared "Allah is God and Mohammed is his 

Prophet." He raised an army 
among the Arabs, made a col- 
lection of writings for the 
Koran, the Mohammedan 
Bible, and set forth to compel 
the world to accept the faith, 
pay tribute, or die. 

The Mohammedans had 
a strange success. They over- 
came India to the Indus, Per- 
sia, Syiia, Egypt and the 
north of Africa, where they 
got the name of Moors. From 
here, in the next century, they 
went across the Straits of Gi- 
Ijraltar, drove the Spaniards 
l)ack to the Pyrenees, took the 
south of Spain, built up a great 
Mohammedan kingdom, and 
stayed there nearly eight hun- 



/ fL^=^«i^- 




GYPSY CAVES !N THE HILLSIDES OF GRANADA. 



SPAIN 




NTERIOR OF THE MOSQUE AT CORDOVA. 



dred years. This was a bitter thing for the Groths; still these 
Saracens brought gifts to Europe, for, fierce as they were in war, 
they had love and care for all beautiful things. 

At Bagdad on the Tigris and at Cairo in Egypt and Cordova 
in Spain, they opened great markets for the goods of the world. 
They founded schools for the study of arithmetic, algebra, 
astronomy, philosophy and poetry, and called together scholars 
from all countries — Greeks, Jews, Persians and Egyptians. They 
built libraries, mosques and palaces, from east to west. They 
brought plants and trees, sheep, cattle and horses to Spain ; they 
set up factories, opened mines and built baths and aqueducts for 
the people ; and the ruins of the Mosque at Cordova and of the 
palace of the Alhambra at Granada, with their courts and foun- 
tains, marble floors and columns crowned with gold, show to-day 
what beauty and wealth the Arab-Moors brought into Spain. 

During this invasion of the Saracens, or Eastern men, the 
Spaniards lived in the north, under their chieftains, Don Pelayo 



SPAIN 



109 



and Rodrigo, the Cid, and the kings of their various provinces. 
Here they gave battle to their foes. 

"A cry went through the mountains when the proud Moors di'ew near, 
And trooping to Ramiro came every Christian spear. 
The blessed Saint lago, they called upon his name — 
That day began our freedom and wiped away our shame." 



The Spaniar 
slowly gaining 
their lands 
again. The peo- 
ple were mixed 
together, 

"And here was 
heard the Chris- 
tian bell 
And there the 
Moorish horn." 

At last one 
province only, 
Granada, was 
left to the 
Moors. The 
Spaniards fol- 
lowed close. 



ds gradually crowded the Moors southward. 




THE GATES OF JUSTICE, WHERE THE TRIBUNAL WAS HELD DURING THE 
MOSLEM DOMINATION. 



"Fernando, king of Aragon, before Granada lies 
With dukes and barons many a one and champions of emprise ; 
With all the captains of Castile that serve his lady's crown, 
He drives Boabdil from his gates and plucks the crescent down." 

1492 A. D. 

This was in the time of Ferdinand of Aragon and Isabella of 
Castile, who by marriage became the king and queen of Spain. 
Earlier than this, in the twelfth century, the Spaniards had 
shown a great spirit of liberty. Cities were independent and 
prosperous. Towns made their own laws as to life, property, taxes, 
and elections. The Cortes or Congress had, with the king, the 
power of law-making, and the manners and ways of life in free 
Castile and the laws and courts of Aragon were noted everywhere. 



110 



A STOnr OF THE WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE 



But this spirit of freedom passed away. Wars and quarrels 
tore the land to pieces, and after the fourteenth century, the 
people had less power and the kings had more. 

But now great things had happened elsewhere and we must 
leave Spain and once more go from Europe to Asia. 




THE COURT OF LIONS AT THE ALHAMBRA. 



CHAPTER V 
THE CRUSADES 



Find on the map the Turkish Empire. The Turks are Mon- 
goloid — of the Yehow Race. They came west as tribes from Asia. 
They are not Arabs, but of other blood and temper. 

What had the Turks to do with the young nations of Europe? 
We will see. 

When 
M o hammed 
and the 
Arabs came 
into Syria, 
many Turks 
joined them 
and in time 
these Turks be- 
came masters 
in the Moham- 
medan lands ot 
the East. 

After the 
time of Christ 
it was the habit 
of Christians to go every 
year, as pilgrims, to pray at 
Jerusalem. When the Arabs took the 
country they still allowed this, but when 
the Turks came things changed. 

In the eleventh century seven thousand priests and people 
went together from Europe. The Turks treated them cruelly and 
few lived to return. 

At length, in the hope to recover Jerusalem, the Christians 
undertook to make war on the Turks. The idea ran from nation 

111 




JERUSALEM, SHOWING THE BATTLE- 
MENTS UPON THE ROOF. 



112 



A STORY OF THE WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE 



to nation, and, in the eleventh, twelfth and thirteenth centuries, 
people from France, Spain, Italy, Germany and England, with the 
sign of the cross on their shoulders, went on seven crusades, to 
rescue the land of the Cross from the Mohammedans. 

The Christians took Jerusalem only to lose it. The Seljuk 
Turks and others came into the country and things grew worse. 
There were terrible wars, the Christians again took and lost the 
city, and after two hundred years of fighting, more or less, Jeru- 
salem was left to the Mohammedans, who have it still. 

1244 A. D. 

You will read some day, in romance and history, of the noble 
love, the deadly hate, the heroic fighting and suffering of those 
times of the Crusades. It was the time of chivalry — a time of 
sword and song, when the gallant knight, loyal to God and to his 
lady, fought against the Mohammedans in Asia and returned to 
Europe for his rewards. 

And now see what good came of this. Going east the Euro- 
peans saw beautiful buildings, with rugs, hangings and robes 

wrought in rich colors; 
they saw the use of metals 
and ores, the cutting of 
gems, setting of tiles and 
Tyrian glass, with can- 
dles, lamps, fine leather 
work, armor and swords 
— ^things well known in 
Asia, but not in Europe, 
except among the Arab- 
Moors of Southern Spain. 
Very soon traders fol- 
lowed in the tracks of the 
army, many things were 
carried back to Europe, 
people began to have rugs 
in place of straw on cas- 
cRusADERS' cASTLt AT KERAK. tie flooi'S, to havo glass for 




THE CRUSADES 



113 



windows, and much that, in general, made hfe more comforta- 
ble. And now, seeing and knowing all this, the Europeans went 
to work for themselves. New materials were brought in from the 
farms, the fisheries and mines; manufactures quickened and 








RUG MAKING IN THE ORIENT. 



improved, old things were copied, new and beautiful things were 
made, and by the middle of the thirteenth century cities had grown 
up and were centers of prosperous industry, skill and trade. There 
were Hamburg, Lubeck, and Ghent, Nuremburg, Strasburg, 
Vienna, Paris, Lyons, the ports of England and the great cities 
of Italy and Spain. This growth of industry and comfort was 
the work of the people. The kings had helped them, however, 
by gi^dng the cities freedom to make their own laws as to the 
work of the " guilds," or sets of craftsmen, and as to trade between 
places, and you will see some day how the towns made " Leagues" 
together, and how all this helped the growth and power of 
Europe. 

In the meantime, also, under the care of the Church, cathe- 
drals had been built and many great artists, Michael Angelo and 



114 



A STORY OF THE WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE 




THE CONVENT OF LA RABIDA, WHERE COLUMBUS FOUND SHELTER. 



Raphael among them, produced most beautiful carving, sculpture 

and paintings for their decoration. Music also began to take a 

great place in the services of the Church. 

During the earlier days, while people had been fighting outside, 

the monasteries, 
established by 
the Church, had 
been places of 
refuge where 
monks and schol- 
ars had collected 
and copied valua- 
ble old books, and 
had written new 
ones that show us 
now the ideas and 
the life of those 
times. 
After this came the art of printing and then indeed the nations 

were no longer in darkness. 

EXPLOEATION AND DISCOVEEY. 

And now turn to the ocean, to see what some of the nations 
were doing there. Since the early part of the fifteenth century 
explorers from Portugal had been to the Azores and to" the coast 
of Guinea with its gold-dust and ivory. From there Bartholomew 
Diaz had sailed to the south of Africa, which Avas named the Cape 
of Good Hope, and after him Vasco da Gama went round the 
Cape and across the Indian Ocean to India. 

Meanwhile another man, Christopher Columbus, of Genoa, 
Italy, had made up his mind that by sailing west he could not fail 
to reach the other side of the Indies, because the earth was 
round. 

You know the story: Too poor to fit out his own vessels, and 
being sure of success, he begged others to help him. England and 
Portugal refused, but Isabella of Spain listened, believed and sent 
him. 



THE CRUSADES 



115 



With intelligence, high courage and faith in God, Columbus 
sailed where none had been before. He cut the first path across 
the ocean. He discovered America, a whole great continent before 
unknown, undreamed of in the world ; he carried the life of the 
white man to the new land of the west ; and because of his noble 
spirit, his power and his achievements he stands crowned with 
honor as one of the heroes of history. 

East of Asia lie many islands. See also how many lie between 




COLUMBUS BEFORE ISABELLA. 



North and South America. Upon one of these, among the Ba- 
hamas, Columbus landed, thinking that he was near India. The 
warm climate, the tropical fruits, the dark-skinned natives, with 
their gold-dust and ornaments, all seemed like India. So Colum- 
bus called the people Indians. The island he named San Salvador 
in token of his gratitude to God, who had saved him and his men 
from the dangers of the strange, wide ocean and brought them, 
as he supposed, to the place for which he was seeking. 

Columbus discovered Culm and founded a colony there. He 
also went to Hayti. He then returned to Europe and told his 



116 A STORY OF THE WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE 

story. Afterwards he made three other voyages, visiting other 
islands and discovering South America near the mouth of the 
Orinoco Eiver. But with all this voyaging and discovery Columbus 
never saw or knew of the land that is now our own country. 

1506 A.D. 

He returned to Spain and died there, lea^dng to other men 
the work he had begun. Soon after an Italian explorer, Amerigo 
Vespucci, was sent out by Spain and Portugal. He wrote accounts 
of the lands he saw, and the name America was made from his 
own and given to the country he described. 

The Pope gave the new-found lands to Spain. Stories were 
told of a land "Avhere the sands sparkled with gems, and golden 
pebbles as large as birds' eggs were dragged in nets out of the 
rivers." To find this gold for themselves and for Spain and to 
plant the Church among the heathen, many Spaniards went to 
the ISTew World. Some stayed in the West India Islands. From 
there others went farther, and wherever they went they claimed 
the land for Spain. 

Among the Spanish explorers Ponce de Leon and his party dis- 
covered Florida, and built St. Augustine and Santa Fe, now cities 
in the United States. Magellan found and named the straits at 
the south of South America. Passing through, he went into the 
Pacific and found and claimed for Spain the Ladrone and Philip- 
pine Islands. This was the first voyage round the world. Balboa 
discovered the Pacific Ocean on the other side of the Isthmus of 
Darien, and Do Soto and his men discovered the Mississippi. From 
there some of the Spaniards explored the Gulf and went on to 
Mexico. Here they found a well-settled and wealthy people, the 
Aztecs and other American tribes. 

You will read some day of the conquest of this land of Mexico 
by the Spanish under their general, Cortez, of the conquest of Peru 
in South America by Pizarro, of the cruelty of the wars, of the 
treasure sent home to Spain, of the planting of the Catholic religion 
and Spanish life along this western coast of America. And you 
can see from this how it is that Spanish people and their descend- 



THE CRUSADES 



117 



ants are now in South America and that the Spanish language is 
spoken there. 

And now return to Spain and to the people there. 

You have read how the Hebrews lost Palestine. As the new 
nations grew up in Europe many Jews came into each country. 




THE LANDING OF COLUMBUS. 



They were traders, bankers and scholars. Many of them were 
rich, many were famous in the universities. Wherever they went 
they kept the old Hebrew faith, and for this reason they were often 
driven from one country to another, and met with great loss and 
suffering at the hands of the Christians. This was the sad story 
of the Jews in Spain at that time. 

At this time also, the Church established the Inquisition in 
Spain. This was a Court of Inquiry before which people sus- 
pected of disobedience to the Church teachings were tried. Great 
suft^ering came through it and the only use in our knowing these 
horrors of the past is that we may see for ourselves that freedom 
in religion is one of the rights of man, and that all alike. Catholic, 



118 



A STORY OF THE WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE 



Mohammedan, Buddhist or Protestant, owe to one another gen- 
tleness and respect. 

And now in Spain and in other parts of Europe we have to 
look at the kings, the Church, and the people. The kings and the 
Church wanted to rule the people. The people were thinking — was 




MARTIN LUTHER PREACHING IN THE WARTBURG. 



the Church right ? A German monk, Martin Luther, bravely dared 
to say that the Church was not right ; that she should reform her 
ways and follow the teachings of Christ. But the Church did not 
reform. Luther and many of the people made a protest against 
things that were being done by the Pope and clergy, but, as this 
did no good, they finally left the Catholic Church and formed a 
church of their own, which was called the Protestant. This was 
done for the sake of fi*eedom of thought. It was a protest against 
injustice. But the people forgot that love to God means love to 
man, and history is now full of bloody wars and cruel persecu- 
tions, massacres, imprisonments, and exile. 



THE CRUSADES 



119 



CHARLES V. PHILIP IL KINGS OF SPAIN. 

Just at this time Spain was the greatest power in Europe. 
She had many ships at sea, treasure came to her from her posses- 
sions in America, and she had rule over lands in Germany, Italy, 
and Holland. But this did not last long. Holland was a group 
of pro\dnces where the people had much freedom as to their own 
rights and laws. Antwerp and other cities were very prosperous. 
Many of the people were 
Protestant. They were 
free of heart and high- 
spirited, and this little 
country of the Lowlands 
by the sea made much 
stir in the world, for under 
its wise leader, William of 
Orange, it shook off Spain, 
her soldiers, and the In- 
quisition, and became the 
Dutch Republic. 

And now Spain had 
trouble with the nation of 
England. At home the 
English helped Holland, 
and on the seas they often 
attacked the ships of 
Spain, killing and impris- 
oning the Spanish sea- 
men and robbing them of 
treasure. To put an end to this, and to add the country of Eng- 
land to her possessions, Spain sent out a great fleet, the Spanish 
Armada, but in this effort Spain was defeated. The English 
navy made skillful resistance. A storm also came up and helped 
to scatter the defeated Spanish vessels, and England was left to 
her own government and her own growth upon land and sea. 
After this Spain lost the lands outside, and has since kept only 
her own country and her colonies in America and the Pacific. 

And now look back a moment. Spain has much to be proud 




ANTWERP, BELGIUM. 



120 A STORY OF THE WORLD AND ITS PEjOPLE 

of in the past. The people have been brave and renowned in 
battle, strong in their love of home, daring in discovery, and to a 
degree independent in their ideas of government. 

In early times, the cities and schools of Spain were famous, 
and her authors well known for dramas and poems which still 
belong to the literature of the world. 

In time Spain became a monarchy. The early ideas of free 
and active life gave place to the idea of the rights of kings over 
the people and of the rights of the Church. In these things the 
rulers of Spain have been stern and cruel, and have greatly injured 
the people as to their education and their growth as a nation. 

In later times, certain leaders, Castelar and others, have tried 
to arouse the old spirit of freedom and to make Spain a republic, 
with power to rule herself ; but for this only a part of the people 
have been ready. In the country now, two parties lay claim to 
the crown ; one for Don Carlos ; one for Alfonso XIII. , who is still 
a boy, and whose mother reigns until he is of age. 

As we shall see later, Spain, by war with the United States, 
has recently lost her lands in America and the Philippine Islands. 
The war is over. Spain l^egins a new chapter of history in which 
all must hope to see her find the way of true prosperity and power. 



CHAPTER VI 



FEANCE 

And now we go westward to France. When the Franks came 
hito Ganl their first idea was land. For this there was a great 
deal of fighting. 

Very soon the Franks gave up their old gods and became 
Christians. This put the new-comers under the care of the 
Church, and gave the Church so many more jDCople and soldiers to 
obey and support her. It gave the country one religion and 
helped to make Latin a great part of the new French language 
that now began to grow up in France. At this time something 
called the tribes from their own quarrels to undertake one great 
battle together. The Saracens were coming to 
take France as they had taken Spain — to 
take, indeed, the whole of Europe. This 
was their plan, but as an old Arabian 
chronicler says, "the nations of the north, 
standing firm as a wall, utterly slay 
the Arabs with the edge of the sword." 

732 A. D. 

France now grew great in extent and 
l)ower. Her king, Charlemagne, Charles 
the Great, held the lands north to the 
Baltic, south to the Mediterranean, a part 
of Spain at the west, and eastward some 
tracts beyond the Danube. This was an 
empire, and Charlemagne was crowned by the Pope as emperor. 
There was now one ruler, one people, and one Church. There 
were courts, councils, and schools, and there was much peace and 
order. But this empire was only put together. It was not a 
growth. Charlemagne died, and the nations Italy, Germany, and 
France again stood apart, each by itself on its own soil, to live its 

121 




CHARLEMAGNE. 



122 



A STORY OF THE WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE 



own life, speak its own language, have its own government, and 
be an independent power in the world. 

France grew into a monarchy. In the tenth century the 
Normans, bold sea kings from the north, came into France and 
became the dukes of Normandy. They owned a little land. They 

wished to own 
more ; and, as you 
will see, they 
brought about wars 
between England 
and France that 
ran on for hun- 
dreds of years. In 
the thirteenth cen- 
tury France got 
her lands to her- 
self, but again in 
the fifteenth cen- 
tury came the Eng- 
lish. They fought 
great battles, had 
great successes, 
and the king of 
England was called 
also the king of 
France. 

And now comes 
the strange and 
beautiful story of 
Joan of Arc. A 
peasant girl of sev- 
enteen, living a 
simple life, saw visions and heard voices which she believed sent 
her out to call together, once more, the soldiers and the king of 
France, and lead them on to victory. This wonderful thing she 
did. She was taken prisoner and burned by the English, but 
France was again a nation under her own king. Bitter wars still 




VICTORIOUS RETURN OF JOAN OF ARC TO ORLEANS. 



FRANCE 



123 




ROOM OF LOUIS XIV., VERSAILLES. 



went on between France and England, and you can read of them 
in many books ; but now we must see what the people were doing 
and what France had to do with America. 

In the time of Columlnis the people of France were thrifty 
and industrious, proud of their kings, good soldiers, and ready to 
follow where they 
were led. Still 
the French peo- 
ple had minds of 
their own, and 
this made ti'ouble. 
In religion, be- 
fore this time, 
some had found 
fault with the 
priests and serv- 
ices. But they 
had been hushed, 
slain and driven 
out of their homes by the Church, who saw no way to hold 
her people together but by force. 

Later when the Protestant Church was formed in Germany 
many French people joined it. They were called the Huguenots. 
The Catholic kings, the Pope and clergy, with the Inquisition, stood 
against them. Between the two parties a sacl story follows. 
Towns were burned, churches were plundered and destroyed, 
people were killed, and poverty, desolation and sorrow filled the 
country. 

Time passed. As in Spain, so in France, the kings said there 
should be but one form of religion ; and, under this rule, the latter 
part of the sixteenth century was a season of peace. 

But, from the middle of the seventeenth century on into the 
eighteenth, trouble began anew. Cruel orders were given by the 
king, Louis XIV., and the Huguenots were driven out of France. 
They went to Holland, Switzerland, England and America. They 
were a skillful and intelligent people ; a loss to France and a gain 
to other countries. 



FRANCE 



125 



In the eighteenth century France was wealthy and powerful. 
Her cities were noted for fine manufactures, and French goods 
were wanted in other markets. The naval force of France was 
great; her colonies were prosperous; there were m any ^^^^^ 
and artists in the ^-™-^-e«e ^i^^ms^m^w^mms^ 

country, and at 
court the king 
carried elegance 
and richness of 
life, dress and 
manners to their 
height. The idea 





THE PALACE AND GARDENS OF VERSAILLES. 



THE DAIRY NEAR THE PALACE AT VERSAILLES 
WHERE MARIE ANTOINETTE, WITH HER 
GUESTS, PLAYED AT PASTORAL LIFE. 

of the French government 
was union— one Church, one 
plan of life ; the king at 
the head of all and the peo- 
ple obedient to him. 

But what were the peo- 
ple doing in France? They 
were working on lands that 
they were not allowed to 
own. They were paying 
taxes to support the king 
and nobles. They were 
1 hungry, and were getting 
ready to rise and throw 



themselves into any sort of strife that any one should begin ; and 
to tell the story quickly the French Revolution did come, ihe 
^eopt otrturned the'government ^^ .^^^ 1 "^^^no llw 
called the Reign of Terror. The people had freedom, but no law. 



126 A STORY OF THE WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE 

1793. 

No one knew how to act. To burn, to destroy, to kill seemed 
to them the only way. Then came the reign of military law, and 
through Napoleon Bonaparte, a young soldier in the French 
army, who rose to be a victorious general, and at length was 
made emperor over the French, France was lifted to the height of 
fame and power. 

There were wars, victories, and alliances with all the great 
powers ; and Napoleon stood, a conqueror, with more than eighty 
millions of people subject to him. He meant to make Europe one 
great empire, with Paris for its capital. But in war with England 
Napoleon was taken prisoner. His empire was not to be. 

The people of France still wanted freedom in religion, pol- 
itics and life. They went on trying one thing after another until 
France became what it is to-day — a Republic. 

1605. 

And now what had France to do with America ? First she 
sent out explorers. Champlain took an expedition to Canada, 
sailed up the St. Lawi'ence River, founded Quebec, and went as 
far as Lake Huron. As he wejit he set up trading posts for furs 
and opened Catholic missions for the Indians. All this region he 
claimed for France. Another Frenchman, La Salle, went by this 
same way and then down the Mississippi to its mouth. He called 
all the land from the Alleghanies to the Rocky Mountains Louis- 
iana, after the king of France. Louis XIV. built a fort where the 
city St. Louis now stands. So the French claim stretched from 
the coast of Nova Scotia to the Great Lakes and south down to 
the Gulf. From- all this country products went home to France, 
the French got on well with the Indians, and there were no white 
men there but themselves. But in the course of the next century 
France lost all these lands to England. How this was and what 
else France had to do with America we shall see later from the 
other side. 



CHAPTER VII 



ENGLAND 

As to land, England, Ireland, Scotland, and Wales are called 
Great Britain^the Biitish Isles. 

As to the people of England, they are called the British. They 
are also called Anglo-Saxon. What does this mean ? When did 
these people come to this island of England ? Who were they, and 
where did they come from ? 

FIFTH CENTURY B. C. 

The story is this. On the maj), cross over to the mainland of 
Europe, over to the Baltic Sea, find the low lands on its southern 
coast, find Denmark, and above, find Sweden and Norway. 

Up here dwelt the Teutons of the north. They 

were Aryan tribes. They lived their 

own free life, spoke their own 

languages, made laws for 

themselves under their chiefs, 

gave women honor in their 

families, and did their own 

fierce, rude 

ftl ' 





THE RUINS OF KENILWORTH CASTLE. 
127 



-J 



128 



A STORY OF THE WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE 



fighting with each other. These people were Jutes, Danes, Angles, 
Saxons, and jSTorthmen. They lived far from Eome and knew 
nothing about her. They had no Roman ideas, no Roman law, 
no Roman blood and language, and no Roman church. Every- 
thing was their own. 

Now go back to the British Isles. Here, in these old days, 

lived Aryan Keltic tribes, Picts, 
and Scots, and Britons — rude 
people, who also held their own 
lands, had their own huts and 
villages, spoke their own rough 
tong-ues, and worshipped their 
own gods. 



FIFTY-FIVE B. C. 

But in time Rome sent her 
soldiers up to Britain and took 
what is now England. The Ro- 
mans stayed over three hundred 
years, then went home and left 
the Britons to themselves, their 
wars, and their neighl^ors. 

And the neighbors? They 
were the Teutons across the 




NORMAN GATE, WINDSOR. 



water. They came, one set and another, at one time and another; 
they killed and drove out the Britons and destroyed the works of 
the Romans; and, at last, the Angles and Saxons stayed there. The 
Saxons became the kings of England ; the Angles gave the land its 
name — Angle-land — England. This was about the close of the 
fifth century. With one interruption, when the Danes came, in 
the first half of the eleventh century, the Saxons ruled in England 
nearly six hundred years — and we ask, how did they do it ? What 
was their government ? and history tells us that, rough as these 
people were, they brought with them a great idea of freedom and 
a great idea of " rights " — the rights of free men — rights in their 
own courts of justice, and of the holding of these rights, by law, 
under their kings. 



EXGLAXD 



129 



Nothing in history begins and goes on in perfect order to the 
end. Good things, great things, begin with one man, or one 
people, and grow as best they can and as long as they can. 
English history has plenty of ups and doT\Tis. The strength of 
will, the seeing what to do, and the wise way of doing, often go 
almost out of sight, still the Saxons brought with them this 
idea of law for the people ; it runs through the whole story, from 
the old tunes to now, and has been the making of England. 

There were Saxon kings. There were lords and barons, who 
owned the lands, and, below them, were the people who lived and 
worked on the lands and served the lords. As time passed the 
barons ruled down the men who served them, and, but for their 
own free spirit, they would all have been as slaves. But from 
early times these 
tribes had held 
their "folk meet- 
ing" under a 
tree and had 
their "Council of 
the Wise"' to 
take part with 
their king or 
chief in their 
own law - mak- 
ing, and, as Eng- 
lish history 
shows, nothing 
could crush this 
love of freedoiij 
out of them. 

And now as 

to religion. The first religion in England was that of the old 
Britons. The Romans came and brought the Christian religion. 
The Saxons came, swept away everything Roman, Church and all, 
drove the Britons off, and set up their own life and their religion. 
The Britons went to the west of Britain — to Wales and Ii-eland 
mostly. In Ireland they kept the Roman Cathohc faith. Then, 




TOWER OF LONDON. 



130 A STORY OF THE WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE 

at last, in the sixth century, the Pope of Rome sent a mission up 
to England, the Saxons listened, and the priests gave up their old 
gods and became Roman Catholic Christians. 

THE NORMANS. EIGHTH AND NINTH CENTURIES A. D. 

And now for the Normans in England. The men of Den- 
mark, Sweden, and Norway were the Northmen. Many were 
daring sea-rovers, who dashed down the coasts, often burning 
towns and churches, from the Baltic Sea to Italy. At length, in 
the tenth century A. D., some of these Norman Teutons settled 
in France — in the Duchy of Normandy — learned some Roman 
law, learned French, which is part Latin, and became subject to 
the French king. Then (1066 ) they went to England, gave bat- 
tle, and a Norman duke, William the Conqueror, became the 
English king. 

And now came changes. The Norman King made England 
over. He took the lands from the lords, divided them and gave 
them out as he pleased ; he took the courts from the lords and was 
lord over them himself ; he called the people from their lords and 
made them swear obedience to him, as chief lord over all in the 
land. As an old ballad says: 

"The Duke of Normandy 

With glittering spear and shield 
Had entered into fair England 
And foiled his foes in field. 

Which being done he changed quite 

The customs of the land 
And punisht such as daily sought 

His statutes to withstand." 

As to these changes the king taxed the people as he pleased, 
called what peers, or lords, he pleased to the assembly and was 
harsh and cruel indeed ; still he used some old Saxon laws, and he 
put England into good order. 

New life began at London and other cities, better trade came 
and better knowledge of the world outside, and there was building 
of new castles, homes and cathedrals for the church services. 



ENGLAND 



131 



The Normans and Saxons married, kings and queens came from 
each side, the people grew together and England went on with no 
more such interruptions. 

But now for trouble — the Normans wanted to own France 
bodily, and a struggle began and went on, at times for two hundred 
and fifty years. At the end of that time the two countries stood 
apart as before, each on its own lands. 




WESTMINSTER ABBEY AND HOUSES OF PARLIAMENT, FROM THE THAMES 

KING JOHN MAGNA CHARTA, 1215. 

But while the kings thought of war 
and conquest, the people thought of their 
rights and worked for them. First, the 
barons and the people stood together 
against the king and made him sign a 
great charter — granting rights to the free 
men of England. Next, in the latter half of 
this same thirteenth century, the people went 
further. A new plan, a great plan, was made 
— to send to Parliament, not only the lords of the queen Elizabeth. 




132 



A STOUT OF THE WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE 



land, and bishops of the Church and two knights from each county, 
but to send also from each city two citizens, and from each 
borough, or town, two burgesses, as they were called. Thus we 
see two houses of Parliament, Lords and Commons, with men 
chosen by the people and sent to represent them in the making 

of laws for the nation — and soon 
these three things were gained 
— that the king could make no 
laws by himself, that he could 
not tax the people without con- 
sent of Parliament, and that he 
must act in accordance with the 
laws. 

And now the times and the 
people march ahead. 

In the fourteenth century 
the Bible was translated by 
John Wickliffe into simple Eng- 
lish for the people. Up to this 
time it had been in Latin only. 
At this time, also, French passed 
out of use ; the English lan- 
guage grew into shape, was used 
in the courts of law, and was 
written by Chaucer — the first great poet of England. 

In the fifteenth century printing began and the world was 
truly out of prison. 

People could and did think for themselves. Life was brighter, 
cities grew, and trade, language and books, poetry and the drama, 
all came to make a new world. 

In the sixteenth century England gave up the Eoman Catholic 
form of the Christian religion for the Protestant. This had its 
regular service, its prayer book and creed, and was called the 
Established Church of England, the Episcopal. 

England was now great upon the seas. John Cabot and son 
had already sailed twice to America and made a map of the coast 
— for England. 




HAWARDEN CASTLE, HOME OF GLADSTONE. 



ENGLAND 



133 



In the sixteenth century Sir Francis Drake went three times 
to the West Indies ; theji again from England through the straits 
of Magellan and from the west coast of America, home by the way 
of the Cape of Good Hope. This was the first voyage around the 
world. 

Later, Sir Walter Raleigh also sent explorers to the coast 
of America, and again sent men to found a colony at Roanoke 
Island, which, however, was a failui'e. 

So far as the land in America was knovm, it was called Vir- 
This was in honor of the 



ginia. 

Virgin Queen of England, Queen 
Elizabeth, who reigned between 
1508 and 1603, and who acted 
wisely with Parliament, and 
gave England a good time in 
which to grow. 

And the people did grow. 

The East India Company of 
England was organized for the 
setting up of trading posts in 
India ; and at home there were 
changes in the Church, and 
questions and quarrels as to 
ways of worship. Oxford Uni- 
versity was gi'owing, and there 
were the great voyages and the 
news of other countries, the 




ROOM WHERE SHAKESPEARE WAS BORN, AT STRAT- 
FORD-ON-AVON. 



songs and bright sayings brought home, especially from Spain and 
Italy, and the beautiful tales, now told again, of the old gods of 
Greece and Rome. All this new life from outside came to waken 
the minds of the English people. 

At this time Shakespeare wrote his plays, and in the seven- 
teenth century came John Milton, soldier and poet, and John Bun- 
yan, who wrote "The Pilgrim's Progress." 

And now, too, the Bible was printed in English and put 
freely into the hands of the people, and this was in itself an edu- 
cation. 



134 A STORY OF THE WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE 

At this time English people began to go to America. They 
went for two reasons, business and a new home. England is a 
little land and the people were often in distress. Over the sea lay 
a great country. There great crops could be raised and materials 
found for manufacture and trade. Ships could cross to carry 
English goods over and bring back produce that could be sold 
anywhere. 

So colonies in America were planned. The lands belonged 
to the king. Companies for trade asked him for leave to plant 
colonies in the New World. He gave them certain lands — a patent, 
a grant, a charter — the laws of the colony were made in part by 
the companies, and the people were sent over. 

In this way Jamestown in Virginia was founded. 

As we can see, the comfort of the colonists was very much in 
the hands of the company, and anything might happen at home. 
The king might change the charter, new men might come into 
the company, and make new laws and send over new Governors ; 
those in England might not know how to manage well for the col- 
onies in America, yet not be willing to let the colonists manage 
for themselves — and these things did come about and did make 
trouble, as we shall see. Still this is the way that the settlement of 
America began, and it was the best that any one then knew 
how to do. 

THE PURITANS. 

For fifty years English people had been reading, thinking and 
talking about the Bible, what it meant and how men should wor- 
ship God. Trying to be sure about these things, they grew into 
despots. King James I., having given up the Pope, wished to be 
the head of the Church himself. But the people would not sub- 
mit to the king. One of the rights of the English people was 
to think their own thoughts and to be free in speech about 
religion. 

At length some persons separated entirely from the Episcopal 
Church and held meetings by themselves. The king said that 
would not do. If the people left his Church he would " harry 
them out of the land." 



ENGLAND 



135 



They left the Church and prepared to leave England also — to 
go to Holland ; but now the king said they should not leave, but 
should remain and obey. They were watched by the king's sol- 
diers, cruelly 



and de- 
long 



a 




treated 
layed 
time. 

At last they 
got away and for 
eleven years 
lived in Holland 
among the Dutch 
people. But they 
wanted a home 



CHRIST CHURCH COLLEGE, 
OXFORD. 

of their own. 
They were Eng- 
lish people and as 
;i part of Amer- 
ica belonged to 
England, they 
asked the Vir- 
ginia Company 
for land, put 
their money to- 
gether, got the 
king's leave to 
go, and, with William Bradford at their head, sailed for the Dela- 
ware River. They chartered two vessels for their voyage, but one 
leaked and had to go back to port. The other, the Mayflower, 
took all she could carry, and went on. Driven north, the May- 
flower came into Cape Cod Bay and the Pilgrims landed at Plym- 
outh, December 21, 1621. 

These two points, Jamestown in Virginia, and Plymouth in 
Massachusetts, were the beginning of the United States. 




MAGDALEN COLLEGE, OXFORD. 



136 A STORY OF THE WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE 

The English Church went its own way — that is, the king's way 
— now Protestant — now Cathohc, or nearly so. Also the king was 
trying to act, and especially to get the use of money, without the 
knowledge and consent of Parliament, and there was no peace in 
England. 

There were in England many Puritans — people who did not 
wish to separate from the Episcopal Church, but only to " purify " 
the king's showy services and make them very simple. Many of 
these Puritans were leading men at court, on the seas, in govern- 
ment service and in business, and among them " The Massachu- 
setts Bay Company " was formed, and men, led by John Endicott, 
went over and founded Salem. Then John Winthrop sailed from 
England with fifteen vessels and in the following ten years twenty 
thousand of the king's best subjects went over the sea — men who 
were clear of mind, brave of heart, educated and prosperous, set 
in their own ways as to religion, and full of the idea of rights for 
the people. 

This made a great Puritan colony in America. Its settlements 
were Boston, Cambridge, Charlestown and all that neighborhood. 

North of this other Englishmen had a grant of land — Maine 
and New Hampshire. This, with few settlers, was like part of the 
great colony. 

There were still many Catholics in England. To one family, 
Lord Baltimore and son, the land of Maryland, in America, was 
given. It Avas meant to be very large, to be ruled under the king 
by its lord and his own people, and was open in the kindest spirit 
both to other Catholics and to Protestants. This made another 
settlement in America. 

Meantime Holland had been astir. She sent Henry Hudson 
over to search for a water-way to India, but he found instead the 
river in New York, which he named the Hudson. The Dutch 
then sent over men to establish and build up trading posts, from 
what is now the city of Albany, down to the shores of New Jersey 
and the Delaware River. Their central point was New Amster- 
dam, on the island where New York City now stands. This made 
a Dutch settlement in America. 

From Sweden, in Europe, also a little colony went over to the 



ENGLAND 



13? 



lands by the Delaware Eiver, and soon made part of the Dutch 
possessions. 

Now look at England again. For fifty years the question of 
the country had been the will of the king against the rights of the 
people in taxation — the use of money, and in ways of worship. 

As time went on the patience of the people gave way, and the 




THE PILGRIMS' DEPARTURE FROM HOLLAND. 



feeling became so bitter that they beheaded the king, Charles I., 
in 1649. 

After that one party said there should be no king and no lords. 
The people should rule under a Protector — Oliver Cromwell. But 
he died and the kings were restored in Charles II. 

And now, in her troubles, England thought it time to see what 
America was doing. The colonies belonged to England, they were 
prosperous, wealth came from their products and trade — what 
more could England do with them ? 

There were the Dutch possessions. But England claimed the 
land as her own. So the king gave the Dutch settlement to his 



138 



A STORY OF THE WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE 




MONUMENT COVERING THE ROCK ON WHICH THE PILGRIMS LANDED— AT PLYMOUTH. 



brother, the Duke of York and All)any in Eiii^land. Enghsh gun- 
boats and soldiers were sent over, the Dutch yielded, New Am- 
sterdam was called New York, and Orange was called Albany, and 
the English people were established over the Dutch in America. 

Now find in America the Carolinas, North and South. Here 
the king gave much land to a group of lords and a charter pro- 
viding comfortably for their government. Slow and straggling, this 
was still another English colony in America. Its chief city was 
Charleston. 

Among the many sects that grew up in England, was that of 
the Friends, or Quakers. They wanted peace and justice among 
men, simple religious service and the right to think as they pleased 
about man and God. The Puritans did not like the free thoughts 
of other people, but Charles II. gave to one of the Quaker leaders, 
William Penn, a large grant of land for a Quaker colony in 
America — the land that is now the State of Pennsylvania. 

In all this beginning, boundaries were a trouble. With no 
good maps, not knowing what America really was like or what was 
going on over here, and with no strong ideas of justice, the kings 
gave lands as they pleased, and gave the same land over and over to 
different people. So boundary lines, as the king drew them, did 



ENGLAND 



139 



not fit to the lands as the people found them, and out of this came 
much trouble for the colonists. 

In 1685, a few Spaniards were in Florida, a few French were 
in Canada and the north of America, and between these, along 
the coast, all the colonies belonged to England. England was to 
have this control for just one hundred years — and now we must 
see what happened. 

The troubles were great. To have peace in the Church, the 
right use of money, and truth and honor in the government, the 
English people drove away the king — James 11. — and called his 
daughter and her husband, William of Orange, of Holland, to 
come and rule over them, in 1689. 

William was a Protestant and a wise man. Under him Parlia- 
ment passed a bill of rights, by which, among other things, all 
money was to go to the king through the House of Commons ; and 
no Catholic could sit upon the throne. This was because England 
chose to be a Protestant country, although, as to Puritans and all 
outside of the Episcopal 
Church, she was cruel 
enough. And another, and 
a great thing: People were 
now allowed, as never be- 
fore, to speak their minds 
in print, so newspapers be- 
gan to appear. 

Now we come to the 
eighteenth century. Eng- 
land and France were at 
war in Europe, and this 
meant war between the 
French and English in 
America. England claimed 
Newfoundland, Nova Sco- 
tia, and Hudson Bay Ter- 
ritory. France had sent 
settlers there, but, at the 
end of this war in Europe, 



,^*^^«l»'^«*'^^ 



-*«?^^^^3g^? Z^ 




WINDSOR CASTLE, FROM THE THAMES. 



140 A STORY OF THE WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE 

France was made to give up this land to England. So peace in 
Europe meant peace in America, and more land there for England. . 

Through marriage connections, a German, Prince George of 
Hanover, came to be king of England. At this time one more set 
of people went to found a colony in America. In England men 
who could not pay their debts were sent to the debtor's prison. 
" Every year at least four thousand were thus shut up." James 
Oglethorpe started the idea of taking a number of these poor 
debtors to a new home. The king gave the land, and in his honor 
the colony was named Georgia. 

Again England was at war — this time with Germany and 
France ; and again there was war in America as to French and 
American boundaries. Again things went against France, and 
she lost Quebec, ^lontreal, and all of Canada. Spain at this time 
gave Florida to England, and, in this way, all the colonies in 
America were subject to England. 

After these long wars England had need of repairs. She had 
need of money. She went to her colonies about it, but the colo- 
nies did not like the way of her asking. Questions arose as to 
rights and duties; the result was the War of the Revolution, in 
which the colonies separated from England and became a nation. 

To understand this we must cross the ocean to see what these 
colonies had been doing all this time ; but first, what did the colo- 
nists take with them when they left England? The greatest 
things in the world. They took the idea of personal rights — the 
rights of freemen ; the idea of law ; the idea of representative gov- 
ernment, and the Bible. These were the gifts of England to her 
departing children. 

And now look back a moment. In Egypt you read of mon- 
archy — ^the king over the people. In Assyria you read of it in a 
cruel and fierce degree. In early India and Persia you read that 
the tribes took part in their own government. In Greece you see the 
people seeking to live as a nation of separate states. In Rome you 
see military power and the power of law holding together many 
strange people ; then you see the empire fall, and again you see 
Rome rise as the Church power. .Just after this the Teutons come 
into Rome, take up her ideas of Church, law, and language, and 



ENGLAND 



141 



weave them into the new kingdoms and empires of Germany, 
Italy, France, and Spain. 

Then, at the north, you see other Teutons in the small republics 
of Switzerland and Holland, and beyond all these England, whose 
history you have just read. 

And here go slowly. You have seen the change in England 




ST. PAUL'S CATHEDRAL, FROM THE THAMES. 



from Britons to Saxons, from Saxons to Normans ; and how the 
growing together of these people made the England of to-day. 

You have seen the Saxon idea of personal freedom grow until 
Parliament and the king stood as the two great powers of the land, 
with the question how the two could work together. You have 
seen Eoman ideas and language come to help the growth of 
England. You have seen England grow — the free spirit of man 
putting down monarchy, and setting up the power of law, with 
representative government. 

But now that you leave England for your own country — go 
thoughtfully. Remember the distance, the long time it took for 
letters to cross, or for ministers to go to America, look over affairs 
and return ; remember that England herself had trouble with her 
kings and her people, and when you turn to your own history 
you will see that it is not necessary to " hate the British " in order 
to be glad for the Fourth of July. 



142 A STORY OF THE WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE 





PART IV 

THE COLONIES IN AMERICA 



CHAPTER I 
THE AMERICAN INDIANS 

To the people of Europe, America was first a land for explora- 
tion and claim ; conquesUmd trade. In the sixteenth century it 

became a home. 

All men knew now that America 
was not a j)art of India, but a land by 
itself, lying between two great oceans. 
Still its natives kept the name of In- 
dians. 

On the coasts and islands of the 
south, the Indians were soon killed by 
the cruelty of the Spanish. 

Along the St. Lawrence and down 
the Mississippi River many of the In- 
dians were friendly to the French, 
because they came mostly for trade, 
made small settlements and did not 
take away the hunting grounds. But 
on the Atlantic coast, when the white 

143 




AN EARLY INDIAN CHIEF. 



144 A STORY OF THE WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE 

men came in numbers, there arose the question of hfe and 
land 

The Indians hved in tribes and were often at war with one 
another. They lived as hunters and fishers, camping anywhere, 
for all the land was theirs. 

The Indians did not like the white man's way of life. They 
did not like our towns, our religion and language, our farming and 
business. They had no wish to change their life for ours, and they 
were not ready to give up their lands. 

When the Europeans came they wanted the land to live upon 
and they took it. Sometimes they paid the Indians for it and 
sometimes they did not. Sometimes there was peace ; often there 
was war. This has been the case always. The Indians have never 
made one people with the whites. At present the Indians, few in 
number, live at the west. When the colonists came there were 
many in the east. 

When a colony is planted the land belongs to the king, the 
people and his subjects ; the king governs them or grants them 
power to govern themselves ; he claims a part of the products of 
the soil, and, in general, directs the colony as he thinks best. 

The colony sent by England to Virginia sailed into Chesa- 
peake Bay, naming the Capes, Charles and Henry, for the sons of 
the king, and Point Comfort for its good harbor. The settlement 
was called Jamestown for King James. 

The colonists had a hard time. They were not used to 
chopping trees and building log cabins. Many preferred gold 
hunting to farming, there was little to eat, many were sick and 
the colony nearly died out. Stout-hearted Captain John Smith, a 
leading man among them, wrote accounts of their life and trials. 
But vessels from England brought people and supplies and times 
improved. 

The laws for the colony were now made in London by the 
Company. They were severe, but the governor, who was sent 
over, gave to each man some land for his own, and soon better 
work was done. 

Virginia has a rich soil. Tobacco grows there easily. It was 
raised in large quantities and the colonists made money from its sale. 



THE A ME ETC AN INDIANS 



145 



And now came changes. The Puritans had rule in England. 
They believed in personal rights. They said the colonists should 
have the right to take part in their own government ; so orders 
were given that two burgesses sliould b(^ chosen by the people, and 
sent from each great plan- 
tation in Virginia to meet 
the new governor, Sir George 
Yeardley, and his council. 

This first meeting in 
America of representatives 
chosen to make laws by the 
people was held at James- 
town in 1619. 

Many kinds of people 
now came to Virginia. Some 
were able to buy much land, 
raise great crops of tobacco 
and have work for many 
hands. Others who came 
were sent over to work as 
bound servants for a term of 
years and then to be free ; 
some were convicts from 
prisons, and some were poor 
but excellent persons, se6k- 




POCAHONTAS SAVES CAPTAIN SMITH'S LIFE 



ing a new home. 

In the new country all grew together and made a new people. 
At this time, too, slavery began in America. A few negroes were 
1 )rought in a Dutch vessel to Jamestown and sold there. This was 
nothing strange. In old times persons taken in war, or bought or 
sold anywhere, were held as slaves. The younger nations ])egan in 
the same way. To-day the idea of slavery has given way to. the 
idea of freedom, but, in the seventeenth century, the slave ships of 
England and other nations took negroes every year, from Africa, 
and sold them to any who would buy. 

In this way as time passed, many slaves were brought to 
America, and in the south all work was done by them. 



146 



A STORY OF THE WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE 



Virginia was made up of large plantations, a few in a county. 
The planters' homes were large and comfortable. Grain, fruit, 
fowls, and all things for the table were easily raised. The great 
tobacco crops were sold to English vessels that came up the 
rivers, bringing English clothes, furniture and silverware ; and 

life grew comfortable. 
There Avas much visiting 
from house to house, and 
every year there were 
fairs, Avith horse races, 
dances, wrestling matches 
and other shows, whei'e 
prizes were given to the 
victors. These things were 
allowed by the Church of 
England. As to education, 
slaves and servants Avere 
not to be taught at all, 
and there were no free 
schools. But as time 
passed children AA^ere 
taught priA^ately, oi* sent 
north to school, or to England. English and Latin books Avere 
studied in Virginia. English history and laAv AA^ere read carefully 
by many who took part in public affairs, and all the news of the 
doings of the kings and of Parliament Avas talked OA^er thought- 
fully. At length William and Mary College Avas founded. 

Charles I. now asked the Virginians for money, Avithout going 
to Parliament about it. This they refused. It Avas against the 
laws of England, and Virginia would not take sides Avith the 
king against the rights of the people of England. 

Meantime the Pilgrims and Puritans were in Massachusetts. 
The king had giA^en the Pilgrims no laws, but, to keep them- 
selves in order, before leaAdng the cabin of the 3fay flower, the men 
of the company drew up a " compact," in Avhich they agreed to 
make for themselves "such just and equal laws'" as should b^ 
" most convenient for the general good of the colony." 




A PRIMITIVE TOBACCO PLANTATION. 



THE AMERICAN INDIANS 



147 



Captain Miles Stanclish, John Carver and William Bradford 
were among the leaders of the colony. 

The snow, the ice, the barren shore, the lonely woods, where 
only a few Indians roved about, gave, them a desolate reception. 
The winter was bitter, the life rough and hard, the provisions 
scanty, and more than half the colony died before spring. The 
Indians were friendly and made a treaty of peace that lasted for 
years. 

The colony of Massachusetts Bay fared better. The Puri- 
tans left Eng- 

land because 
they wanted a 
home where 
they could carry 
out their own 
ideas in religion 
and in civil life. 

In England 
the Episcopal 
churches were 
decorated with 
images, pictures 
and stained 
glass, and with 
altars bearing 
rich embroider- 
ies and silver 
candles ticks ; 

there were organs and choirs, robes for the clergy and many cere- 
monies for them and for the people. 

Sunday, by order of the king, was partly a holiday, when cer- 
tain games might be played. 

In America the Puritans kept Sunday as a day of strict quiet, 
with long services in the bare, plain meeting house, which all 
members of the colony were obliged to attend. Plain dress was 
required and close watch was kept over man and child. The Puri- 
tans did not even celebrate Christmas joyfully ; although after 




WILLIAM AND MARY COLLEGE, WILLIAMSBURG, VA. 



148 



A STORY OF THE WORLD AND ITS FEU RLE 




THE PURITANS GOING TO CHURCH. 



gathering their crops they kept a day of Thanksgiving as a feast. 

The leaders of the Puritan emigration were famihar with 
Enghsh law and government, and well fitted to undertake life 
by themselves, but they were despotic. They had their charter 
with them in America, they held town meetings and made their 
own laws on the spot. In this they were independent. But 
they allowed no man to vote unless he was a member of their 
church. 

They inquired sharply into the business of strangers who 
came among them, especially to know if they belonged to the 
Puritan church, and those who did not were not made welcome. 

All the children of the colony were taught by their parents, 
the clergyman, or some one who could serve as school master. 
People who were to make their own laws must not be ignorant. 
In a few years Harvard College was founded. 

The Puritans were obliged to work hard together to raise 
enough to eat and to build houses warm enough for comfort in 
the cold winter. 

New England had neither soil nor climate for large crops that 
could bring money quickly, so a great many kinds of business 
were opened. Every one did something. Most families had small 



THE AMERICAN INDIANS 



149 



incomes, there were few slaves and people had to learn to do things 
for themselves. They became carefnl and thrifty. They built 
ships for fishing off the coast and sent them southward to trade 
and bring back cotton. This they soon learned to weave. It was 
the beginning of manufacture that in time grew very large. 

The colonists prospered, and the king began to think they were 
too independent. They were told to send back their charter, and it 
was proposed to send a royal governor to rule over all New Eng- 
land. The colonists did not reply and for awhile England forgot 
the matter. 

(The Puritans welcomed all who agreed with them, Imt they 
drove away all those who did not. 

Roger Williams was one whose ideas about rights and duties 
did not suit them. He was banished and founded Providence, as a 
place provided by God. 

Others were glad "to join him and the Plantation of Rhode 
Island was settled, as a place where all people might live in peace 
so long as they were orderly and well behaved. 

Other people moved away from Massachusetts to find more 
freedom, and places were settled on the Connecticut River and at 
New Haven, j 




HARVARD HALL AND GATES, HARVARD COLLEGE. 



150 A STORY OF THE WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE 

The Indians sold these lands to the whites for a trifle, but 
as they saw how the English kept coming they became uneasy. 
Soon war broke out, many Indians were killed and the whites 
occupied the land. After this the colonies of Massachusetts, Plym- 
outh, Connecticut and New Haven formed a union " for mutual 
help and strength," in case of need. The need came. New Eng- 
land had another war with the Indians under their king, Philip. 
The Indians were driven out, but the colonists suffered most 

severely. 

Before this time England had passed Navigation Acts. The 
colonists must buy no European goods except those carried by 
English vessels, and must sell their tobacco, sugar and other prod- 
ucts to England, and to her only. 

The colonists did not resist, but they did not obey. The king 
now took them in hand. He sent to Boston a royal governor. Sir 
Edmund Andros, who closed the courts, took away the charters, 
laid the taxes, had English Church services performed in Puritan 
churches and controlled the free speech and writing of the people. 
Still, for the most part, the people had patience until there was a 
new king in England, William of Orange. Then they sent the 
royal governor home and took care of themselves again. 

The Quakers, a people with ideas of their own about religion, 
came to Massachusetts. The Puritans met them with harshest treat- 
ment. They sentenced them to public whippings, and banishment 
from the colony, they burned their books, and even had some of 
the Quaker men and women hanged on Boston Common. Finally, 
the king ordered that the Quakers be sent home to England for 
trial. 

These things show the busy life of New England, the despotic 
ways of the Puritans, their power of self-government, their watch- 
fulness lest the king should take away their rights, and their 
ability to make a prosperous home for themselves. 

And now look at the other colonies. All of them had disputes 
about boundaries, trouble with royal governors, wars with Indians 
and hardships of many kinds. Still all were growing. New 
Jersey was a quiet farming province. In time it had a royal gov- 
ernor and its own Assembly and prospered greatly. 



THE AMERICAN INDIAN'S 



151 



In Pennsylvania the idea of the colony was freedom in re- 
ligion, self-government, education, and prosperous, peaceful life. 
Penn's treaty with the Indians ran for sixty years. Philadelphia 
had , a good business growth. The province soon filled up with 
intelligent and industrious people. 

Maryland had large plantations. Slaves were kept and 
tobacco was raised there. All religions were allowed, the people 
took part in the making of laws for the colony, and the province 
soon had many prosperous homes. 

The Carolinas were divided. North Carolina had, along the 
coast, pine woods that gave tar and turpentine. Back of these 
were good farming lands, and beyond these the mountains. The 
people came from other colonies, from England and Scotland. In 




INDIAN ATROCITIES IN THE EARLY SETTLEMENTS. 









1h 




■^^H trrfi^ .Za^^iv ^i-^CtJ^ ;/t^ 



^ 









^ 



9?: 






.^ 







m^a/iarnjar/^ TTl^^au^ 










^a^P7c<r3^J^^'^y7-^'^a 









"7 









CrX 



a^m^ tM<0a.i^H:-o3i>nt^. 



n 



\o^^^>?xrU^l4y4^y£ia/^^ta^iC 




0Lt^^4:0' 



^ '^' 



r-^ t^^^4^.J2^yj«.,_.^ 



REDUCED FAC-SIMILE OF TREATY WITH INDIAN TRIBES MADE 8Y WILLIAM PENN, 1769. 

152 



THE AMERICAN INDIANS 



153 



the highlands they were hunters, in the lowlands they were 
planters, keeping slaves. South Carolina was more fertile. Near 
the coast were the hot, low rice lands, where the negroes only could 
work, and where great crops were raised. There were more slaves 
than white men in the colony and the laws to control them had to 
be very severe. The colony, became a royal province, with royal 
English governors, who made the laws, with the help of the Assem- 
bly chosen by the people. 

For education many children were sent to England. 

There were various kinds of people in the colony, English, 
French Huguenots, Germans and Scotch-Irish. All were free as 
to religion. Charleston was the center of social life. 

In Georgia the poor debtors were not very capable settlers of 
a new country. Savannah was founded, but there were few towns. 
The people were scattered about. They had trouble with the 
Indians and the Spaniards of Florida, and fell into the habit of 
ready fighting, with them, or among themselves. 

At length, Georgia was made a royal province, and its Assembly 
was called together to improve matters. 




WILLIAM PENN MEETING HOUSE AT NARBERTH, PA. 



CHAPTER II 



THE FRENCH AND INDIAN WAR 

1690 TO 1763 

When France and England were at war in Europe, there was 
trouble between the French and English in America. The French 
were helped by the Indians. Their attacks were cruel and irregu- 
lar, with burning of houses and killing of women and children. 
During sixty years three such wars broke out along the border 
lines, between New England and New York and Canada. Then 
came the 
end. S o m e 
of the colo- 
nists wished 
to settle on 
the Ohio 
River. The 
French wer< 
there. In the 
south also 
t h ey had 
founded Mo- 
bile and New 

Orleans. The Spanish claimed that southern coast and had built 
Pensacola. The war was for all these lands. The colonists sent 
George Washington, a young major in the Virginia militia, to ask 
why the French occupied English ground. They replied that the 
lands west of the Alleghanies belonged to France. They attacked 
Washington. After the fight he returned with his men to Virginia, 
but war had begun. In four years the colonists had taken Pitts- 
burg, Niagara, Crown Point, Ticonderoga, and Quebec. For a time 
they fought alone, then France and England sent troops and officers. 

In Europe, Spain was helping France. Spain owned Cuba. 
The English went there and took Havana. The war ended. Eng- 
land was victor. A treaty of peace was signed at Paris in 1763. 
Spain gave up Florida and all her lands east of the Mississippi. 
All lands west of that river and New Orleans, she gave to Spain. 

155 




SETTLERS IMPLORING WASHINGTON FOR PROTECTION. 




I KNOW NOT WHAT COURSE OTHERS MAY TAKE BUT AS FOR ME, GIVE ME LIBERTY OR GIVE ME 
DEATH." — Extract from Patrick Henry's Speech, Delivered 1765. 

156 





CHAPTER III 
THE COLONIES AND ENGLAND 

As the people returned to their 
homes, their desire was for peace, in- 
dustry, education, and comfortable liv- 
ing. In the colonies there were about 
one million six hundred thousand peo- 
ple, slave and free. There were but few 
good roads as yet, and traveling was 
' only by stage and horseback ; still the 
colonists went up and down and had 
much life together. 
Books were printed and newspapers were 
published that gave the 'people a good 
knowledge of affairs at home and in Eng- 
land, and in every colony there were men 
already well known for public spirit and 
services. Among these was Benjamin 
Franklin, of Philadelphia, who had planned a fire department, 
served as postmaster, invented the lightning rod and the Franklin 
stove, and was well known through his writings on many subjects. 
Altogether, with their work as mechanics, manufacturers and 
merchants at the north, and as raisers of large crops in the middle 
states and south ; with their whale, cod and mackerel fisheries at 
sea ; with their schools and colleges, their famous preachers and 
students of law, the colonists were well established and felt like 
one people. 

In the war, the colonists had given much money and many 
men, and they were poor. They wished now to raise and to 

157 



BENJAMIN FRANKLIN'S FIRST EXPERI 
WENT WITH ELECTRICITY. 



158 



A STORY OF THE WO ELD AND ITS PEOPLE 



TO THE 



DELAWARE 



make everything 
that they could, to 
send their goods to 

PTT Y v^ r t \ C^ foreign ports, and to 

L Lu yJ 1 o. It ''f ^\ ''" ''' 
^^ -•' ^--^» they pleased. 



T 



This England 
had already forbid- 
den. What was she 
going to do now ? 

The colon ists 
were ready to give 
freely to the king as 
he might need, but 
they held that they 
should make their 
own laws as to busi- 
ness and the use of 
their money. They 
met in their own 
Assemblies, not in 
Parliament. In Eng- 
land the king could 
not tax his subjects 
without their con- 
sent. He could not 
rightly do it in 
America, no matter 
whether the money 
was to be used in one country or another. The king had already 
made some unjust laws and the colonists had not obeyed them. 
What was best for them was also best for the king, for they gave 
to hun freely. But, to have his laws carried out, the king sent 
English officers to watch the Americans, to board their vessels 
and enter their shops and houses, and take any forbidden goods. 
About this the colonists went to court. 

Here was a question of law; a question of rights. 



H E Regard we. liavc for your Charailers, and our Delire to promote your 
future Peace and Safely, a^e the Oceafion of ihis Third Addrefs to you 

Tfj our fccond Lctler wc aequaintcdycu, that the Tea Ship was a Three 
P'-cker, Wc arc now informed by gtjod Aulhoniy, (he is not a Three Decker, hut 

An old Hack- Ship, laithovl a. Hcaa^, ox- at^-i 0>-:isrru;ni3. 

■|'j(f. Cuptaiji, IS a J)wTi/aoVc\\^\f, ajid a. liitlc oipmUc, vyithal —So much the worfc 
for hi rn.-. for, fo furc as he nY^ riy?,-. Wc fhaJl heave him Keel out, • . . • " 

His Uppcr-VVorlcs too. will have an. 

Ovcrhawling and as it is faid. he has a good deal of QwhWork about hitn. We 

will take particular Care that fuch Part of him undergoes a thorough Rummaging. 

Ws have a llill vvrjh Accoanl of his Oumcr .— for it 13 faid, the Ship Polly was 
bought by dim on Hurpofe. ro make a Penny of us-, and that he and CapUm Ayrcj 
wc\-c well ad\ofcd,of the Kifcjue they would run, in thus daring to intuit an,d abufb 
us. 

Cafilaiw Ayrcs wjs here in the Time of the StahapAd, and ought to have known 
our People better, than to have Oipetled we would be fo mean as to fuffer his roUen/ 
TE A to be funncl'd d(j\v n ourl"hroat;s, with the ParliamerJfs ZJ«<y mixed with it. 

IVt know him well, and have calculated to a Gill and a Feather, liow much it 
Will require to lit him for an A-nuncaiv Exhibition'. And wc hope n.ot one of your 
Body will behave fo ill, as to oblige us to clap him in the Cart along Side of Ihe 

We mj|l repeat, that the SHIP P O L L Y is an oW bhvokShip, of about Two 
Hundred and Fifty Tons burthen, vJilluut a. Head, a.nd TMihaul Ornantatls,-- -and. tl^»l 

C.\PTA1N AVRESua ihici ckimhi Fdhu). As fuch, Take Cask to 

AVOID T HEM. 

Your Old Frjlnds, 



The committee ior TARRING and FEATHERING. 



pfnlijt!fi>u>, OfXTBhtr^, I77>. 



Monday Morning December 27, 1773. 
nPHE TEA SHIP being arrived, cveiy Inhabitant, who wilhes 
-l topreferve the Vihexty of America, is defiredto meet atthc 
State-Houss, This Morning, ptxcifely at TEN o'clock, ta ad- 
vife what, is bcIL to be done on this alanning Crifis. 

REDUCED FAC-SIMILE OF THE PROCLAMATION ABOUT THE TEA-SHIP. 



THE COLONIES AND ENGLAND 



159 



At Boston, James Otis made a speech as to the rights of the 
colonies. Patrick Henry spoke in the Virginia Assembly, and 
everywhere, watchful, well-informed men stood ready to advise in 
case of need. England next imposed a stamp tax. The colonists 
called a Congress, declared their rights, and sent petitions to the king 
and to Parliament ; but they seized the stamps and let none be sold. 

There were now two parties in England and in America; the 
Whigs, who were for the colonies, and the Tories, who were for 
the king. In Parliament, famous speeches were made on both 
sides. In America both sides wanted peace, and many would 
have given the king his way. It was an anxious time and a 
stormy time. 

Benjamin Franklin, who was in England, went before Parlia- 
ment to answer questions and, * 
by his good judgment, to try to 
help the colonies. 

England repealed the 
Stamp Act, but laid some 
small taxes on paper, glass and 
tea, and sent officers to collect 
them. 

General 
Gage was sent 
to Boston with 
British troops, 
but upon this 
there was a riot 
— the Boston 
Massacre. The 
people held a 
great town 
meeting and 
sent Samuel 
Adams to the 
English gov 
e r n o r to d e- 

m^jlld th^ r^" Faneuil hall, boston, the cradle of liberty. 




160 A STORY OF THE WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE 

moval of the soldiers, saying, "We must have an answer." 
England now did repeal all taxes but three-pence a pound on 
her tea. But the principle of freedom was still at stake. " "We will 
not submit to any tax," said Adams. The tea came. At Boston 
it was thrown into the sea, at Charleston into a damp cellar. 

Upon this England forbade vessels to enter or leave the port 
of Boston, closed the town meetings, and took away the charter of 
Massachusetts. The other colonies sent cheering messages to 
Boston and Virginia, saying that " an attack upon one colony was 
an attack upon all." 

From her own point of view, England was right. But 
America was no longer merely a set of colonies. She was to be a 
new nation in the world, and the time was near at hand for her to 
take her own name and be independent. 

The colonists held, at Philadelphia, the First Continental Con- 
gress. George Washington, Patrick Henry, Roger Sherman, John 
Jay, and many truly great men, made it a notable meeting. 

John Hancock proposed that Congress should talk of estab- 
lishing "a union of colonies for the security of our rights and 
liberties." Its members did address, to the king and to the people 
of England, a Declaration of Rights. They declared their intention 
to stand together for mutual help in case of need ; still they 
worked for peace and hoped for fair reply fr(^m the king. To 
separate from England would be sorrowful ; to win a victory over 
her seemed impossible. The Americans waited, but they prepared 
for war, and directly it came. 




THE FIRST BLOW FOR LIBERTY. 



CHAPTER IV 



THE WAR OF THE REVOLUTION 

APRIL 19, 1775 

The Americans had some mihtary stores at Concord. General 
Gage one night sent eight hundred British soldiers to take them. 
But with 

" A hurry of hoofs in a village street," 

Paul Revere rode to waken the people; and at Lexington, the 
next morning, the British met seventy "minute men." A fight 
followed. Eight Americans were killed and others wounded. 

The British went on, destroyed what stores they found and 
returned, attacked all the way by the colonists from 
" Behind each fence and farm yard wall," 

and suffering heavy loss. The Americans gathered at Cambridge, 
and the British were kept shut up in Boston for nearly a year. 

161 



THE WAR OF THE REVOLUTION 



163 



In May, Congress met and appointed George Washington 
Commander-in-Chief of the American army, but also addressed 
to England one last petition for justice. The king did not answer. 
Washington took command in July. Meantime there had been 
one battle at Bunker Hill, where three thousand poorly armed 
Americans, 1^ unused to war, twice drove back a large 
British force, ,^fc well drilled and thoroughly armed, and re- 
treated only ['''B when their powder gave out. General War- 
ren was killed H and the men suffere d loss, l)ut tliis display 
of spirit and 
power greatly 
e n c o u r aged 
the Ameri- 
cans. 

Washing- 
ton 's army 
was made up 
of sets of men 





DEATH OF GENERAL WARREN. 



^•JI 






from all colonies, each under 

its own commander. The 

men were dressed in farmer's 

and hunter's clothes and were 

armed with whatever weapons 

they could get. 

The commander was to or- 
ganize this army and ask Con- 
gress for supplies. Congress was 
to collect the supplies from the people and forward them. 
The plan was good but difficult. 

The colonies were not one people. Some wanted to provide for 
their own men only, and all were more or less afraid that some 
colony, or Congress, or Washington might rule over them. The peo- 
ple were independent, but they had yet to learn the art of union. 



BUNKER HILL MONUMENT. 



164 



A STORY OF THE WOULD AND ITS PEOPLE 



In the spring of 1776, the British sailed away from Boston. 
Many troops had come from England. There was no hope of 
peace. 

In Congress, at Philadelphia, Richard Henry Lee of Virginia 
said : " These united colonies are and of right ought to be free and 
independent states." It was indeed the only way. 

Thomas Jefferson of Virginia was directed to draw up the 
Declaration of Independence. It was read, considered, and finally, 

on the Fourth of July, 1776, 
was adopted by the repre- 
sentatives of the people. 
This was done at the State 
House at Philadelphia. In 
its tower had hung for 
twenty years an old bell 
bearing the inscription : 
" Proclaim liberty through- 
out the land." Imme- 
diately upon the signing 
of the paper this bell was 
rung to announce to the 
people that, by the action 
of Congress, the colonies 
had become a nation, un- 
der the name of the United 
States of America. 

Washington now went 
to New York. Unable to 
hold the city, his army was 
driven across the Hudson, 
down through New Jersey and across the Delaware. The Amer- 
icans seemed to be doing nothing but running away from the 
British. Washington needed men, money, food, clothing and 
guns, but Congress did not know how to get them. The people 
were hopeless. Washington saw that he must do something at 
once. At Trenton lay twelve hundred Hessians, men from Hesse, 
hired by England for this war. On Christmas night, through hail 




jai*PBR80N. ADAMS. 



PRAHKLIN. 



DRAFTING THE DECLARATION OF INDEPENDENCE. 



THE WAR OF THE REVOLUTION 



165 




INDEPENDENCE HALL, PHILADELPHIA, WHERE THE FIRST CONGRESS MET. 

and sleet, back over the Delaware and through nine miles of snow, 
this steadfast commander led his heroic men, some leaving bloody 
tracks behind them, to surprise, attack and capture the entire 
garrison, their guns and supplies. This cheered the country. 
The winter was spent in preparation, men enlisted and supplies 
were raised. 

Now look at Europe. 

The older nations were watching this struggle for freedom 
and self-government, and France was moved to give her help. 
At first her supplies were sent secretly. The Americans asked 
her to give her aid openly, as from one nation to another. France 
waited. Meanwhile the young Marquis de La Fayette joined 
Washington. German officers, DeKalb and Steuben, came also, 
and, with other Europeans, shared the hardships of the camp and 
gave instruction to the soldiers. 



THE WAR OF THE REVOLUTION 



167 



The Americans lost Philadelphia in 1777, but, under General 
Stark, they drove the British from the Hudson and, at Saratoga, 
compelled General Burgoyne to surrender to General Gates. 

After this France sent America war vessels and four thousand 
men. When England heard of this, in the hope of peace, she 
made an offer to America in regard to taxes. But the time for 
that question had gone by. The people of the United States were 
now free, and were fighting for their land. 

The army went into camp at Yalley Forge. You will read 
how the men suffered through the bitter winter, and how Wash- 
ington praised them for their wonderful spirit in the face of 
famine. Of himself he wrote : "I confess to you that I feel more 
real distress than I have done at any one time, but Providence 
has heretofore taken us up when all other means and hope seemed 
to be departing from us. In this I will confide." 

You will read of the battles that followed ; how Washington 
wanted to keep the British at Philadelphia, and how they got by 
to New York ; how the Indians fell upon 
the Americans at Wyoming ; how Paul 
Jones made a record on the seas, tak- 
ing Englishmen and vessels; how 
Benedict Arnold, an American offi- 
cer, agreed to give the port of West 
Point over to the British ; how his 
young British messenger. Major 
Andre, was caught carrying back 
Arnokrs plans ; how, according to 
rules of Avar, Andre had to be hung 
as a spy, as, long before, Nathan 
Hale had been hung ])y the British 
for carrying to Washington plans 
of British works and movements 
on Long Island, and how Ar- 
nold ran away to the British, 
leaving West Point to the 
Americans. 

All these details of history 




LIBERTY BELL. 



168 



A STORY OF THE WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE 



(J^^^x^^-^ 



jt^T^^'r*^ 



^^''-'T^ 



<-^ eX^ryy^ f.-^i^Cct^:ry't^ 
















jM^^i 






^t^^yyi^^^* 







FAC-SIMILE OF THE SIGNATURES TO THE DECLARATION OF INDEPENDENCE. 



THE WAR OF THE REVOLUTION 



169 



should be known to us, for so we learn to value honor and to see 
what makes true greatness ; while we are taught how high was 
the price paid by our fathers for the home and the freedom that 
is ours to-day. 

The Eevolution closed at the south. The British generals 
were Lord Cornwallis and Lord Clinton. They took Savannah, 




HINGTON CROSSING THE DELAWARE. 



Augusta and Charleston, and defeated the American troops under 
General Gates, but they did not hold the country. Little bands 
from Kentucky and Tennessee, led by Sumter, Pickens, Sevier 
and others, made irregular but effective attacks, and next year 
General Nathaniel Gi'een came with fresh troops and the south- 
ern lands were regained. 

Meantime Count Rochambeau from France, with six thousand 
troops, was with Washington, near New York. The British 23lanned 
to end the war at Yorktown, Virginia. Cornwallis went there. 
Clinton was at New York. Between these two parts of the British 
army, a French fleet, under Count de Grasse, now entered Chesa- 
peake Bay. Washington and his allies went quickly to meet 
them at Yorktown, and in three weeks Cornwallis surrendered — 
October 17, 1781. 



170 



A STORY OF THE WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE 




England, France and America now sent commissioners 
to Paris, to draw up a treaty of peace l)y which England 
acknowledged our independence. The Americans present were 
Benjamin Franklin, John Adams and John Jay. 

The war being 
over the soldiers 
were to be paid, but 
Congress had no 
money. The men 
grew restless and 
angry at the delay, 
but Washington 
persuaded them, in 
spite of their ne- 
cessities, to wait 
peaceably until 
their pay could be 
collected. He then 
disbanded the ar- 
my, bade farewell 
to the brave officers who had served under him, went before 
Congress to resign his commission, and on Christmas eve returned 
to his home at Mount Vernon, Virginia. 

THE PROGRESS OF THE NATION. 

After the Declaration of Independence, the colonies were a 
league of thirteen independent states. Congress had then drawn 
up a few laws for their guidance, called Articles of Confederation. 
Now that the war was over, this was all the government the 
Americans had. 

The army was to be disbanded. Congress would no longer be 
directing war matters, England was no longer their ruler. Was 
this first plan a government, strong and good, by which they could 
live and work together as a nation ? 

There was much to do. The lands were a great question. 
Canada belonged to England. Here a boundary line must be 
settled. Spain owned the lower part of the Mississippi Eiver. 



BRAVE MOLLY PITCHER. AFTER HER HUSBAND WAS SHOT SHE TOOK HIS 
PLACE IN THE BATTLE OF MONMOUTH. 



TH^ WAR OF THE REVOLUTIOK 



171 



How could the Americans go up and down there safely ? The old 
grants of land from England had overlapped. How could they 
be straightened out? On the seas other nations laid claim to 
fishing grounds. Evidently as there had been war for land and 
liberty, there must now be law for land and people — laws to which 
all should agree ; by which all could act. 

Under this first plan each state could make its own laws, lay 
its own taxes, make its own money, and go to war with any state 
or any nation as it pleased. Congress had not power enough to 
act for the colonies separately, or with them as a whole. 

The plan was a failure. Something better must be done. At 
the end of five years, when Daniel Shays and others in Massa- 
chusetts took up arms against officers of the law, Washington 
said, "Let us have a government." 

A convention was held at Philadelphia in 1789 and finally a 
plan of government was written out — the Constitution of the 
United States. It begins — 




WASHINGTON PRAYING AT VALLEY FORGE 



172 



A STORY OF THE WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE 




ENGAGEMENT BETWEEN THE BON HOMME RICHARD 
AND THE SERAPIS. 

'' We, the People of the United 
btates, in order to form a more 
perfect union, estabhsh justice, in- 
sure domestic tranquilhty, provide 
for the common defense, promote 
the general welfare, and secure 
the blessings of liberty to ourselves 
and our posterity, do ordain and 
establish this Constitution for the 
United States of America." 

Copies were sent out to " the 
4 people." 

Would they accept and agree 
to the terms of this law ? Each state might refuse if it chose, but 
it was generally understood that, if once agreed to, the Constitu- 
tion would be the law for all the states, not to be broken by any 
one of them. The people were divided in mind. Some thought 



CAPTAIN PAUL JO 



THE WAR OF THE REVOLUTION 



ITi 



that the states would be strongest if they could act, in unison, 
under a government with power enough to help them all ; others 
thought that the rights of the states would be taken away if so 
much power was given to Congress and the President. 

These two ways of thinking about the rights and powers of 
the government divided the people into two parties, and, from the 
first, there was a sharp contest between them. In time the states 
decided the matter. One after another they gave their consent 
and the Constitution became the law of the land. After that all 
laws were made to agree with it. 

And now we have reached our own life again and are where 
we started from except for seeing how, by this plan of govern- 
ment, the nation has lived and grown. 

First the work of the country was to be organized. The 
Cabinet and other officers were to be chosen, and the work of each 
one to be laid out, both at home and abroad, on the land and at 
sea. This was a great undertaking, but this first work was car- 




READING THE DEAIH WmKKANT TO MAJOR ANDRE. 



174 



A STORY OF THE WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE 




ried through 
with clear 
strength o f 
mind and a 
good knowl- 
edge of law, 
and the coun- 
try soon got 
into order. 

Great 
questions 
came at once 
before C o n- 
gress. West 
of the moun- 
tains lay un- 
opened lands. 
These were 
called terri- 
tories and were given in charge to Congress. As soon as any 
part of the land should be occupied by a certain number of peo- 
ple, it was to be set off by itself and admitted as a state. In this 
way one state after another came into the Union. 

There was the question of finance. Money must be coined 
for the country to use, and there were debts to pay, at home and 
abroad. To help these things the Bank of the United States 
was opened. In this General Alexander Hamilton was a chief 
adviser. 

Washington was chosen President for a second term. 
In Europe France was still at war with England. France hoped 
that America would help her. Without permission from the 
United States government, a French minister, Genet, came over 
and began to collect supplies, but this Washington forbade by 
issuing a proclamation of neutrality — that the Americans must 
not act on either side, in this quarrel between these foreign 
nations. 

A treaty was now made with England in which she gave up 



SURRENDER OF CORNWALLIS AT YORKTOWN. 



THE WAR OF THE REVOLUTION 



175 



some lands still held at the west and agreed not to molest Ameri- 
can vessels as she had done on the seas. 

These efforts to be at peace with both countries made many 
people bitter against Washington. At first, many would have 
helped France and made war with England. Few saw that the 
first thing to be done was to get strongly settled in their own land. 
All this was hotly talked about in Congress and out. Another 
thing gave offense. The Sedition Law was passed, forbidding people 
to speak against the government. 
This stirred Virginia and Ken- 
tucky to make "Resolutions" 
showing that, under the Consti- 
tution, Congress could not rightly 
make such a law, and that the 
states might refuse to obe 

As Washington 's second 
term closed he declined to be nom- 
inated again, and since then no 
President has served for a third 
term. Washington j)repared a 
Farewell Address in which he 
said that " the great rule of con- 
duct for this country was to be 
upon friendly terms with all 
other people for trade and busi- 
ness, but that it should have with 
them as little political connection 
as possible." 

Washington retired from public life to Mount Vernon, 
where, after a few years, he died — "first in war, first in peace, and 
first in the hearts of his fellow citizens." Meantime, France was 
most unfriendly. She demanded money from America as the 
price of peace. The Americans replied, " Not one cent for tribute," 
and war might have followed, but just then Napoleon Bonaparte 
came into power, and John Adams, the next President, made with 
him a treaty of peace. And here the century closes. 




JOHN ADAMS. 



PART V 



CHAPTER I 



THE NINETEENTH CENTURY 

"With this date a new chapter of history opens. America was 
now estabhshed as are pubhc in the world. The District of Co- 
lumbia had been given by Maryland and Virginia as the domain 
of the national capital, and the plans for the city had been drawn 
by Washington. 

In the country there were about five million three hundred 
thousand people. Their great business was still agriculture. 
Wheat, corn, small vegetables, tobacco and rice were sent abroad 
in American vessels to many ports. Cotton grew plentifully in 
the south, but had not been of value because it was full of seeds 
that had to be picked out slowly by hand. But Eli Whitney 




GINNING COTTON. 
177 



178 



A STORY OF THE WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE 



invented the cotton-gin, a machine by which one person could 
prepare a tliousand pounds a day, and after tliis much cotton was 
raised and many slaves were required on the plantations. 

At the seaboard, towns were growing in size and number. 
In them the people began to have better streets, light and water ; 

roads were 
made farther 
into the coun- 
try ; there 
were regular 
mail -routes 
and st ages 
from New 
York to Phil- 
adelphia and 
to Boston; 



NEGRO QUARTERS AND COTTON FIELD. 

the money of the country, gold 
and copper, had got into use 
and life in general was growing 
easier. 

In religion, people had 
grown larger hearted, and there 
now was room and some free- 
dom for all churches. Vessels 
from abroad came to many ports 
bringing books and foreign news, 
the affairs of the country were 
interesting, and with it all there 
was a pleasant social life in the 
cities from Boston to Charles- 
ton. At the west some rough 





A NEW ORLEANS COTTON WHARF OF TO-DAY, 



roads had been opened. Cleveland and Cincinnati were founded 
and many clearings and small settlements had been made that 
were the beginnings of western towns and cities. 



THE NINETEENTH CENTURY 



179 



As you know, the people who came here were of various 
nationahties ; German, Dutch, French, Scotch and Irish, with 
very many Enghsh. The children of these first settlers now 
made one people — the Americans. 

The Americans are sometimes spoken of as being one people 
with the English. The two nations are one people and have one 
history in this — that the English colonists in America were of 
English blood and language, that they brought over here the idea 
that they should make their own laws, should tax themselves by 
means of their own chosen representatives, and be free from the 
direction of the king in religion. But they are two separate 
nations and have two separate histories in this — that, like people, 
nations may be related, but no twi > can l)e one and the same. Each 
nation has its 



own 
place in the world, its 
own name, character, 
genius, history and 
ideal of life, absolutely 
apart from all others, 
and, in this life and 
being, England and 
America are not one 
nation and one peo- 
ple, but two. 

The men of James- 
town and of Virginia 
did not know that they 
were opening the land for the planting of a nation. The nation 
was a growth. When it was grown it appeared in its own form 
and character, and took its own name. In the Constitution we 
see its plan of life, while the things that the people have done 
and are doing every day, make up the nation's history. 

In the history of America, from the first, slavery had been 
one of the great and disturbing questions before the people. 

In the north the climate was against slave holding ; and also 
many people thought it wrong in principle ; so in New England 
and Pennsylvania^ the slave trade was stopped quite early, and at 




THE UNITED STATES MINT AT PHILADELPHIA. 



180 



A STORY OF THE WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE 



length laws were passed against it. But below, in Delaware and 
Maryland, and southward, negroes were useful, and in time the 
trade increased. Many leading men, both north and south — 
Washington, Franklin, Jefferson, and others — thought slavery an 
injury to the country, and very early there was much talk both of 
its abolition and of not allowing it to spread into new states. 
When the Constitution was framed, however, the Southern States 
were unwilling to come into the Union if Congress was to have 
power to act against slavery in the states where it then existed ; 
and as no one saw how to settle the question at that time, it was 
agreed that the whole matter should go on for another twenty years. 
As the century opened two leading ideas, power for the Fed- 
eral government and power for the people, divided the voters into 
two parties. Federalist and Eepublican. 

In the Old World, as you know, people lived in classes. In 
the Church these rose from the lowest servitor 
to the Pope. In political and social life there 
were kings, nobles, common people, and slaves. 
In a republic there could be no such distinc- 
tions of rank and power, but Washington, to 
do honor to his office and because he belonged 
to that older fashioned time, habitually bore 
himself with much ceremony. He rode in a 
coach and four. He met peojDle, not with hand- 
shakings, but with a stately bow, and was al- 
ways reserved and dignified. To 
this distinction of manner some 
of the people objected. Wash- 
ing-ton was charged with personal 
pride and even with the wish to 
rule over the country as a king, 
while bitter words passed freely 
between the political parties. 
This was because, in those days, 
the people were thinking not only 
about their freedom and their 
OLD SOUTH CHURCH, BOSTON. Hghts, but also about e^uality 




THE NINETEENTH CENTURY 



181 



among men. In America at that time men were more nearly equal 
in political rights and duties than any had ever been in the world 
before. The government itself was a part of the people, and any 
voter might be elected to any office. The party that thought most of 
these things was then called Republican — having to do with public 
affairs. They were also called 
Democratic — having to do 
with the people. (Greek, 
Demos, the people.) 

The next President, 
Thomas Jefferson, was a Ee- 
publican. With knowledge 
of all these things, he put 
aside public forms and 
walked to the Capitol to as- 
sume his office. In his inau- 
gural address he said that 
the policy of America should 
be "equal and exact justice 
to all men — peace, commerce, 
and honest friendship with 
all nations, entangling al- 
liances with none — freedom 
of religion, freedom of the 
press, and freedom of the 
person." 

So the people went on, 
with some change of form, but with very little change from the 
principles and great ideas of their beginnings. 

In the first fifteen years much happened. France had regained 
possession of the lands west of the Mississippi Eiver. These lands 
were really one with those at the east. It was important that they 
should be held and settled by one people. Envoys were sent to 
Paris, and the whole tract called Louisiana was sold by Napoleon 
to the United States for fifteen million dollars. This gave the 
land west to the Rocky Mountains, for settling new states and 
raising grain and cotton. 



IK^ 








^" 




1 




Nil L 'A y 




1 






H^^g 'i!^ \ 


1 








^ 


^^^B^HPr«^^^^\^^^^^^B 


^9l^$'^^£^%i ''^ 




1 


I^H 





ST. PAUL'S CHURCH. NEW YORK. 



182 



A STORY OF THE WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE 



Directly Robert Fulton invented a steam boat that would go. 
For nearly half a century men had been trying to do this. Now, 
by this power of steam, the great rivers would no longer be lines 
of separation, but could be used as highways for travel and 

transportation to the west ; while 
at sea the trip to Europe would 
soon be made quick and comfort- 
able. 

The people of the Barbary 
States, in the north of Afri- 
ca, now had to be taken in 
hand. They were pirates. They 
attacked and robbed the trad- 




BENJAMIN FRANKLIN. 



ing vessels of other nations. 
As the price of peace, the United 
States had paid them ''tril)- 
ute money" once a year. The 
pirates broke their agreement, 
and the United States, now 
grown stronger on the water, at- 
tacked them and compelled them 
to sign a treaty of peace. lu 
these naval battles, Decatur, 
Preble, and other officers won high renown. In Europe, as usual, 
France and England were at war. America was at peace with 
both nations, and her merchant vessels traded at all their ports. 
But England now declared the ports of France to be in blockade 




THOMAS JEFFERSON. 



THE NINETEENTH CENTURY 



183 




THE FIRST STEAMBOAT. 



by her. If any vessels tried to go in or 
come out she would capture them. 

Upon this France declared the ports 
of England to be in blockade by her. 
She would capture vessels going in or 
out of English ports. This cut the 
Americans off from trade with England 
and France, and consequently from man- 
ufacture at home. 

England also gave great offense by stop- 
ping American vessels on the seas, searching 
them for British seamen, and compelling any whom she claimed as 
such to serve on her own war ships. Nearly two thousand Amer- 
icans were thus " pressed "into British service. 

What should the United States do ? Jefferson proposed an Em- 
bargo Act and Congress passed it. American vessels were to stay 
at home, and foreign vessels were not to enter American ports. 



ROBERT FULTON, 



184 



A STORY OF THE WORLt) AND ITS PEOPLE 



This showed Europe the in- 
dependent spirit of the Ameri- 
cans. If they could not buy 
from other people they could 
and would manufacture for 
themselves. England saw what 
people she had to deal with and 
made changes in her own " or- 
ders " as to ships and trade. 

Still the embargo did not 
help America. It only ruined 
commerce and made the coun- 
try wretchedly poor. 

The nation could not live by 
itself. 

The people grew angry and 
excited. They called for war. 

Neither Jefferson nor the 
next President, James Madison, 
wished for war. They had no trained army, their navy was small, 
the people were poor, and war, with its loss and suffering, should 
have been wisely avoided. But no one seemed able to bring about 
a settlement of affairs, and war was declared. 




JAMES MADISON. 



CHAPTER II 



THE WAR OF 1812 

The Americans first tried to take Canada. In the northwest, 
by the lakes, there had been trouble with the Indians about land. 
William Henry Harrison, the governor of that region, had driven 
them away by an attack at their village of Tippecanoe. After 

that many Indians joined the Brit- 
ish. During the first year, in their 
battles on the border, the Ameri- 
cans lost Detroit and other points. 
The next year, by Perry's vic- 
tory on Lake Erie, and McDon- 
ough's victory on Lake Champlain, 
these lands were regained. 

On the sea the Americans were 
successful. The American frigate 
" Constitution "— " Old Ironsides"— 
captured the British frigate " Guer- 
riere" and brought her as a prize 
to Boston. This was "the first 
English frigate that ever struck its 
fiag to an American ship of war." 
After this several naval victories 
followed and America shared with 
England the honors of the ocean. 
In the south the Spanish, and 
the Creek Indians, combined against the Americans, but under 
General Andrew Jackson they were defeated and driven away. 

In Europe, England had met and overcome Napoleon, and 
was ready to give full attention to America. 

There were three points to attack— the Canada line, the sea- 
coast and the south. 

On the north the Americans held the Enghsh back. Several 

185 




WILLIAM HENRY HARRISON. 



186 



A STORY OF THE WOULD AND ITS PEOPLE 




PERRY'S VICTORY ON LAKE ERIE. 



battles were fought there — Fort Erie, Niagara Falls, and Lundy's 
Lane, where Winfield Scott was a leading officer. 

The coast, from Maine to Florida, the English put under block- 
ade. They made attacks here and there, they took Washington 
and burned the public buildings, and attempted to take Baltimore. 
During this attack, Francis Scott Key, who had been sent to see 
about exchange of prisoners and was detained on a British vessel, 
wrote " The Star Spangled Banner," as at daybreak he watched for 
the flag above Fort McHenry in Chesapeake Bay. 

The war looked hopeless. The people of New England suf- 
fered most of all, and a convention of their states was held at Hart- 
ford to consider Avhat they might do by themselves, if they and 
the government could not agree. This thought of the power of 
the people against the government might have made trouble at 
home, but just then both America and England decided to stop 
the war. 

Commissioners from both countries were sent to Ghent, Bel- 
gium, and on Christmas Eve a treaty of peace was arranged. 

This did not stop the war. While the news was coming a ter- 



THE WAR OF 1812 



187 



rible battle was fought at New Orleans, in which the Americans, 
under General Andrew Jackson, met and defeated the English and 
Indians. 

When the news of peace arrived the whole country rejoiced, 
with illuminations and ringing of bells. 

The treaty that was made was a poor one. In it nothing was 
said about the cause of the war. 

It arose really from the fact that England had not been will- 
ing to treat America as a nation in the world, and the war is called 
the Second War of Independence. 

After this there was no war for thirty years. America was at 
peace with all nations, and at home her people had learned the 
need of union and strength among themselves. James Monroe 
of Virginia was elected President. As Washington had done, he 
made a tour through the states, both for information as to the con- 
ditions of the country, and to hold the government and the people 
together in dignity, love and honor. 

There was much to do and as one thing after another came 




THE BRITISH ATTACK ON THE BREASTWORKS AT MEW ORLEANS. 



188 



A STORY OF THE WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE 




THE OLD GOVERNMENT BANK BUILDING, PHILADELPHIA. 




INDEPENL1ENCE HALL, PHILADELPHIA. 
(R»«r view, fr»m In4*p*n4enc* S<|u«r» ) 



THE WAR OF 1812 



189 



up, Congress had to consider what was best for the country, and 
what, under the Constitution, might rightly be done. 

The country was in debt. The war had cost about eighty 
milhons, and trade and business were out of order. That things 
might begin again. Congress had 
already given a charter and 
money for a new National Bank. 

To help settlement and busi- 
ness, roads and canals were 
needed between the east and the 
west. Should each state do this 
work for itself, or should Con- 
gress lay out the plans and help 
the states to carry them through ? 
Schools must be organized and 
supported. What part would the 
government take in education? 
What should be done about slav- 
ery, and how should be decided 
the question of the tariff — free 
trade and protection ? The people 
realized the need of a strong cen- 
tral government that could help 
in all directions, and gave great 
heed to Chief Justice Marshall and other judges of the Supreme 
Court, in their decisions as to the meanings of the Constitution 
and what, under its g-uiding spirit, the people might do. 

And here it is time for us to go back to, and keep in raind, some 
of the lessons in the earlier part of this book, for we are seeing 
how the nation grew. Here are the land, the people and the 
times. The great life is at the center ; one thing after another is 
being done in the country, the new life is coming out of the old, 
and the sense of unity and prospect of greatness are in the hearts 
and minds of the people, even while they are threatened with dis- 
cord, and while outside, the forms of their life are changing 
rapidly. 

The United States made a treaty with Great Britain in regard 




JAMES MONROE. 



190 



A STORY OF THE WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE 



to fisheries on the coast, and the northern boundary of the country. 
This hne was run as far as to Oregon, then left for ten years. The 
Spanish and Indians in East Florida gave much trouble. General 
Aiidrew Jackson pursued them and took St. Marks and Pensacola. 

The government gave these set- 
tlements back. We were not at 
war with Spain. Jackson had 
been sent to protect, not to in- 
vade. A treaty was then made 
by which the United States gave 
up Texas and paid five million 
dollars, and Spain gave up Flor- 
ida. By this, the lands of the na- 
tion ran to the Gulf. 

New states now came into 
the Union — Mississippi, Illinois, 
Alabama, Maine and Missouri — 
and from each of them new men 
were to come into Congress to 
take part in the making of the 
laws. 

With this slavery came up 
and for forty years was a great 
and disturbing question. At first, 
by an old law, when new states came into the Union they were to 
be slave or free states according to their place north or south of 
the Ohio River. But now the west was being settled. What new 
line should be drawn ? Missouri lay both north and south ; should 
she be slave or free ? The people at the north objected strongly to 
the extension of slavery. The south resisted every effort to check it. 
If there were but few slave states in the Union the free 
party in Congress would be greater than the slave-holding party. 
The south wanted to keep the question out of Congress and 
have the states settle it for themselves. The north claimed that 
Congress held new lands in charge and should decide how they 
were to be settled. For two years, in and out of Congress, argu- 
ment raged hotly. Finally, through Henry Clay of Kentucky^ the 




ANDREW JACKSON. 



THE ]yAR OF 1812 



191 



Missouri Compromise was made — that Missouri should be a slave 
state, but no land lying north of her southern boundary (36^ 30') 
should ever again be so used. Monroe was quietly re-elected. 

Now look for a moment at South America. You have read 
how the Spaniards took Mexico and the lands of the Incas. Spain 
had sent her viceroys to rule, not only over Peru, but New Granada 
and other eastern points. These officers held the people wholly 
subject to the will of the Spanish king. That Spanish will had 
been despotic and cruel, in religion, in trad e, in government and 
life. The people longed for freedom. Opportunity came. Napo- 
leon, in the time of his greatness, made his brother king of Spain. 
To a French king in Spain, the 
Spanish- American colonies owed 
no obedience. They were free. 
But five years later Napoleon 
wrote to his brother : '' You are 
no longer king of Spain. I do 
not want Spain, either to keep or 
give away." The Spanish king 
then returned to his throne ; but 
the colonies in America, ha\ang 
once been free, were bound not 
to return to slavery. One after 
another they broke loose. With 
brave hearts they fought through 
cruel wars, and established them- 
selves as the Argentine Republic, 
with Paraguay and Uruguay in 
the south, the Republic of Colom- 
bia in the north, now Venezuela, 
Colombia and Ecuador, with 
Peru by itself, and its upper part, called Bolivia, in honor of 
the great leader and hero of these wars — the Liberator, Simon 
Bolivar. 

In Europe, themonarchs of Russia, Austria, Prussia, and at 
length England and France, made Avhat they called the " Holy 
Alliance " for their mutual support. The king of Spain asked the 




HENRY CLAY. 



192 A STORY OF THE WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE 

help of the " AlUance" in organizmg his American colonies. The 
English minister proposed that America should join England in a 
protest against this, but America chose to act by herself. First, 
Congress recognized the South American colonies as " independent 
nations " and sent ministers to them. Next, the President, in a 
message to Congress, laid before the people what has since been 
known as the '' Monroe Doctrine." It was a time of danger. If 
Russia and France chose to act together, they might bring their 
ideas of monarchy to America and settle there. While all things 
should be done for peace, the President said that it was the policy 
of the United States to take no part in the wars of Europe, but 
with whatever happened in America this nation was closely con- 
nected. The methods of government here were different from 
those of European nations and " we should consider any attempt 
on their part to extend their system to any portion of this hem- 
isphere as dangerous to our peace and safety" — and as to the 
States already independent, "we could not view any interposi- 
tion for the purpose of oppressing them — in any other light than 
as the manifestation of an unfriendly disposition toward the 
United States." This showed our position to the world. We 
stood for independence and peace in America. Our policy was 
our own. We interfered with none. We must be let alone. We 
would defend our neighbors, whose policy was like our own. This 
was another statement of the great principles of our national life 
as they had been recognized and taught, by Washington and those 
who, so far, had followed him. 



CHAPTER III 



1824 



After this, the United States made a treaty with Russia by 
which the fisheries of the Pacific were open to both nations, and a 
certain fine not to be crossed by either was (h-awii between their 
settlements. 

And now we come to the 
tariff — the question of protection 
in manufacture and trade. 

During the war with Eng- 
land the Americans, cut off from 
buying goods in Europe, began 
to manufacture for themselves. 
When the war was over, fine Eng- 
lish goods were again brought 
here in quantities and sold at low- 
est prices. They were the best, 
and the people bought them. 
This left American goods unsold. 
Factories had to be closed. Should 
the Americans buy from Eng- 
land and stop making, or should 
they, in some way, shut out for- 
eign goods, protect themselves 
and improve their own manufacture of cotton, wool and iron? 
The people were divided in mind. One party wished for Free 
Trade— all goods to come here and all people to buy as they chose, 
leaving the products of the country and its manufactures, to time 
and their own growth. The other party wished for protection by 
the government. 

Protection is a tax or duty which is added to the price of 
foreign goods, so that they cost more than goods made at home. 

193 




JOHN QUINCY ADAMS. 



194 



A STORY OF THE WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE 




LAFAYETTE LAYING THE CORNER STONE OF THE BUNKER HILL MONUMENT. 

This tax is laid by Congress and the money gained in this way 
goes to the government as revenue. 

The next question was how heavy the tariff or list of duties 
should be; whether the tax should be high or low; and these 
questions are still before the public. 

John Quincy Adams was elected President. General Lafayette 
was now being entertained here. Greeted with loving welcome, 
he remained a year as the nation's guest and departed bearing 
many tokens of esteem and gratitude. 

A tariff law for protection made a great disturbance. Con- 
gress had grown to be a large body. Its members came from 
east, west, north and south. Each part of the country had its own 
life and ways of work ; the people were full of vigor, eager to carry 
forward their ideas as to what was best in business, and sharply 
opposed to those who took the other side. 

The next President was Andrew Jackson, a brave soldier, a 
strong, rough character, and a man of the people. His pai'ty took 



182Jt. 



195 



the name of Democrats. Political strife ran high, and bitter and 
offensive words were freely spoken. 

Jackson began with the idea of obeying the law and uphold 
ing the people. Those who had elected him were to be personally 
rewarded. He put men out of office and set about two thousand 
of his own party in their place. As was said, " to the victors 
belong the spoils." He refused aid to improvements, put the tariff 
as low as possible, objected to the bank, and in his second term 
interfered with it, causing Congress to pronounce his action wrong 
under the Constitution. Fearless in war and in government, he 
did what he thought best, with little advice from others. But to 
understand the politics of the country, we must look at its growth. 

In the north, many factories had been established and mate- 
rials for their supply were coming in, not only from the south, 
but from the new lands of the west. 

These western products were shipped east by way of the Erie 
Canal, which had been cut to connect Lake Erie with the Hudson. 
This had already 
made New York the 
great commercial cen- 
ter of the country. 
Railroads also were 
now coming into use. 
The cars were at first 
drawn by horses, but 
a locomotive made by 
George Stephenson, of 
England, was brought 
over here, and soon 
American locomo- 
tives were built, and the Baltimore & Ohio Railroad and some 
other lines, began to run regular trains. 

The use of railways called for iron and coal. The mines of 
Pennsylvania gave these products in abundance, and coal gas soon 
came into use for lighting streets and dwellings. 

Later, other canals were built for carrying the products of the 
farms and mines to market. The Lehigh Canal was one. This 




THE FIRST LOCOMOTIVE, JOHN BULL NOW AT THE NATIONAL 
MUSEUM, WASHINGTON, D C 



182J^ 



197 




WASHINGTON IRVING. 



was built along the Schuylkill River 
and increased the commerce of that 
rich, mineral region very much. 

The screw-propeller, to take the 
place of side- wheels, w^as also invented 
at this time by John Ericsson, an en- 
gineer and an emigrant from Sweden. 
Along these new lines of travel, 
towns sprang up. Each became a cen- 
ter of business and prosperity. Public 
schools were opened, ranging from 
primary grades to the high school. 
Newspapers became plentiful and low- 
priced, and travel for the people and 
regular exchange of goods grew possi- 
ble. By means of these things, the 
lands of the country were still the 
home of one people. Foreigners were beginning to come in num- 
bers, many going light out to the west to settle. Still this made 
no especial change, for, by this time, the United States was well 
grown and established in its own life, law and language, its spirit 
and national character, an d people who came here from Europe 

came with the idea of entering into 
that life and, so far as they understood 
the matter, of becoming one with it. 

As to books and art work, in any 
new country literary life begins slowly. 
People must get settled before there 
can be time and place for the lighter 
ways of life. To-day we have here 
books, poems, stories, long and short, 
essays and articles of every kind. 
These writings of the people fill the 
magazines and papers, and come from 
the hands of publishers all over the 
country. This work began slowly. 
Among the first were Bryant, with his 




HENRY W. LONGFELLOW. 



198 



A STORY OF THE WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE 



poems, and Washington Irving, whose Hves of Columl^us and of 
Washington, the " Sketch Book," " Tales of a Traveler " and descrip- 
tions of the ruins of the Arab-Moors in Spain are well known. 
After these came Bancroft and Prescott, historians, with 

Edgar Allan Poe, Emerson, Haw- 
thorne, Longfellow, Lowell and 
Whittier, whose poems, essays 
and stories began to appear, one 
after another. Very early in this 
period there came also a group 
of artists whose Avork is of great 
value — John Copley, Benjamin 
West, Gilbert Stuart, and Wash- 
ington Allston. This mental 




JOHN C. CALHOUN. 



progress began mostly at the east, 
where, with many people, intel- 
ligence, education and refinement 
had grown together. 

In the south things remained 
more as they had been. Over 
two million slaves were now em- 
ployed there. This left no room 
or place for free white labor, or 
for opening of new business. New 
settlers, therefore, went west. The lands they settled became free 
states, and evidently there were to be, in Congress, more men from 
the west and north, than from the south. The south began to feel 
itself separated from the rest of the country. The other sections 




DANIEL WEBSTER. 



i82J^ 



199 




seemed to be its rivals rather than its friends. John C. Calhoun 
and others talked much of states' rights. In Congress Mr. Hayne 
of South Carolina made a brilliant speech declaring that the states 
were " sovereign " ; that endi might act by itself, outside of Con- 
gress and against the govern- 
ment. Daniel "Webster of Massa- 
chusetts, in an argument noted 
for its eloquence, replied that the 
nation was sovereign, and that 
no state had the right to act, by 
itself, against the laws of Con- 
gress. The debate is famous in 
history, but it did not settle mat- 
ters. If, as some said, the people 



MARTIN VAN BUREN. 



were sovereign, then any people, 
anywhere, might refuse to obey 
the Constitution. If, as was 
claimed, the states were sover- 
eign, absolute and independent 
in power, then the United States 
was only a confederacy or league 
of states, any one of which 
might secede, or go out of the 
Union, at i:)leasure. 

To-day we understand that the United States is a nation. 
We acknowledge our unity and power and act together, under one 
law, as one body — the American people; but, in the ideas of this 
earlier time, we see the causes of trouble that, thirty years later, 




JOHN TYLER. 



182^. 



201 



broke out into war — the war of secession. In South CaroHna peo- 
ple held a convention in which they declared the tariff law to 
be null and void, and forbade the collecting of its duties in that 
State. President Jackson disliked the tariff, but he said " the laws 
of the United States must be executed." He sent United States 
troops with orders to collect the duties, and the State submitted. 

Directly after Congress made 
the tariff less. 

In Jackson's time, with Van 
Buren as Secretary of State, bet- 
ter terms were made with Eng- 
land for commerce at our ports 
and in the West Indies. Also a 
debt of five millions was secured 
from France. The debt of the 
country was now paid in full. 
Money for the government was 
constantly coming in, but the old 
bank had been given up, and no 
good banking system had yet 
been organized. Money was used 
unwisely, both by people and by 
the states, and under the next 
President, Yan Buren, a " panic " 
came, with distress for many 
throughout the country. After this, sub-treasuries were established 
where money belonging to the government was stored to be called 
for when needed. 

The next President was G-eneral Harrison, the hero of Indian 
warfare. "Tippecanoe and Tyler too" was the election motto. 
After a month's service the President died and Vice-President 
Tyler took his place. 

In 1842 the Ashburton treaty was arranged— Lord Ash- 
burton and Daniel Webster acting for England and America. The 
boundary line was run between Maine and New Brunswick,, and 
old disputes, as to the slave trade and criminals crossing from 
either country, which might have led to war, were happily settled. 




WILLIAM LLOYD GARRISON. 



502 



A iSTURV OF THE WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE 




Arkansas and Michigan 
came in as states. The country 
grew steadily, its prosperity in- 
creased and, except for slavery, 
no trouble disturbed the people. 
But by this north and south were 
divided. In the north, for ten 
years past, many people, taking 
sides against slavery, had formed 
abolition societies. In Boston, 
William Lloyd Garrison pub- 
lished the Liberator^ which 
worked for the immediate free- 
ing of the slaves. 

The Anti-Slavery Society was 
formed and many papers on the 
subject were sent through the 
mails. At the north many peo- 
ple objected to this. Some wanted 
nothing said about slavery, and others thought this the wrong way 
to deal with it. Some brought before Congress i:)etitions for relief 
of the slaves, but to this the Southerners objected. The anti-slavery 
agitation grew, and mobs riots and imprisonments followed. 
Lovejoy, an editor in Illinois, was shot; rewards were offered in 
the south for Garrison and others, and in Philadelphia the office 
of the Freeman^ where Whittier was editor, was burnt. Thus there 
was much hot feeling and disorder, both north and south. 

The land of Texas was now a point of interest. The province 
had belonged to Mexico. Americans from the southern states had 
settled there with their slaves. When Mexico got free from Spain 
she abolished slavery. Texas paid no heed, but later declared itself 
free from Mexico and independent. General Samuel Houston was 
President. The United States acknowledged Texas, and her min- 
ister was sent to Washington. The Texans soon asked to be 
admitted to the Union. The Anti-slavery party objected, but 
when James K. Polk of Tennessee was elected President, Texas 
was admitted as a slave state. 



JAMES K. POLK. 



CHAPTER IV 
THE MEXICAN WAR 



Directly a question arose as to the boundary between Texas 
and Mexico. Was it the Nueces River or the Rio Grande 'i 

Doubtless Mexico would have settled this question without 
war, if peaceful means had been rightly used, but President Polk 
sent General Zachary Taylor, with United States troops, to see 

about the matter. A small mili- 
tary force, they encamped on the 
disputed ground near the Rio 
Grande. 

Mexico claimed the territory 
as hers, and sent her own troops 
to attack Taylor. This began the 
war. Upon hearing the news 
President Polk said: " Mexico has 
invaded our territory and shed 
American blood upon American 
soil — war exists and exists by the 
act of Mexico herself." 

Many Americans objected to 
the war as needless and wrong. 
Others were excited, eager for the 
land and quite willing to fight 
for it. The war went on. The 
points of Monterey and Buena 
Vista were attacked and taken by forces under General Taylor. 

The next year the lands now called New Mexico and California 
were taken and held. 

In another year twelve thousand American troops, commanded 
by General Winfield- Scott, landed at Vera Cruz, and marched to 
the capital city, Mexico. 

At Cerro Gordo, on the way, the Mexicans, led by their Gen- 

203 




GENERAL WINFIELD SCOTT. 



204 A STORY OF THE WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE 




THE MEXICAN WAR 



205 




THE CITY OF MEXICO AND CATHEDRAL, FROM ROOF OF NATIONAL PALACL. 

eral Santa Anna, made a brave resistance, but the Americans 
overcame them. General Scott then attacked and carried succes- 
sively Jalapa, Contreras and Churubusco. In August, 1847, the 
city of Mexico fell and the war was closed. 

This was a war for land ; a war of attack and conquest. 
Mexico fought bravely for her own, but she was a little country. 
The Americans fought with greater skill and intelligence. Taylor 
and Scott returned as heroes, while other officers, among them 
Grant, Thomas and Lee, began the military careers in which they 
were afterward to be leaders. 

In 1848 a treaty of peace was made, by which the United 
States paid fifteen million dollars to Mexico and over three millions 
more to Americans for claims against Mexico, and received what 
is now New Mexico, Nevada, Arizona, Utah, California and a por- 
tion of Colorado and Wyoming. 



•m A STORY OF THE WORLD AXD ITS PEOPLE 

Some years later a further 
settlement of boundaries was 
made and the United States paid 
ten millions more for the ceded 
land. 

The land north of California 
and west of the Rocky Mountains 
w^as called Oregon. The line sep- 
arating it from Canada had never 
been settled. 

Neither countiy could make 
any very definite claim to the 
district. The Americans did claim 
it, and at the next election the 
Democrats had a cry — "Fifty- 
four forty (54^ 40') or fight" 
— meaning, that the United 
States must have the land to 
that parallel of latitude. But, 

WASHING GOLD IN THE EARLY DAYS OF CALIFORNIA, witll TCiOYQ SeUSC aud jUStlCC, a 

treaty was made running the line of division from the Lake of 
Woods to the ocean, and giving Vancouver's Island to England. 

Directly after the Mexican War it became known that gold 
was to be found in California. In spite of the difficulty of getting 
there, by wagon overland, or round Cape Horn, or by water to the 
Isthmus and again by water from its other side, men hastened 
from every part of the country to dig for gold. 




CHAPTER V 



1849 

In this way California was quickly settled and was soon ready 
for admission to the Union. All sorts of people were there, and, 
while waiting the action of Congress, the best of the "forty-niners," 
as they were called, had to organ- ^ 
ize a government of their own to 
preserve order. 

After the election of Zach- 
ary Taylor by the Whigs, Califor- 
nia, though against the wish of 
the South, was admitted as a free 
State. 

In Congress and out, slavery 
was the trouble of the time. 
Through Henry Clay a compro- 
mise was passed. California 
should be free, there should be no 
slave trade in the District of Co- 
lumbia, nothing should be said 
about it in Utah and New Mex- 
ico, and a severe Fugitive Slave 
Law should be passed. This law 
forbade the negroes all rights in 
the courts, and compelled people to assist in the return of runa- 
way slaves. Many opposed this law, and the Underground Railroad 
was established — a society to help runaways to reach Canada. 

Mrs. Harriet Beecher Stowe wrote Uncle Tom's Cabin, which 
was widely read, and anti-slavery feeling ran high. 

In Congress, Stephen A. Douglas of Illinois brought up the 
Kansas -Nebraska Bill — in two new western territories, slavery 
should be settled by the people who lived there, and not by Con- 
gress, This was called " squatter sovereignty." Though strongly 

207 




ZACHARY TAYLOR. 



208 



A STORY OF THE WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE 



objected to, the bill passed, and was signed by the President, Frank- 
lin Pierce of Kew Hampshire. 

From both sides people hastened to fill up the lands, and by 

their votes to make 
free or slave states. 
Kansas was won by 
free-state people, but 
it was claimed by 
the slavery party, 
and for several years 
" bleeding Kansas'' 
was tilled with strife. 




THE SLAVE MARKET AT ST. AUGUSTINE, FLA. 

The case of Dred Bcott, a 
slave, came before the Supreme 
Court, and the decision was given 
that slaves taken into free states 
did not become free, that they 
were property, and were to be so 
treated, and that Congress had 
not the right to control slavery 
in the new lands or territories. 

The old public leaders of Con- 
gress, Calhoun, Clay and Web- 
ster, were gone, and in their 
places were the Democrats, Jeffer- 
son DavLS of Mississippi, and 
Douglas of Illinois, and the 
Whigs, William H. Seward of 
New York, Salmon P. Chase of Ohio, Charles Sumner of Massa- 
chusetts, and Abraham Lincoln of Kentucky. 

In the next election, small parties calling themselves Ameri- 
can or Know-Nothing, Anti-Nebraska and Free Soil, united with 




rN PURSUIT OF A FUGITIVE SLAVE, 



18Jf9 



209 



the Whigs under the name Ee- 
pubhcan. 

The country felt that its ques- 
tions must be settled. In debate 
with Douglas, Lincoln said: "A 
house divided against itself can- 
not stand." Seward said that we 
must " sooner or later become 
entirely a slave holding nation, 
or entirely a free labor nation." 

Just then John Brown of 
Ossawatomie, Kansas, made an 
attempt, by himself, to free the 
slaves. He made the mistake of 
thinking that, under any leader, 
they would rise and leave their 
masters and so settle the question 
of slavery for themselves and for 
the country. He gathered a few 
followers, went to Harper's Ferry, Virginia, and seized the United 
States Arsenal there. Troops from the state and from the United 
States army were sent to arrest him. Two of his sons and some 
of his men were killed, and he was badly wounded. He was taken, 
tried, condemned and executed for having broken the laws of the 
United States. In the South, this rash act seemed a sign that 
the North was ready to use any means to overthrow slavery. In 
the North, while John Brown's raid was seen to be an outburst of 
desire for freedom, and while his tragic fate made him famous 
in song and verse, the means that he took were condemned by 
the Republican party, by Congress, and by all citizens who realized 
that the ideal of America is obedience to the laws of the nation. 




HARRIET BEECHER STOWE. 



A STORY OF THE WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE 




PAINTINO BV TMO»l»» MPV«NO«N 



FROM "0*MPPIR« *ND OATTLEFIBLO. 



LAST MOMENTS OF JOHN BROWN. 



John Brown, of Ossawatomie, spake on his dying day: 
" I will not have to shrive my soul a priest in slavery's pay, 
But let some poor slave-mother, whom 1 have striven to free, 
With her children, from the gallows stair, put up a prayer for 
me! " 



John Brown, of Ossawatomie, they led him out to die: 

And lol a poor slave-mother, with her little child, pressed nigh; 

Then the bold blue eye grew tender, and the old harsh face 

grew mild, 
As he stooped between the crowding ranks, and kissed tne 

negro's child! /• G. IVhtUter. 



PART VI 



CHAPTER I 



THE PROGRESS OF THE NATION 

While politics were in this ferment, the life of the people went 
on in prosperity and peace. In 1860, there were over thirty-one 
millions of people in the country. Railroads ran in many lines from 
the cities of the east to the Mississippi, locomotives and cars were 
constantly being improved, and surveys were being made for 
routes to the Pacific; the telegraph perfected by Samuel F. B. 
Morse, aided by Congress, was widely in use, the electric fire alarm 




'WESTWARD THE COURSE OF EMPIRE TAKES ITS WAY," 

211 



212 



A STORY OF THE WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE 





SAMUEL F. B. MORSE. 



iiid the steam fire engine had been 
worked out, the McCormick reapers 
;ind many other machines and tools 
had been invented and put into use 
( m the great farms of the west, and 
the sewing machine, invented by 
VAidiS Howe, was sold everywhere. 

A World's Fair had been held at 
New York to exhibit "the industry 
^of all nations," and stimulate inven- 
ition in the United States. 

Experiments were now being 

I made with the ocean cable, postage 

had been reduced, and the mails 

came and went quickly and in 

order. 

In Colorado and Nevada, gold and silver had been found. 
In Pennsylvania, coal oil, or petroleum, was discovered. This 
was used immediately for lighting and other pui'poses. Lum- 
ber and ship building were large industries, American ship- 
ping was greater than that of any other country, the cotton 
crop was the largest in the world, 
fisheries were plentiful, much wheat 
and corn were sent out of the coun- 
try, and a treaty having been made 
with Japan for trade, American ves- 
sels took exports to all parts of the 
world. 

All through the country, towns 
and villages managed their own local 
affairs. Religious societies had their 
churches, orthodox and liberal ; there 
were many schools, public and pri- 
vate ; reading clubs were formed and 
libraries were opened; magazines were 
taken, and foreign and American 
books were read. Pianos and other bayard tayi.,or. 




THE PROGRESS OF THE NATION 



213 





RALPH WALDO EMERSON. 

ment of the people, 
were arranged by 
speakers were 
places — ^Bayard 
travels, Goiigh and 
Phillips and Emer- 
cussions of life and 
the questions of the 
day, these and oth- 
ers were listened to 
with delight by the 
people. Through the country there 
were institutions for the insane and 
for the poor; and the question of 
charities, prison reform and help for 
drunkenness were laid before the 
people. As to the world abroad, the 
United States was at peace with all 
nations. 

At such a time it seemed impos- 
sible that war should be at hand. 



musical instruments were made and 
widely sold; materials for dress, and the 
latest conveniences for living, were car- 
ried into distant places, and in general 
people lived comfortably, with small es- 
tates and small incomes ; although, in 
tlie cities, some were beginning to make 
large fortunes, while another class 
lived badly and were miserably poor. 
For ]xiany, travel to Europe was grow- 
ing possible, and 
at home, art, litera- 
ture, music and the 
world drama had 
place in the educa- 
tion and entertain- 
Courses of lectures 
which authors and 
heard in small 
Taylor with his 
Beecher, Wendell 
son with their dis- 




HENRY WARD BEECHER. 



-|^ '%^ 




WENDELL PHILLIPS. 



PART VII 

CHAPTER I 
SECESSION 

In politics the two leading parties were the slavery party, 
declaring that the government must uphold slavery ; and the 

"Republican party, declaring for 

©protection by the tariff, and no 
slavery in the territories. The Re- 
publicans elected Abraham Lin- 
coln for President. 
* Upon this, February 4, 1861, 
; South Carolina called a conven- 
j tion and passed an ordinance de- 
! daring that " the union now ex- 
isting between South Carolina and 
1 other states, under the name of 
■'i the United States, is hereby dis- 
1 solved." 
1 In about six weeks Louisiana, 
I Alabama, Florida, Georgia, and 
Texas also declared themselves out 
; of the Union. They organized a 
_._j government as "The Confederate 
ABRAHAM LiNcoLM. g^^^gg ^f Amcrica. " 

Jefferson Davis, of Mississippi, was elected President, with 
Alexander H. Stephens, of Georgia, Vice-President. 

Congress declared that the Constitution must be upheld and 
advised that the resolution of secession be withdrawn. 

In the South many opposed the idea of separation. Alexander 
H. Stephens, of Georgia, said that no election was "sufficient 
cause for any state to separate from the Union." 

215 



216 



A STORY OF THE WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE 



Still the movement went on. Forts, arms and money in the 

South were taken by the states, and preparation was made for war. 

At the North, many were ready to let the states go. At the 

South, the leaders thought that terms for peace might soon be 

made, that if war came it would be in the 
North and soon ended — the North being 
industrial and not military in 
spirit. By these opinions the peo- 
ple of the South were led, so far as 
they took part in the matter. 

In his inaugural address Lin- 
coln said, " No state upon its own 
mere motion can lawfully get out 
of the Union. I therefore consider 
that, in view of the Constitution 




JEFFERSON DAVIS. 
(From a photograph taken in 1881.) 

and the laws, the Union is still 
unbroken." Also, he said that in 
carrying out the laws of the 
country — "there needs be no 
bloodshed or violence, and there 
shall be none unless it be forced 
upon the national authority." 

But war began. Fort Sumter, 
in Charleston, had not been taken 
by the South. Buchanan sent 
supplies there, but the vessel car- 
rying them was fired upon from 
Confederate batteries and, being unarmed, returned to the North. 

In April Lincoln again sent supplies. Hearing this, the State 




ALEXANDER H. STEPHENS. 

From picture made in 1859 



SECESSION 



217 




'WAR GOVERNORS" OF THE NORTHERN STATES. 



218 



A STORY OF THE WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE 






CHARLUTO-IJ.^^. 
^NCHESTERo"^\«CWtsTt'^ <fj 



/^ jf^MOOREFIELDj 





BAL1\M0RE< 
"^ 4"^?^ RELAY H, o 

WRNESVU? /^NNAP0L1|,JUNCT.0N 

ANNAPOLISt-fiSsiT/ //.)l*^ 
OWN 



I Ll^#|'\\%^TAgi>.A«Dsv. ^X FREDERICKSBURG' 

"^ OffiRDON^v/ SPOTSYLIWUA^UINEAS 






B.JUNCTION 



FREOERICKSHALL 
CHCSTCRr 
LMVRA 

COLUMBIA ASHLAND|\ 

'^'T.JfiS^/ 1 GOOCHLAND HANo/efuC iT 



^^^^\ NSGARDENp/^^, \ -'■'"^°'^'"«SHALL -^| ^— viv XC^. HEATHS Vo 

^^FALOSPR. t<^^t^^^^^ ^^*^^?-^''^ GOOCHLAND HANohfqC IC~\^<,~^^J. ^ \\|j O) 

, O^ 1. > ^^\_ o % 5 X WHPFC HOUSE ^ ^~i;&;; - MILL P 

-''■^ -^ MAysv°LLE SCOTTVILLC ^S^^*!^!^ ^ ^V\A^WFST POINT ^^' 

CUMBERLAND CH o ° ,,,,...-'''"'HV,/:!i;M^AN , \K. <£^S) V 

L.i.iAi.Mijuw.^11.^^^ R. ^^^,, ^^^ *»\ NEW KENT CH. \\ . ^-X^ ^ 



''^t^,„„_^ ^ 



APPOMATTOX C H. 



HESTERFIELOCH. i 

^y '-^ ^....■""""''"""•jis 

'CLOVER rir 



LYNCNHBURG '^:;f„li-lo'"»G ^va6^%A ,.,J^ -^ME-LW*' 
e__ "-"" FARMV. % ^y 

predwSrd ^tj^'^^., ^H^.'^V'""^ 'c«?^"'X 



vCAMPBELLCH. 



SUTHERLAND 



;>^..::>i^. 




MARYSVlLLEC.l 





2<f ""^IV CH. 



SCALE OF MILES 
<( /p zp 3? 



If 



SUFFOCX, 



< 



MAP SHOWING THE SEAT OF WAR FROM HARPER'S FERRY TO SUFFOLK, VA. 

ordered Major Anderson to leave the fort. He refused to go. Bat- 
teries were opened; Anderson replied, but after a day and a half, 
ammunition being gone and the fort on fire, he surrendered and 
sailed with his men for New York. 

The President said, " The laws of the United States have been, 
for some time past, and now are opposed." He called for seventy- 
five thousand soldiers. Several times that number offered. 



SECESSION 



219 



In the South men were as ready to serve. North Carohna, 
Arkansas, Tennessee and Virginia, joined the Confederacy. Eich- 
mond was its capital. The Southern army gathered at Alexan- 
dria, near Washington, and below 
at Manassas. The Union army 
was at Washington. 

1861 



In this war the object of the 
Southerners was to take Wash- 
ington, to carry the war out of the 
South into the North, and to 
prove the sovereignty of the 
states by force of arms. 

The Union army and the 
government had to keep the Con- 
federates in their own country, 
to take and hold the Mississippi 
River, to recover forts on the coast, 
to protect Washington and to 
enforce the laws of the United 
States. Lincoln put the Southern 
ports under a blockade, so the states might not ship cotton to 
Europe and receive, in return, supplies for living and for war. 

The people at the North were in haste. "On to Richmond " 
became a newspaper cry. A first engagement was at Bull Run, 
to take Manassas Gap railroad. The Union troops were defeated 
and returned in disorder to Washington. The Confederates 
suffered, still they believed that victory was already theirs. The 
North learned the need of drill, discipline and well-laid plans. 

Congress, called together by the President, voted five hundred 
thousand men and two hundred and fifty million dollars to carry 
on the war. General Scott being infirm, the command of the 
army was given to General George B. McClellan. The rest of the 
year was spent by both the Northern and Southern armies, at the 
east, in organization and drill. 

At the west. General Halleck, General Fremont, and General 




GENERAL GEORGE B. McCLELLAN. 



220 



A STORY OF THE WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE 




JOHN SLIDELL. 



England was neu- 
were open to all 
At sea the Trent 
The South had sent 
two commissioners, 
Mason and Slidell, 
to Europe on the 
English steamer 
"Trent," to secure 
help. Captain Wilkes, of the Unit 
States war vessel "San Jacinto," stopped 
the " Trent" and took the envoys. Th*^ 
" Trent" went on. The prisoners w^ere 
taken to Boston. England sharply de- 
manded their return and sent war ves- 
sels and soldiers to Canada. Congress 
approved this capture, but Lincoln re- 
turned the envoys to the British gov- 
ernment ; that being right according to 
''American principles." If England 



Lyon, who was killed, forced the South- 
ern troops to leave Missouri and held 
that state for the Union. 

In Europe, the nations were watch- 
ing this war. If, after it, there were to 
be two nations over here, England and 
the rest wished to be on terms with 

both. For this rea- 
son England 
called the Seces- 
sionists, not rebels, 
but a belligerent 
power — having 
the right to wage 
war and to be free 
if they could. 

In this way 
tral, and her ports 
American vessels, 
affair occurred. 




CAPTAIN CHARLES WILKES. 



SECESSION 



221 





chose to show enmity to the United States, that was a question 
to be settled by itself. 

To understand how this war was fought, we need first of all 
to know its geography. Outside lay the coast line with its har- 
bors a n d f o r t s. '^ 



Within the land 
was divided into 
three pai'ts — one 
east of the Allegha- 
nies, where Rich- 
mond lay, one west, 
where Louisville, 
Chattanooga and 
Mobile were im- 
portant points, and, 
beyond that, the 
great valley of the 
Mississippi River. 

In this western 
division the lower 
Mississippi ran be- 
tween Confederate 
states. The Union 
army must take 
that river, with its 
cities and forts, so 
that Union troops 
might pass up and 
down from Cairo to 
the Gulf. 

Kentucky did 

not secede, but below, on the Tennessee and on the Cumberland 
River, the Confederates had two forts— Henry and Dcmelson. 
These were taken by forces under Grant, on land, and under Com- 
modore A. H. Foote, on the river. 

In March, General Pope took New Madrid and Island No. 10. 
In April, General Albert Sidney Johnston, with a large Confederate 




LIEUTENANT-GENERAL ULYSSES S. GRANT. 



SECESSION 



223 




THE FRIGATE CUMBERLAND RAMMED RY THE MERRIMAC. 

force, made a severe attack on Grant at Pittsburg Landing, or 
Shiloh. This point was greatly needed by the Southern army and 
every effort was made to hold it. The Union army was hard 
pressed, but troops arrived under General Buell and the next day 
the Southern army was driven back. General Johnston was killed 
and twenty-four thousand men were lost to the two armies 



224 



A STORY OF THE WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE 




These battles for the river were among the hottest and hardest 
of the war. They were fought with great skill and courage, and 
are full of heroic story. 

In April, a Union fleet from the 'East, under David G. Farra- 

gut, forced a passage through the 
mouth of the Mississippi, and 
took New Orleans. 

General Butler was put in 
charge of the city, while Farragut 
went U13 the river to open it to 
the Union forces. 

Meantime, at Norfolk, the 
Southerners had made the United 
States war-vessel " Merrimac" in- 
to an iron-clad steam ram. 

Wooden war-ships, the "Cum- 
berland," "Congress" and others,, 
were lying in Hampton Roads. 
The " Merrimac" sank the "Cum- 
berland" and attacked and in- 
jured the others. No wooden ship 
could withstand such a force. 
But in the morning, a Union iron- 
clad from New York, the " Mon- 
itor," invented by Captain Ericsson, lay in the bay. The " Monitor" 
defeated the " Merrimac" completely and since then iron-clad war 
vessels have been used by all nations. 

During this time, at the east, McClellan moved slowly by way 
of Yorktown Peninsula, to attack Richmond. General Joseph 
E. Johnston quickly opposed and delayed him. The battle of 
Fair Oaks was fought, a few miles only from Richmond, but, 
though severe, with heavy losses, it gave sm.all gain to either 
side. Johnston was wounded and Robert E. Lee took command. 

In this raovement Union forces had been left, under McDow- 
ell at Fredericksburg, to guard Washington, and Banks had been 
stationed, with another division, in the Shenandoah Valley. Gen- 
eral Thomas J. Jackson, or " Stonewall," of Lee's army, had been 



JOHN ERICSSON, 
Inventor of tl:e Monitor. 



SECESSION 



225 




MAJOR-GENERAL AMBROSE E. BURNSIDE. 



sent into the Valley and had 
forced Banks back toward Wash- 
ington. McDowell also went to 
the city. These forces out of the 
way, Jackson returned to Lee, and 
a week of battles foUow^ed, ending 
at Malvern Hill. Thirty-six thou- 
sand men were lost, but Eichmond 
was not taken. 

Lee next attacked Union 
forces under Pope, at Bull Run, 
and defeated them. He then 
made a quick movement into 
Maryland and took Frederick and 
Hagerstown. McClellan moved to 
cut Lee off from Baltimore, Phil- 
adelphia and Washington, and the 
battle of Antietam was fought, where twenty-tAvo thousand fell. 
Lee was forced back across the Potomac. 

General Burnside was ]>ut in command of the Union army. 

Aiming at Richmond, he made a 
-ash attack at Fredericksburg and 
lost heavily. Command was then 
given to Joseph Hooker, " Fighting 
Joe." 

At the west, General Bragg 
made two attempts to take a large 
force into Kentucky, and to take 
and hold Tennessee. To prevent 
this, battles were fought at Perry- 
N'ille, and later at Stone River, near 
Murf reesborough. Here Rosecrans 
and Sheridan and Thomas were in 
connnand of the Union armies. 
I The contest was severe, with a 
heavy loss of life on both sides. 




MAJOR-GENERAL JOSEPH HOOKER 



Bragg retreated to 



Chatta- 



A STORY OF THE ^fORLD AND ITS PEOPLE 

nooga. These ^^attles^anged^ t^^^^^^^ 

tains, arnong ^teep JxlJ and woodland ^^^^^^^ ^^^^^^ ^^^ 

Tennessee Biver. ^, > ^^^^^^^^^^I; °^,p j^r this part of tlie country 

same commanders, the great stiuggle lor i 

was to be carried to its end. ."1 




-CMP OF THE .R«v""tHEPOTO..CAT CU..BERL.MD L.NOI~a. 

(From a war-tirr.e photograph.) 



CHAPTER II 



EMANCIPATION 

In this war the South was suffering exceedingly. It had 
almost no money. The Confederate government had only paper 
to give, and that was of smallest value. 

There was plenty of cotton, but no Avay to sell it except when 
vessels could run the blockade. Most of the men were in the 
army. The women and children and the slaves at home had need 
of the common comforts of life. 

In the North, ports were open and commerce undisturbed. 
Crops were raised, and manu- 
factures were increased, in 
some ways, by the needs of the 
war. The banks of the coun- 
try were in order. Money 
could be raised, at home, l)y 
internal revenue ; that is, by 
taxes laid upon matches, oils, 
whisky, and many other 
things in daily use, and upon 
railroad and other companies ; 
by putting a high tariff upon 
foreign goods, and also l)y 
borrowing from other nations. 
Thus the life and business of 
the country went on, under its 
laws, as usual, unshaken by 
the strife within its borders. 
Still the strain of the war was 
very great. Its cost in money 
was finally over three raillions 
a day, and its greater cost in 
death, suffering and sorrow 




GENERAL ROBERT E. LEE, C. S. A. 



227 



228 



A STORY OF THE WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE 



could not be told. It was the President's duty to close this war as 
quickly as possible. In war, so far as it can be done, all means for 
carrying on the contest are taken from an enemy. In the South 
the slaves were a great help, not only at home, but in the army, 
building roads and forts, and in all ser\ice of the camps. Lincoln 




DEATH OF STONEWALL JACKSON. 



saw that, as a war measure, this means of help must be taken 
from the Confederates. 

Negroes, who came of themselves into the army lines, were 
kept there, as " contraband of war " — of use to the Southern army. 
Otherwise the slaves were with their masters. 

The war moved slowly. At the North some people were 
impatient, some were confused in mind, and many blamed the 
President. In reply he once said : " If I could save the Union 
without freeing any slave I would do it ; and if I could save it by 
freeing all the slaves I would do it; and if I could save it 



BMA XCIPA TIOK 



229 



by freeing some and leaving 
others alone I would also do 
that." 

The war, on that side, was 
to save the Union. Lincoln 
issued a proclamation that, 
after one hundred days, all 
persons held as slaves, in states 
then in rebellion against the 
United States, should be free. 
But the new year came ; the 
states were still in rebellion, 
and as " a fit and necessary 
war measure," the President 
issued the Emancipation Proc- 
lamati( )n. Later, Miss o u r i 
and Maryland al)olished slav- 
ery, and later still, after the 
war was over. Congress rati- 
Ified the thirteenth amend- 
ment to the Constitution, l)y 
which slavery was legally done with in the United States. 

To return to the war. At the east, in April of the next year, 
Hooker crossed the Rappahannock again to attack Lee. Lee and 
Jackson met the Union forces at Chancel- lorsvilleand, 
after four days, forced Hooker to recross A^ "the river. The 
loss was great, especially to tb^ Union y^^'ffii^ army. Stone- 
wall Jackson I 
was shot, acci- 
dentally by his I 
own men, fir- 
ing, as t h e y I 
t h o u g h t , at 
Federals. This 
was a great' 
loss, as Jack- 
son was one of ' 




MAJOR-GENERAL GEORGE G. MEADE. 




:NERAL HANCOCK AND STAFF. 



EMANCIPATION 



231 




the most skillful commanders of the 
South. 

Pressed by the need to carry the 
war into the North, Lee gathered his 
army and Avent across Maryland into 
Pennsylvania. Here he took Cham- 
bersburg. His troops were near Har- 

risburg. Fresh 
troops were 
quickly called 
from the North, 
and General 
George Meade 
took command. 
The Union 
forces m e t the 
Southern army 
and, for three 



LIEUT. -GENERAL JAMES 
LONGSTREET, C. S A. 



terrible days, the 
burg was fought. 
Fifty thousand 
men were killed. 
Lee was defeated 
and retired into 
Virginia. 

At just this time, in the west, 
after a long siege and a series of bat- 
tles with Johnston and Pemberton, 
Grant, aided by Sherman, had taken 
Vicksburg. Points below were soon 
taken, and the Mississippi was held 
open to the Union forces. 

In Tennessee, the Southern army 
once more tried to gain and hold 
Chattanooga. Bragg attacked the 
Union forces under Eosecrans, at 
Chickamauga. George H. Thomas 



battle of Gettys- 




GENERAL JOHN B. HOOD, C. S, A. 



EMANCIPATION 



233 



saved the Federal troops from 
rout, and took them into Chat- 
tanooga. Here they were held 
by Bragg, until. Grant being in 
command. Hooker, Sherman 
and Thomas with their divisions 
compelled his retreat to Georgia. 
Sherman went to Knoxville to 
join Burnside; and the Confed- 
erates, then under Longstreet, 
retreated to Virginia. In this 
campaign, where men fell with 
heavy and constant loss, the 
military skill of the leaders, and 
the heroic endurance and dis- 
cipline of the soldiers, made a 
notable record for both armies. 

Grant was now made lieu- 
tenant-general of the army and 





MAJ.-GEN. JOHN M. SCHOFIELD. 



MAJ.-GEN. GEORGE H. THOMAS. 



]3ut in charge of the entire Union 
force. Two great movements 
ended the war. Grant went to 
Virginia to attack Lee. Sher- 
man was to take his forces 
across the country, from Chat- 
tanooga to the sea. 

The orders given to Sher- 
man show just what was, and 
what was not, to be done. In 
general, he was to destroy as he 
went, railroads, telegraphs, mills 
and such supplies as would help 
the South to carry on the war. 

At Atlanta, Sherman was 
opposed by Johnston, then by 
Hood, who hoped to prevent 
Sherman from going farther on 



234 



A STORY OF THE WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE 




JOR-QEi^ERAL WESLEY MERRITT. 



IQAOrER-QENERi) 



BRIQAOIER-QENERAL THOMAa A. [ 
BREVET MAJOR-GENERAL QEOROE A. CUSTER. 



his march eastward. Sherman took Atlanta, destroying its mills 
and foundries, and then continued across to the sea, leaving Scho- 
field and Thomas to meet the Southern army at the west. Hood 
took the Confederates to Tennessee. Thomas encamped at Nash- 
ville, and after careful preparation, attacked Hood^s army and 
destroyed it. 

Sherman went on and, by Christmas, reached and took Savan- 
nah, with its stores of guns and cotton. 

Meantime, in Virginia, the Southern army still held its 
ground. 

In the Wilderness, where rough wooded country made advance 
difficult, the armies met, and a terrible struggle of two weeks fol- 



EMANCIPA TION 



235 



lowed, in which the loss of life was counted by many thousands. 
It left Lee holding Petersburg, and Grant waiting near. 

General Early was now sent by Lee, with a Southern force, 
through the Shenandoah Valley , to attack Washington. He went 
near the city, but retreated, some of his men making a raid at 
Chambersburg, Pennsylvania. 

Grant then sent Phil Sheridan with his cavalry to the Valley. 




BATTLE OF THE WILDERNESS. 

Grant issuing the famous order "Forward by the Right Flank." 

After a number of engagements, he held it, and cleared it of all 
means of support. 

The end of the war was still six months away. Out on the 
coast Fort Fisher had been taken, and at Mobile, Farragut had 
taken the forts and the iron-clad ram Tennessee. 

In England, agents from the South had been allowed to 
build, arm and send out steamers to attack American trading 



EMANCIPATION 



237 



\ressels. Chief among these was the "Alabama." It did great 
damage until the United States war-ship "Kearsarge," Captain 
Winslow, met and sank her off the coast of France. 

Other iron-clad vessels were built in England, for the South, 
but our minister, Mr. Adams, showed the British government that 
this could not rightly be done. 

At the North, many now objected to the war. Men had to be 




CAPT. J. A. WINSLOW. 

CAPTAIN JOHN A. WINSLOW AND OFFICERS ON THE DECK OF THE "KEARSARGE. "— (From a Government Photog-aph.) 

drafted into the army, there was little but paper money in use, 
and having the country so long under military rule was trying to 
the people. Was the government doing the best possible ? Could 
the war for the Union be successful ? At the next election the 
Democrats talked of peace, but again the successes of the Union 
forces were encouraging, and Lincoln was re-elected. 

In his address he said : 

" With malice toward none, with charity for all ; with firm- 



EMANCIPATION 



289 



ness in the right as God gives us to see the right, let us finish the 
work we are in ; to bind up the nation's wounds ; to care for him 
who shall have borne the battle, and for his widow and orphans ; 
to do all which may achieve and cherish a just and lasting peace 
among ourselves, and with all nations." 

In the spring the war was closed. 

Grant sent Sheridan to cut the railroad, shutting Lee off from 
Staunton. He then ordered an attack along the lines at Peters- 
burg. Lee, having no re- 
sources, evacuated Rich- 
mond, and the Union 
troops entered the city, 
which had been left empty 
and burning. Grant fol- 
lowed Lee's retreat ; Sheri- 
dan and other forces cut 
off his progress southward, 
and, at Appomattox Court 
House, the woi-n-out South- 
ern army surrendered. 

Grant's terms were 
simply that Lee and his 
army should agree that 
they would no longer bear 
arms against the United States. Five days after this, the country 
received a sudden and heavy blow in the assassination of Presi- 
dent Lincoln. He was shot, in the evening, at Ford's Theater, 
Washington, and died the next day. The lawless act filled the 
land with mourning. The whole country, in its new times of peace, 
felt the loss of its wisest counsellor. 

In this war, against and for the Union, a million men lost 
their lives, while many thousands more died from wounds, sick- 
ness, or imprisonment. 

In money the cost of the war to the Government is counted 
as "ten thousand million dollars "; so heavy and so many were its 
expenses. 

The story of this war has been written in many books. It is 




FORD'S THEATER, WASHINGTON. 



A STORY OF THE WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE 241 

the saddest of wars — the battles of kinsmen. In its history you 
read how men, who were not soldiers, but citizens only, went from 
quiet ways of life, and in camp and battle, met everything that 
belongs to war. 

You read of tent life and picket duty ; of the drill of regi- 
ments and batteries ; of marches in heat and cold ; of toil upon 
camps, earthworks and railroads — to build or to destroy. You 
read of campaigns well planned and well carried out ; of the spirit 
and power of commanders to lead, to cheer and to inspire their 
forces, and to hold them steady in moments of danger, victory 
or defeat; and on every page you read of the dauntless courage of 
the soldiers in sudden attack, in wild and furious charges, or in 
slow advance; of their movements forward, wherever ordered, 
across bridges, or through fords thick with mud and under any 
fire; or upon fields where horses and men, dead and dying, falling 
all day long by thousands, showed the will and the j^ower of 
man to obey, to suffer and to die. Here are all stories of war 
by land and sea ; gallant assault and orderly surrender; the hos- 
pital and the nurses — the terrible shadow of prison cruelty — the 
days of starvation and defeat ; and, with it all, the lighter side of 
soldier life — the jokes of friend and foe, the cheering music of the 
war and its songs — the national airs, the " Bonny Blue Flag" and 
"Dixie," "John Brown's Body," or "When Johnny Comes March- 
ing Home." 

The causes of the war you have seen in the life and thoughts 
of the people. The conduct of the war, and the courage of the 
armies upon either side, stand clear above all doubt ; but we find 
that the study of history not only answers, it also asks us ques- 
tions — and the question after any war must be, whether those who, 
as leaders, decided upon war, might not, with better knowledge and 
greater wisdom, have spared the soitow, and put the wealth and 
power of a people to better use. 



PART VIII 



CHAPTER I 



TO THE END OF THE CENTURY 

In 1865 Vice-President Johnson became President. The war 
being oyer, both North and South, men went back to their homes. 
The Union army was paid and disbanded. More than a milhon 
men at once took up their hfe as peaceful citizens, by their good 

order and self-government giv- 
ing the greatest i)ossible help to 
the country. There was much 
to do. There were the States to be 
brought back into Congress, the 
slaves or freedmen to be helped, 
the war debt of between two and 
three thousand million dollars to 
be paid, disabled soldiers to be 
provided for, and the whole coun- 
try aided to get quiet and steady. 
To " re-construct" the action 
of all the States together was the 
first thing. In this Congress and 
the President did not agree. 

Johnson wished the South- 
ern Congressmen to return on 
taking the oath to support the 
Constitution, and the laws as to 
slaves. Congress wanted time. The President was harsh in 
speech. Congress was strong against him and passed laws over 
his veto. 

One was the Fourteenth Amendment, giving the negroes the 
right to vote. Other bills were for the Freedmen's Bureau^ and 




ANDREW JOHNSON. 



244 



A STORY OF THE WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE 




for military districts in the South, where United States troops were 
sent to ensure order and the carrying out of the new laws. 

Finally, the President was impeached — charged with having 
broken the laws of his office. He was tried before the Senate and 
acquitted. 

In 1868 General Grant was elected President by the Eepub- 
licans. Congress passed the Fifteenth Amendment. No citizen 
could be forbidden to vote because of " race, color, or previous con- 
dition of servitude." After this, all the Southern States were ad- 
mitted in full to Congress. Kan- 
sas, Nebraska, West Virginia and 
Nevada had also come in as new 
states. 

For years there was disorder 
in the South. Many who had 
settled there, after the war, were 
men of noble aims and high 
character; but there were also 
many who were self-seeking and 
unprincipled. There was trouble 
in business and in politics. 
Among the Southern j^eople it 
was hard for those who had 
owned slaves to have to hire them 
for service. It was hard for the 
blacks who had always been told 
what to do, to work for them- 
uLYssEs s. GRANT. sclvcs. Mauy of them stayed in 

their own old homes, devoted to their old masters ; others drifted 
away. It was a time of changes. North and South, and, for a 
long while, the country suffered from the strife and bitterness 
that filled the hearts of the people. 

Still, the life and work of the nation went forward, and its 
new days began with many good things done. There were ques- 
tions to settle with Great Britain. The United States claimed that 
England should make good damage done to the United States 
during the war by the Alabama and other armed vessels built iii 



TO THE END OF THE CENTURY 



245 




ENTERINQ QLACIER BA 
PYRAMID HARBOR. 
ALASKA CURIO DEALEF 



TCTEM POLES AT 



QRAND CANYON. 
INDIAN WOMEN. 
INDIAN BURIAL OnOUNQ 



246 



A STORY OF THU WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE 



English ports. The Enghsh claimed that Americans came to fish 
within British lines on the coast of Canada ; and asked for the 
settlement of the houndary west of and below Vancouver's 
Island. 

The Alabama claim was settled by arbitrators from Great 
Britain and the United States, Brazil, Italy and Switzerland. They 
met at Geneva, and decided that England should pay fifteen and 







t 












J 


J^B «i 












^^^^^^H 1. ■ 


^^^BB^BbP^I^^H 


1 


g£^ 




Bpii 


^^^M 


1 


ft. *^' 


M^^^^Hdr Ji^MjKT ^ ^i^rfflifl 


^m- 


■ "j^^^^^jLjiJ^mBI 


1 




wK/^K^^^m 


W' ■ ■ -'■ 


-»' ^^B 




■*--^^'-^" ■ 









PLACE OF MAXIMILIAN S EXECUTION, QUERETARO, MEXICO. 

one-half million to the United States. Other judges decided that, 
for the fisheries, America should pay England five and a half 
million ; and the Emperor of Germany settled the boundary ques- 
tion for the two countries. Neither England nor America was 
pleased, but these decisions were accepted and acted upon, and 
war was avoided. 

Before this, through the wisdom of Secretary Seward, Alaska 
had been bought from Russia for over seven million dollars. 



THE END OP THE CENTURY 



Slj" 




FLCEINQ PROM THE CITY. 




LOOKING SOUTH PROM THE RIVEP 

THE CHICAGO FIRE, 



248 A STORY OF THE WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE 

It has richly repaid the government by its seal fisheries alone. It 
is now famous as the latest found gold region — the Klondike. 

During the war, because Mexico had failed to pay her debt, 
Napoleon III., Emperor of France, had invaded that country and 
set up an empire there, with Maximilian, Arch-Duke of Austria, 
as Emperor. 

The United States protested and finally requested that the 
French troops be withdrawn. The soldiers were recalled. The 
Mexicans then set up their own government again, and Maxi- 
milian was captured and shot. Great sympathy was felt for his 
wife, Carlotta, who lost her mind through grief for his death. 

A treaty was made with Germany by which a native of one 
country might become a citizen of another. A treaty for trade 
was also made with China. 

In 1871, in Chicago, a great fire raged, and in two days' time 
one hundred thousand people lost property and home. In the 
next year, fire destroyed a part of Boston. To both of these cities 
aid was sent from all over the country, and from abroad, and both 
were rebuilt. 

Grant was re-elected. Again the country suffered from hard 
times — from spending too much money in railroads and other large 
enterprises — and there were charges of fraud and wrong use of 
money among public men, which hui't the good name of the Re- 
publicans, who were then in power. Still Congress passed an act 
promising, in four years more, to pay all bills of the United States, 
in gold. This was done as promised, and the people felt assured 
as to the real progress of the country. 



• CHAPTER II 
THE CENTENNIAL 



The United States had been a nation, free and independent, for 
one hundred years. Its birthday was celebrated by giving, at 
Philadelphia, an exposition of the world's arts and industries. 
Each state took part, foreign nations joined, and, for six months, 
this display of the world's work was visited by crowds of Americans 
and strangers. It was a time of beauty and enjoyment. The 
telephone, the electric light, the Corliss engine, and very many 
American inventions were shown, and a great deal was learned, 
by our people, through exhibits of things from foreign countries 

that had not been 
seen here before. 

This same year 
Colorado came into 
the Union as a 
state. 

The next elec- 
tion was claimed by 
both parties — by 
the Republicans for 
Rutherford B. 
Hayes of Ohio ; by 
the Democrats for 
Samuel J. Tilden of 
New York. 

There were 
charges of fraud, 
and great political 
excitement pre- 
vailed, but a " Joint 
High Commission " 

PANORAMA OF THE CENTENNIAL EXPOSITION AT PHILADELPHIA IN 1876 xtrQ c r»Virkaan frrkTri 

—MEMORIAL HALL IN DISTANCE. VV dSi l^llUOCll Xi UlU. 

249 




^50 



A STORY OF THE WORLD AND ITS P EOF Li! 



Congress and the Supreme Court, and the matter given to them 
to decide. 

They declared Mr. Hayes to be elected. The Democrats 
accepted the decision, and by this wise use of law much danger 
was avoided. 

And now we come to the last quarter of the nineteenth 

century. Mr. Hayes 
recalled the few 
soldiers remaining 
in the South, and 
the country moved 
forward on its new 
pathway. 

The next Pres- 
ident, James A. 
Garfield, of Ohio, 
was elected by the 
Republican party. 
Much was hoped 
from his guidance 
of the country, but, 
in July, he'was shot 
by a lawless man 
who had asked for 
an office under gov- 
ernment and been 
refused. The Vice- 
President, Chester 
A. Arthur, of New York, became President. At the next elec- 
tion, in 1884, Grover Cleveland, of New York, was elected by the 
Democrats. After him the Eepul)licans elected Benjamin Harri- 
son of Indiana, and he, after four years, was followed by Cleve- 
land, who was elected for a second term. After this came the 
election, by the Republicans, of William McKinley, of Ohio, whose 
term of office closes the century. 

In politics, through these years, the chief questions were the 
use of silver by the government, civil service reform, and the tariff. 




PANORAMA OF THE CENTENNIAL EXPOSITION, SHOWING MACHINERY HALL. 



THE CENTENNIAL 



^61 



As to silver, the government pays its bills and bonds in gold. 
This is its real wealth. The paper dollar stands for or represents 
it. There were also silver dollars. N(jw, at one time, silver was 
scarce and of high value ; but mines were opened, much silver 
was found and its A'alue went down. The question then arose 
whether silver could be used also 
with gold. Could the silver dol- 
lar, the gold dollar, and the paper 
dollar all be of one value to the 
people ? 

This question as to the use, 
by the government, of one metal 
or two, led to a great contest in 
the last election, when William 
J. Bryan, for silver, was the can- 
didate for the Democratic party. 

The tariff is the question of 
long standing. After the war 
the country at once began to pay 
its debt. As it grew less, in a 
few years, taxes on things used 
at home were taken off, but the 
duties on foreign goods were not j 

so easily changed, because these .utherpord b. haves. 

things concern so many different i)eople — both those who make 
and those who buy. The two great parties disagreed as to what 
should be done. One after another, new lists of taxes and new 
bills are still passed by Congress, and the question of the tariff, 
high or low, and the discussion for Free Trade or Protection, comes 
up at every election. 

The Civil Service is also a question of our day. The business 
of the government of this country requires many officials— collect- 
ors, postmasters, ministers, agents and clerks of many kinds. 
To change these when each new party comes into power, throws 
work out of order, and makes men greedy and restless. To reform 
this service it is proposed to allow faithful and capable men to 
keep their places, no matter with what party they may vote. 




252 



A STORY OF THE WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE 




THE WASHiN'~,^ON MONUMENT, 



THE CENTENNIAL 



253 



Since the time of Grant and 
Cleveland this reforai has been 
worked for, and the merit system 
is now mostly used. 

But, apart from politics, the 
life of the people goes on in many 
ways. The growth of the coun- 
try, like that of a tree, is at first 
simple. In the tree you have 
a slender trunk, a few young 
branches. You can even count 
its leav^es. But new life comes 
from the old, and, in time, the tree 
stands, w^itli bough and branch, 
twig, leaf, flower and fruit, gr(jwn- 
up and full of promise.' So in 
history, in early days there is less 
to tell, but now, in our time, the 
storv of life is endless. 




JAMES A. GARFIELD. 




CHESTER A, ARTHUR. 



The country is prosperous. 
Its population is over sixty-two 
millions, and its industries im- 
prove and increase steadily. The 
South, under free labor, now has 
many mills and foundries for 
iron, oil, flour and cotton ; early 
frnits and vegetables are raised 
for Northern markets, oranges 
are grown and much sugar. The 
new lands of the country are ex- 
plored, surveyed and examined as 
to their timber, rocks, soil and 
mines; mills and manufactories 
of all kinds are set up in new lo- 
calities, and railroads laid wher- 
ever needed. 

In this w^ork, labor troubles 



254 



A ISTORY OF THE WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE 




GROVER CLEVELAND. 



have arisen repeatedly between em- 
ployers and their workmen, as to the 
wages paid and the hours of work. 
Strikes have followed, throwing busi- 
ness out of order ; causing loss of prop- 
erty and death, until it has been nec- 
essary to call out troops to preserve 
order. As new working people are 
constantly coming by thousands into 
the country, these questions need care- 
ful study. 

In all things that concern the 
country as a whole, our national Con- 
gress gives such help and general 
oversight as may be needed. 

At the mouth of the Mississippi 
fine engineering has thus been done by James B. Eads, of St. 
Louis, in the building of "jetties," by which vessels may come up 
to New Orleans. At the Capital, the Washington monument has 
been completed, and the Congressional Library made an orna- 
ment to the city. Yellowstone Park 
is held as a national domain, and 
the National Chickamauga and Chat- 
tanooga Military Park, where some of 
the great battles of the Civil War 
were fought, was l^ought by the 
United States, with Georgia and Ten- 
nessee. 

In 1892, four hundred years after 
the coming of Columbus, the govern- 
ment and people decided to hold a 
World's Fair — the Columbian Exposi- 
tion. At Chicago, large grounds were 
given uj)on the shore of Lake Mich- 
igan, and there the "Dream City" 
was built. Each one of its great 
group of building;s was graceful in benjamin harri^on. 




THE CENTENNIAL 



255 




Wn% nil 

^- 'if , 1^ 



THE ART PALACE, NOW FIELD MUSEUM, JACKSON PARK. 



itself, and these, as a 
whole, were set to- 
gether to make a 
scene, fine in propor- 
tion and lovely to be- 
hold. 

As a work of 
peace and harmony, 
this Exposition did a 
great good, both in 
this country, and in 
the world. To it the 
nations sent exhibits 
of their l)est and 
finest work. Then 
beside this display of 

industry and art, there were exhibits of school work, American 

and European , and in the Congresses that were held, education, 

art and science were discussed by speakers from all over the 

world. 

At the Fair also, was held a Parliament of Religions, where 

men came, from 

every land, to repre- 
sent and explain their 

own religious beliefs. 

Each spoke in turn 

and was listened to 

by all the rest. In 

this way the East 

and the West were 

drawn together, new 

knowledge was 

gained, new thoughts 

awakened in men's 

minds, and in regard 

to religion, a new 

spirit of gentleness, the mipway plaisance-showing ferri§ wheei,, 




256 



A STORY OF THE WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE 









^ttm^^^ri^^pi "-^^^^^^^^^^^H^^^^i^^^Hi] 




X^9H[^B^HHnM^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^H 


z 


"^^^^HI^^^^^^^^^^^^^I 


■«t 




1- 


-% "^fi^ni^w^Hi^^^^^^^^^H 


z 




D 


^ ~ ^^HHR^^Ka^l^^^^^^^H 


o 




U- 








10 




9ilH ^^^BH^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^H 


UJ 


^^ 


%:i^^^B^^^^H 


z 


^^Hf 


" JHH^^^I^H 


z 




vl^Bl^^l^^^^^^^^^^H 


o 






5 


->, '^ 


j^H^^Qj^^^^^^^^^^H 


u 


i"it< 1 


". JnP^'~'lP(^^^^^^^^^^l 


< 

s 


I^^JH^ 


z 


'^i "* 


"~ ''hv^^HI^^I^^^^^^^^H 


< 


rl 


r 


"^ '"'h^^^^^^^^^^^^^H 


_J 
< 

I 
>- 


MP 






^s 




r ^oHf ^^^^^^^^^^^H 


UJ 


• ■ "■■■ 






z 


■ 


i 


S B^^ ^^^^^^^^^1 


I 


\ 'a, 


_^^^ ^^^^^^^H^^^H 


u 


^■jj^^^^^H^^B j^^^^^^^^^n^P^^H 


< 


^sII^^^^^^^B^^^^^^^^^^Bh^b^^I 


5 


p n^iF^^^r ^^^^Bv^l 




*" g^i,j;;^^jMg^'^P*'1^^^BHB^^B 


ii:" 




!£? 




-J 

HI 


'"iSHH^^^^^H 


CD 


^VHBfl^^H^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^H 


O 


' ' 'l^^^^^^^^^^^^^H 


z 


' v^^^^^^^^^^^l 


en 


' ^vvS^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^I 


< 


^IS^^^^^^^^l^^^^^^^^^^^H 


CO 


-jfli^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^H 


tr 


H^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^H 


lU 


, ^ . - ^^Bh^^^^^H^^^^^^^^^^^^H 


a 


s^ i^^EE^^^^^Bh^^^^^^^HI^^I 


Q. 


' J ' Svl^HH^^HH 


z> 


j^^^99i^^H 




^ '^x '..liMBHiHHI 




THE WORLirS FAIR 



257 



honor and unity arose. From all this, great good has since come 
to many people. 

As a whole, orer twenty-seven millions of people enjoyed the 
beauty of the Fair, and its pictures and descriptions gave infor- 
mation and delight to thousands more. 

The Hawaiian Islands, a beautiful group lying by themselves 
in the Pacific Ocean, have recently become part of the United 
States. When discovered by Captain Cook and Captain Van- 
couver, English explorers, they 
were ruled by native islanders. 
In the course of time, Japanese, 
Chinese, Portuguese, and other 
Europeans, and Americans, came 
to Hawaii and made the greater 
part of the population. 

In late years the rule of the 
native Queen, Liliokulani, was 
not liked. The people rose against 
her. The United States cruiser 
"Boston," Captain Wiltse, with 
guns and men to protect the life 
and property of American citi- 
zens, arrived at Honolulu, and 
our minister at that place put the 
people under American protec- 
tion. After that. Commissioners william mckinley. 
were sent to Washington to ask that Hawaii be annexed to the 
United States. President Harrison advised Congress to agree to 
this. 

The Queen then sent envoys to us, and to other nations, to ask 
help in restoring her to the throne. President Cleveland withdrew 
the treaty and sent for further report of the condition of affairs. 
There was much debate over the subject in Congress •, but, finally, 
under McKinley, the bill passed and July, 1898, Hawaii was an- 
nexed. 

And now we pass to the great event of our national life in the 
present day — to the question of Cuba and the Philippine Islands. 




PART IX 



CHAPTER I 
THE WAR WITH SPAIN 

To begin we will go back to the days of Columbus. You 
know how he opened the way, and how the Spaniards came to 
America ; how they took Hayti and Cuba ; how exploring parties 
went from there u]) in to Florida, and westward beyond the Missis- 
sippi ; how they found and 
conquered Mexico; how other 
parties of Spaniards found 
and conquered Peru and the 
lands of the Incas in South 
America; and how, when 
this century opened, Spain 
was the ruler of more 
than half of this western 
world. 

In another twenty-five 

years, as you know, the South 

American States and Mexico 

shook off the power of Spain, 

and became republics, and 

jM were recognized in their inde- 

*^'l pendence by the United 

States. But in Cuba we read 

a different story. When the 

Spaniards first came to the 

West Indies, they held the 

gentle native Indians as 

THE TOMB OF COLUMBUS IN THE CATHEDRAL AT havanaT siavcs. U nQcr bpanish trcat- 

359 







THE WAR WITH SPAIN 261 

„ ment, in fifty years these people died out. They were replaced by 
I negro slaves. 

In time, by means of her sugar and tobacco, Cuba became a 
j source .of wealth to Spain ; but, from the first, the Cuban people 
1 were unhappy under the hand of the Spanish government. As 
they grew up they became a people by themselves. They were not 
j Spaniards. All about them, other Spanish colonies that had suf- 
fered in the same way, had rebelled and set themselves free. In 
the North, the English colonies had become a free nation. America 
was free from all other old-world rulers, and the people of Cuba 
longed to be free also. 

So, in Cuban history we read how, from the beginning, the 
government of Spain has been despotic, and how, under it, the 
Cubans, for seventy -five years past, have made one effort after an- 
other to gain their freedom. 

At length things stood in this way. The Spanish king, having 
lost all but Cuba and Porto Rico, in order to preserve his " sover- 
eign authority," issued the order, that the governor of Cuba 
should have "the most ample and unbounded power" to act as he 
should think fit in his rule over the island. 

At that time the Cubans had no control of their own affairs, 
no assembly of their own people, no courts with trial by jury, no 
personal liberty in trade, no provision for schools, no freedom in 
religion. 

The money that came from the crops they raised went to the 
Spanish officers or to Spain ; it was not used to improve life in 
Cuba. At the same time, the fees and duties required by the gov- 
ernor were very heavy. 

All this roused the Cubans to hatred of Spanish rule. Still 
the people could do but little to help themselves. Sometimes 
help came to them from outside. Parties went from the United 
States and elsewhere, with men and arms to set the Culjans free ; 
but each time these efforts ended in failure. The Spanish sol- 
diers put down the revolts, and the people met with swift and 
heavy punishment. 

But as years passed the Cubans grew stronger and more 
determined, and at a time when there was trouble in Spain 



262 



A iSTORY OF THE WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE 




they gathered their forces to 
make another trial of their 
strength. 

Something must be done. 
Their leader de Cespedes said: 
" We are in danger of losing our 
property, our lives and our honor 
under further Spanish dominion." 

A form of government was 
drawn up, a Cuban legislature 
was chosen, slavery was abol- 
ished, the people collected what 
arms they could, and war began. 

A large part of Cuba is still 
wild land. High bushes and tall, 
thick grass grow in the jungle, 
while the mountains are covered 



GENERAL MAXIMO GOMEZ. 



with forests and underbrush. 
Here, the insurgents, as the rebel 
Cubans were called, made their 
camps. Below, in the towns on 
the sea-coast, were the Spanish 
soldiers. Between these armies 
there could be no regular engage- 
ments. It was "bush-fighting," 
not open war. Still the Cubans 
carried it on as they had not been 
able to do before, and after ten 
years of this useless struggle, the 
Spanish commander, de Campos, 
offered terms of peace, and, in 
1878, the treaty of El Zanjon was 
made. 

Pardon was granted, and any 
who chose might leave Cuba; 




GENERAL ANTONIO MACEO. 



THE WAR WITH SPAIN 



263 



slavery was abolished and reforms were promised. But as time 
passed, the promises of the treaty were broken, and the Cubans, 
in 1895, were driven again to revolt. 

During this time what had been done by the United States ? 
The Cubans looked to the Americans for sympathy. They had 




wtmm 

THE RED CROSS SOCIETY IN A CUBAN HOSPITAL. 



many friends in this country, Cubans and others, and at various 
times much help was given — stores and money; and even men to 
join their small forces. This help was given, however, by private 
parties, and whenever known to the government it was, if possi- 
ble, prevented by the authorities. 

The position of the government was this : Cuba belonged to 
Spain. For years the United States, having treaties with Spain, 
upheld this claim. But the government watched the trouble in 
Cuba, and at length said, plainly and publicly, that if change should 
come, the United States would not allow any other European or 



264 



A STORY OP THE WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE 




CAPTAIN-GENERAL VALERIANO WEYLER. 



disturbance, offers have been 
made to buy Cuba for a fair price. ; 
This Spain has refused. Still, 
until the present time, our gov- 
ernment has avoided war. 

After the treaty of El Zan- 
jon, being advised to leave Cuba, 
many of the insurgents went to 
other islands and the United 
States, to wait ; for they had little 
faith in Spain, or the promises of 
the treaty. Among them were 
Maximo Gomez, and Antonio and 
Jose Maceo, leaders in the Cuban 
rebellion. 

Keeping watch outside, and 
seeing, as time passed, that Spain 
was not to be depended upon. 



American power to take Cuba; 
that it would give no promise to 
European powers in regard to 
the island ; and that the United 
States would not bind itself not 
to take the island "in a just 
war with Spain," if that should 
ever be necessary. All this has 
been well understood. 

American citizens have suf- 
fered through the troubles in 
Cuba. Trade has been injured, 
vessels and property lost and the 
government has ha.d to keep 
watch to see that, so far as pos- 
sible, no wrong should be done 
by citizens of the United States. 

To put an end to so much 




CAPTAIN-GENERAL RAMON BLANCO, 



THE WAR WITH SPAIN 



265 



but was breaking the treaty, they prepared again for war. They 
sent word to the Cubans to form clubs among themselves, and be 
ready to receive whatever war stores they might be able to send 
secretly to them. These they gathered where they could. 

In April, 1895, three vessels, well loaded, were sent out from 
New York, but being discovered they were stopped on their way 
by the United States government — this being its duty. 

In the spring the Maceo brothers, with Marti and Gomez, 
returned to Cuba and war began. General Weyler was sent by 
Spain to 
take charge 
of Cuba. His 
policy was 
re-concen- 
tration — to 
burn the 
dwellings of 
the country 
people and 
drive them 



1 S'-iiHlrfTiI^ 1JHl aaatB:>...^ 



MORRO CASTLE, ENTRANCE TO THE HARBOR AT HAVANA. 



into the towns. There they could only die of starvation. Still this 
cruel policy did not end the war. The Cubans were gaining ground. 
They had burned the sugar and tobacco districts, destroyed rail- 
roads and supplies, and were showing skill and courage in their 
effort for freedom. Chief among them was Antonio Maceo, the 
daring hero, who by his bravery had inspired his people, and, by 
his swift attacks and clever retreats to the mountains, had won 
much advantage over Weyler and the Spanish soldiers. To the 
sorrow of the Cubans, in the fall, this chief was killed. 

Weyler had taken thirty thousand men into Pina del Rio to 
drive out, or starve out, the Cubans from their hiding places. 
Maceo ordered a few of his men out toward Havana, and here met 
his death. In the meantime, Gomez, With five hundred men, had 
defeated a large Spanish force in Camaguey. After this the Cuban 
government gathered there, and there Gomez waited. Weyler 
was marching and burning up food supplies. It was hard for 
him to hold his provinces, and in the fall he lost a fortification 



266 



A STORY OF THE WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE 



near Bayamo, in an attack made by General Garcia, one of the old 
Cuban leaders who had returned from the United States. This 
was a great success for the Cubans. 

Spain was displeased at Weyler's want of success and recalled 
him, sending General Blanco to take his place as governor-general 
of Cuba. 

An offer was made the Cuban people of an amnesty, and of 
autonomy — a government of their own people under that of Spain, 
but they replied, " Independence or death." Cuba had become a 




VIEW OF HAVANA AND HARBOR. 



scene of burning fields and homes, and her people were dying of 
hunger, disease and misery. Americans in Cuba were suffering 
severely. General Lee, our Consul at Havana, had done all that 
he could, and the President asked for fifty thousand dollars for 
relief of our citizens there. General Stewart L. Woodford was 
sent, as minister to Spain, with the message that the United States 
thought the war should be ended. 

Spain replied that everything possible should be done, but 
added that the war would have stopped before but for aid given 
by Americans. 

The President again advised relief, this time for all Cuban 
sufferers, and the Cuban Relief Committee, under the American 
National Red Cross Society, sent a great quantity of supplies and 
money. 

The Spanish minister at Washington accepted this relief, 



THE WAR WITH SPAIN 



267 



but the Spanish in Cuba objected, and there were riots in 
Havana. 

It was known also that Spain was preparing for war, and it 
was thought best to send the North Atlantic Squadron to Florida, 
and to send the battle-ship Maine to Havana harbor, though on a 
peaceful visit. 

What happened we all know. One night near the hour of ten 
when Captain Sigsbee and Lieutenant Commander Wainwright 
were in their quarters and all on board, both ofQcers and men, 
were quietly at their various posts, the silence was suddenly 
broken by a terrific explosion ; the great battle-ship was lifted into 
the air and fell a shattered wreck. Two hundred and fifty -three 
of the crew of the Maine sank with her. The news flew over the 
country. The people were excited and shocked. Was it an acci- 
dent or was it the work of Spain ? The government ordered a 




THE WRECK OF THE MAINE- 



THE WAR WITH SPAIN 



269 




REAR-ADMIRAL WILLIAM T. SAMPSON. 



Court of Inquiry. Its report, after 
long examination, was that the Maine 
had been blown up from the outside. 
The President sent this report to 
Spain. Spanish divers then made a 
hasty investigation, after which Spain 
declared the explosion to have been 
from within the ship and asked to 
have the matter settled by arbitra- 
tion. 

The American people held that 
whether the Maine was destroyed by 
the Spanish government, or by Span- 
iards acting by themselves at Havana, 
the loss of the battle-ship and her men 
was a consequence of Spain's weak 
and cruel government in Cuba. The Americans had a right to 
Spain's protection in her waters. If Spain could neither protect 
her friends, nor conquer and control her subjects in Cuba, the 
time had come when the Americans must protect themselves. To 
this all agreed. The only question was, must there be war ? A 
large party in the United States had already decided that there 

must be war, and were eager to bring 
the government to declare it. Others 
thought that a country so powerful 
and so intelligent as the United States 
should be able to settle the trouble 
with Spain by council and arbitra- 
tion, and that war should not be 
brought upon the country. The two 
parties made protests and appeals to 
the government for war and against 
it. The President acted slowly, mak- 
ing efforts to avoid the war. He 
asked Spain to grant an amnesty — 
that is, to stop fighting in Cuba until 
REAR-ADMIRAL w. s. SCHLEY. Octobcr, SO that the United States 




370 



A STORY OF THE WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE 



might take measures for peace ; and also offered to aid the Cubans 
with food suppUes, if Spain would begin at once to return them to 
their homes. 

Spain took her time, put off our request for peace in Cuba, 
accepted the aid offered by this country and proposed to arbitrate 

the Maine matter. Spain also 
proposed to send money to relieve 
Cuban distress ; but the truth was 
that her own soldiers there were 
suffering for food, and the only 
right way was for the war to stop 
at once — until October. 

Some of the nations in Eu- 
rope wished to settle the trouble 
1 )t^tween Spain and America. Six 
of the great powers called upon 
the President to propose this. But 
McKinley declined. It was best 
for America to settle her own 
affairs. 

In Congress and out a large 
party were constantly pressing 
for war. Spain made no just or 
satisfactory replies. Any attempt 
to settle the questions of Cuba 
and the Maine peacefully would be slow, and as many thought, 
impossible ; and the President finally gave the matter to Congress 
to decide. 

In his message he said : "In the name of humanity — and 
American interest — the war in Cuba must stop." He also asked 
Congress to grant the President authority "to use the military 
and naval forces of the United States as may be necessary for 
these purposes ; " that is, to end the war and establish the Cuban 
government. 

At the close of this message McKinley announced that Spain 
had just granted the amnesty asked for. But the war party 
decided that this concession had come too late. Congress de- 




MAJOR-GENERAL NELSON A. MILES. 



THE WAR WITH SPAIN 



271 



Glared that the people of Cuba " are and of right ought to be free 
and independent ; " that it was the duty of the United States to 
demand that Spain withdraw her forces from Cuba, and that the 
President was empowered to enforce this ; and that the govern- 
ment, did not intend to take Cuba, but to leave the government 
and control of the island to its people. These resolutions were sent 
to Spain. She was given four days for reply, but she chose to de- 
clare war immediately. 

The next day Congress declared that war had existed since 
April 21st, when Spain received and acted upon the resolutions. 

The United States was not ready for war. The Spaniards, in 
Cuba, had a 
well trained 
army, much 
larger and 
with more 
guns than 
ours; it was at 
home upon its 
own ground, 
and had many 
well fortified 
towns and 
cities for pro- 
t e c t i o n. To 




UNITED STATES CRUISER OLYMPIA. 



attack them a large army must be raised, made ready and trans- 
ported to Cuba. Many of the people thought that the government 
should move slowly ; that the army should be well organized before 
leaving ; that the men should have proper outfits, and should not be 
sent to Cuba in the hot season. But the war party was in haste. 
Spain was making rapid preparations, and the government issued 
orders at once. The first order was to blockade the Cuban coast. 
The work was given to the North Atlantic Squadron under the 
command of Captain William T. Sampson. At Hampton Roads 
was stationed the Flying Squadron, under Commodore Schley. 
The Northern Patrol Squadron was formed, to guard the harbors 
and coast at the north. For this boats of every kind were bought 



272 A STORY OF THE WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE 

and made into dispatch boats and cruisers, and men to serve in 
them were recruited as quickly as possible. 

The battle-ship Oregon was ordered home from San Francisco, 
and Commander Dewey, with a fleet at Hong Kong, China, had 
been ordered to be ready if recalled. 

On the land, regiments of cavalry, infantry and batteries were 
ordered to camp at Chickamauga, Mobile and Tampa. Major- 
Greneral Nelson A. Miles was in command. 

And now, with so much begun at home, we go to the other 
side of the world for the openmg of the war. On the map you 
know where to find the Philippine Islands — an archipelago of about 
six hundred islands lying east of the China Sea. 

Nearly four hundred years ago, Magellan, the explorer, dis- 
covered these beautiful and fertile islands, and took possession of 
them for the King of Spain. From that time until now Spain has 
held them as a colony. The natives of the islands were Malays, of 
the Mongoloid race. Other people have lived in the islands, 
Chinese, Japanese, East Indians, Europeans and Americans, but 
the Philippines as a whole have been under Spanish rule, and the 
Filipinos have been a native people subject to Spanish rulers. 
And here, as in Cuba, Spain has governed with a heavy hand. 
She has oppressed the people, set her officers over them in educa- 
tion, in religion, in trade and in government ; and here, also, from 
time to time, the natives have rebelled and sought for freedom. 

The greatest of these efforts began in 1896. Fifty thousand 
natives formed a league, and, for a year and a half, withstood the 
Spanish troops with some success. 

The Spanish leaders then made offers of peace. They promised 
that, in religion, in the courts, in property, business and taxes, the 
rights of the natives should be regarded by the Spanish priests and 
officers, and asked that, in return, the leaders of the rebellion, Emilio 
Aguinaldo and others, should leave the country for three years. 
This treaty was made, but, as in Cuba, it was made only to be broken 
by the Spanish authorities, and the rebellion soon began again. 

And now we come to our own part of the story. At Hong 
Kong lay the United States cruisers Olympia, Baltimore, Raleigh 
and Boston, the gunboats Concord and Petrel, and the dispatch 



h n 



THE WAR WITH SPAIN 



273 




THE BATTLE OF MANILA BAY. 



boat McCullough 



A Spanish 
fleet lay at Manila, the capital 
city of the Philippines. Orders 
were sent from Washington to 
Dewey to attack this Spanish fleet 
and " capture or destroy it." 

The fleet set sail at once. The 
harbor of Manila was reached, 
the lights of the war ships were 
put out, and swiftly, and as 
silently as possible, the vessels 
sailed up into Manila Bay. The 
Spanish vessels were not there. 
The fleet sailed on past the light- 
house of Corregidor Island. Here 



ADMIRAL GEORGE DEWEY. 



< 


o 

7" 


^ 


O 


>m-< 


Z 

3 


Z 


O 

a: 


< 


3 


s 


(/J 

z: 




a 




to 

I 



w 


■*-• 


C 


»— 1 


o 


S 






c 


o 


nj 


fj 






a 




nj 


l^ 


u o 



a 2 

o 



O £ 



CQm2^SuHHuXa,QiOE-2 

--^rviro'a'uSvor^cdo^O^rJfO'S'irivdt^cdajOj- 



'o 


>• 




j: 




<TJ 


o 






n 


> 


c 


js 


c 


u 


U ^3 O 



fo m n> m — 
U D. U W CU 



276 



A STORY OF THE WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE 



it was discovered. A shot from shore flew over the fleet. This 
was returned, and the vessels passed on safely. In the morning 
the Spanish fleet was found at Cavite. To avoid shelling the city, 
Dewey still sailed on. The Olympia led the way. The Spanish 
batteries on shore opened fire on the fleet, but the aim was bad, and 
the American ships passed unhurt. 

At length, having reached his point of attack, steaming near 
the Spanish vessels, Dewey, from the bridge of the Olympia, gave 
the order, and ship after ship followed, firing with deadly aim. The 
United States vessels passed on by the Spanish fleet, then coming 
back along the opposite shore, they turned and again went down 

the Spanish line, repeating their course 
and their attack. 

The Spanish commander, Admiral 
Montojo, standing on the bridge of his flag- 
ship, the Eeina Cristina, made a direct ad- 
vance toward the Olympia, but the bridge 
was struck; and as his vessel put back, it 
was set on fire by shells exploding from 
within. 

After two hours Dewey gave the order 
for rest and breakfast. Then he learned 
that no ship of his fleet had been dam- 
aged and no men killed. But the Spaniards 
had suffered severely. 

The battle was renewed. Admiral 
Montojo had taken another vessel for his 
flag-ship. The United States war ships 
opened fire heavily ; the Reina Cristina 
was torn to burning fragments and sank ; 
and at the end of an hour the entire Span- 
ish fieet was destroyed and hundreds of 
its men were lost. The American loss was 
eight men wounded. Dewey telegraphed 
the news to the United States government, 
and a few days later sent a second dis- 
patch : "I have taken possession of naval 




AMELIO AGUINALDO. 



THE WAR WITH SPATN 



277 



station at Cavite ; I control the bay completely, and can take the 
city at any time. I am assisting in protecting Spanish sick and 
wounded ; will protect foreign residents." In reply Dewey received 
a telegram from Secretary Long announcing the thanks of the 
President for his "splendid achievement and overwhelming vic- 




MAJOR-GENERAL E. S. OTIS AND STAFF 



tory," and promotion to the office of Acting Admiral. Congress 
then voted ten thousand dollars for a sword to Dewey, and medals 
for his command. 

The next step was to take and hold the city of Manila. For 
this a land force was needed, and troops were sent by way of San 
Francisco, under Brigadier-Generals Otis, Anderson and Green, 
and Major-General Wesley Merritt, who was to be Military 
Governor of the Philippines. 



278 



A STORY OF THE WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE 




While waiting for these forces to reach him, Dewey sent his 
dispatch boat to China to bring Aguinaklo, the Filipino chief, to 
Manila. This was not an official act ordered by the government 
of the United States or by the army. It was an agreement with 
Aguinaldo, made by Dewey, before he left China. 

Spain had broken the treaty made 
with the Filipinos. Because of this they 
were free to return, and, as before, to take 
up arms against the Spaniards for their 
rights. 

Aguinaldo announced himself to his 
people as Military Dictator, with an Ad- 
visory Council, until after the islands 
should be won from Spain, when, as he de- 
clared, a republican foi-m of government, 
with its legislature and laws, should be 
BRiG.-GENERAL THOMAS M.ANDERSON. established by tlie Filipinos. He made 
proclamations and gave orders for the guidance of his people, 
urging them to refrain from " acts of violence against persons and 
property," and to prove themselves worthy of the support of the 
United States, and capable of the self-government for which they 
were fighting. Aguinaldo raised an army of three thousand 
natives. Dewey gave them arms and 
ammunition. They took Cavite and made 
it the Filipino headquarters ; a*nd, before 
the arrival of the United States troops, 
they captured other towns in Luzon, with 
Spanish prisoners and supplies of arms. 
Under the orders of Admiral Dewey, the 
city of Manila was not to be attacked by 
them. 

General Merritt arrived v^th his 
troops and took chief command. His plan was to have his 
forces and those of Dewey act together, and to take Manila at 
once. 

Notice was sent to General Jandenes, the Spanish commander, 
to prepare. The attack was made, by both land and sea at once, 




BRIG.-GENERAL GREENE. 



THE WAR WITH SPAIN 



279 



the city was taken, and the Phihppines were surrendered to the 
United States. 

In this Aguinaldo and the Filipinos had no official part. The 
American army had chief authority in the islands, and waited 
orders from the United States as 
to Avhat should be done next. 
Immediately the news came that 
the war with Spain was over, and 
that the protocol, or first agree- 
ment for i^eace, had been signed, 
both by Spain and the United 
States. To see how this had been 
brought about, we must go back 
to America and to the month of 
May. 

The movements of the war 
for the freedom of Cuba had been 
made by land and sea. 

At sea, beside the fleet at 
Manila, Spain had, among other 
vessels, a squadron which, at first, 
lay at the Cape Verde Islands, 
off the coast of Africa. Its ves- 
sels were the armored cruisers Cristobal Colon, Almirante, 
Oquendo, Infanta Maria Teresa and Yizcaya, and the three tor- 
pedo boats, Furor, Terror and Pluton. Would this fleet sail to some 
Cuban port ; or would it attack some seaport of the United States ? 

Close watch was kept along the entire coast. The larger ves- 
sels of Sampson's fleet were ordered back to Key West to coal and 
prepare for duty, while the smaller vessels were still left to hold 
the Cuban blockade. Some of this "mosquito fleet " did important 
duty. Several vessels went to Cienf uegos for the dangerous work 
of cutting Spanish cables and destroying a lighthouse. In this 
eight men were wounded. 

On the same day Ensign Bagley and four men were killed by 
shots from Spanish forts as they explored the Bay of Cardenas on 
the northern side. This was the first loss of fife in the war. 




MAJOR-GENERAL WESLEY MERRITT. 



280 



A STORY OF THE WORLD AXD ITS PEOPLE 



Meantime Sampson's fleet had sailed to the harbor of San 
Juan, the chief town of Porto Rico. An attack was made to test 
the strength of the Spanish forts and guns. The American fire 
was effective ; the Spanish aim was poor, and with shght loss the 
Americans did much dan^age. Word now came that the Spanish 
fleet was nearing Cuba. Sampson's fleet was ordered to Key West, 

as was also the Flying Squadron 
under Schley. From there Schley 
first took his fleet to Cienfuegos, but 
the repoi-t came that the Spanish 
vessels were at Santiago de Cuba, 
and Sampson at once sent orders for 
Schley to hasten there to blockade the 
harbor. 

Schley sailed with his fleet to 
Santiago and directly took the Mas- 
sachusetts, the Iowa and New Orleans 
into the harbor to see where the Span- 
ish vessels were. The battle-ships 
flred at the Cristobal Colon, which 
sailed l)eyond range up the bay. The 
Spanish forts replied. Schley made 
his observations, then withdrew, and sent his report to Washington. 
The next day Sami:»son arrived at Santiago and took command. 

In order that the Cubans might help the United States army, 
the government needed to get arms to them. This was difficult. 
The Si3aniards were watchful, and it was found that the news- 
papers must be checked in talking too freely of the government 
plans. At length stores were landed — a good supply of horses 
and mules, rifles and ammunition for Garcia's army. 

While the troops were coming, the question was, what to do 
with the Spanish fleet that lay in the deep harbor of Santiago. 
Would Admiral Cervera come out to fight the American ves- 
sels ? To enter the harbor was imi:>ossible because of the mines at 
its mouth. A single explosion might lay one of the United States 
vessels a wreck across the narrow passage and cripple the move- 
ment of the war. 



- 




j 


^#*^ii^ 1 


. 


iH^k|^M^ 


M 


^^ri' '■■'■ 


jiSL 


Hkp;^^" 







MAJOR-GENERAL W, R. SHAFTER, 



THE WAR WITH SPAIN 



281 




Lieutenant Hobson proposed that a collier should be sunk 
there, on purpose to stop the way, and asked to be sent, with 
other volunteers, to do the work. The men 
of the fleet were eager to join, but oi 
seven were chosen. 

And here the story is well known. ^ 
Toward daybreak Hobson and his men 
passed through the channel. As they 
came inside they were discovered, 
still, under heavy fire from the Span- 
iards, they sank the Merrimac. The 
party escaj^ed unhurt, but at daylight, 
after hours in the water, when the 
Spanish officers came to inspect the 
wreck, Hobson was obliged to surrender 
to them. 

Admiral Cervera ordered the party to 
be taken as prisoners to Morro Castle, but ^^-jor-general joseph wheeler. 

he kindly sent his Chief-of -Staff to Sampson to say that the men 

were safe, that they would be well treated, 
and might be exchanged for Spanish pris- 
oners. Some weeks later this was done. 
Meantime Schley had received 
from the Cubans a map showing 
where the Spanish ships lay; and 
Lieutenant Blue was sent to explore 
the country round about — a danger- 
ous mission well performed. 

The fleet made a second bom- 
bardment of the forts at Santiago 
harbor. The Spanish soon ceased 
firing and, as before, through lack of 
skill on the part of their gunners, the 
Americans escaped unhurt. An attack was 
also made by a part of the fleet at Guan- 
tanomo. The forts there were silenced by guns from the ships ; 
six hundred marines were landed, under Lieutenant-Colonel Hunt- 




COL. THEODORE ROOSEVELT. 



282 



A STORY OF THE WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE 



ington ; a band of Cubans joined them, and after a severe fight the 
Spanish were driven from the place. Their forts and earthworks 
in the bay were destroyed by shells, the United States flag was 
raised, and the place was held by the Americans. 

In the meantime land forces were coming to Santiago. It had 
been decided, at Washington, to send troops at once to attack 




UNITED STATES INFANTRY MARCHING TO THE FRONT. 



Santiago while Sampson held the Spanish fleet shut up in the 
harbor, and was ready outside to assist the army by shelling the 
town, if that should be necessary. 

In preparation for this war the regular army had been filled 
up. The President had also called for volunteers to serve for two 
years, and the government had at command a force of over two 
hundred and seventy-eight thousand men. 

The troops were ordered first to Tampa. From there they 
went by transports to Cuba. There was delay in starting, and for 



THE WAR WITH SPAIN 



283 



a week, horses, mules and men were packed in close quarters and 
suffered severely from the heat. Major-General Shaffer was in 
command. Upon reaching Cuba he and Admiral Sampson met 
General Castello of the Cuban army and made the plan of attack. 

Outside of the city of Santiago lay three small fortified towns 
— ^Aquadores to the south, San Juan to the east, and El Caney 
northeast. These must be taken. After that Santiago might be 
surrendered. If not it could be taken by the American army. 

In this movement the Cubans were to act as scouts and guides ; 
they were to prevent other Spanish troops 
from reaching Santiago and were to join 
the American forces in attack. 

The fleet bombarded the shore, and 
under cover of the guns the troops were 
landed at Daiquiri and other points. The 
country was a series of hills, with valleys 
between, filled by dense growths of tall, 
coarse grass, underbrush, prickly cactus 
and the strange Spanish bayonet. The 
roads leading from the shore were little 
more than rough and narrow trails, full 
of gullies that washed into mud at each fall of tropical rain. 
Mules and horses were mostly left behind, as were the supplies 
for camp and hospital, and the siege guns. 

General Lawton's brigade landed and went toward Sevilla and 
El Caney. 

The next day General Wheeler's command went by two lines, 
to Las Guasimas, on the road to Santiago. General Young, with 
three guns and troops from the First and Tenth cavalry, colored 
regulars, took the lower road, through the valley. Colonel Wood, 
with the First Volunteer Cavalry, known as the Eough Riders, 
went by an upper way along the hills. 

Towards Las Guasimas, the Spaniards lay in the woods and 
behind the ridges. They had the advantage of smokeless powder 
and their sharpshooters were placed under cover and behind 
trees, with barbed wires running through the brush, while the 
American troopers were plainly to be seen in the open way. 




MAJOR-GENERAL HENRY W. LAWTON. 



284 



A STORY OF THE WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE 



The heat was intense. The men flung away almost every- 
thing but their rifles and cartridges, and many fell by the way 
exhausted. 

Young's forces saw the Spaniards and waited until the Rough 
Riders, who came by a longer way, should be opposite to them. 
Wheeler arrived and the attack was made by both wings at once. 
The troops from below climbed the hill, forced the Spaniards 
back, and made their way through the woods toward a block- 
house on the ridge in front. 

On the path above, the Rough Riders moved along, firing 
steadily. Captain Capron and others of their advance fell at once 

and they had many wounded. In the 
jungle they suffered severely; still, 
cool and brave, they went forward, 
keeping under command. 

Colonel Roosevelt led the way oiit 
of the woods and ordered a rush to- 
ward the ridge. The men made one 
charge, then another, and reached 
and captured the blockhouse. 

On the other side the troops came 
up in the same way. By short and 
fierce charges they had cleared the 
hill up to the blockhouse. The Span- 
iards fled toward Santiago and the 
first point was gained. 

In this fight and after it, the men 
met, in full, the hardships and suffering that made the Cuban 
campaign one of utmost difficulty. 

Exposed to distressing heat and rain, the soldiers had no hos- 
pital near, and few surgeons for the wounded; their food was 
both scanty and unsuitable, and they suffered for lack of common 
military shelter and supplies ; yet under it all, the men, even when 
wounded and dying, displayed heroic patience and courage. 

To some of the troops Las Guasimas was a first experience. 
The Rough Riders were among the volunteers for this war. They 
were men from all ranks of life, recruited by Theodore Roosevelt, 




CAPT. ROBLEY D. EVVNS. 



THE WAR WITH SPAIN 



285 



who resigned his position as Assistant Secretary of the Navy, to 
go, under Colonel Wood, as Lieutenant-Colonel of the regiment. 

The army moved to Cevilla, which the Spaniards had left. 
Scouts were sent out, and again Blue made a circuit about Santi- 
ago. In a few days, new troops and some field guns having 
arrived, Lawton's forces were ordered to attack El Caney. 

In this campaign General Shatter was not in the field, but, 
owing to illness, was in camp on 
a hill between the army and the ' 
shore. In his opinion. El Caney | 
could be taken easily. After that, ^j^ ^^ 

the troops engaged were to go to 
San Jaan, where, meantime, the % 
other forces were to be held wait- , 
ing. 

But El Caney was a strong 
fort. The Spaniards were under 
cover there and had their trenches 
outside. The Americans were in 
the open hilly country and their 
cavalry were still fighting with- 
out horses. 

In the early morning the 
battle was begun. It was a day 
of terrible fighting. The Span-;, 
iards made most determined re- 
sistance. The Americans, led by Shaffee, Miles and Ludlow, slowly 
advanced. Their loss was heavy. The ground was covered with 
barbed wires, and Spanish sharpshooters were behind the trees ; 
still by three o'clock Lawton decided to charge the heights. 

At the moment the order came from Shatter to give up El 
Caney and go to the help of troops at San Juan ; but Lawton put 
the order aside and went on. The charge was made, and, in spite 
of stubborn resistance. El Caney was taken. From this Lawton 's 
men marched to San Juan, reaching the heights about midnight. 

In the morning of this same day troops had been stationed 
below San Juan to wait for orders to advance, and to act as a 




ADMIRAL PASCUAL DE CERVERA. 



THE WAR WITH SPAIN 287 

reserve, in case of need. From their position it was found that 
they were exposed to the Spanish fire, both from the trenches and 
from behind the trees. 

The officers saw that, though without orders, the men must 
move. 

On the right, through an awful fire, General Hawkins led his 
brigade up the steep hill, with its trenches and entanglements of 
wire. The first ridge was taken and the troops pressed on to help 
take the Spanish stronghold at the top. In this bold attack and 
capture the Sixth and Sixteenth regulars lost heavily. 

On the other side, the troops under Generals Wheeler and 
Kent waded the river, and in drenching rain crossed " the open 
space in full "vi-ew of the enemy — officers and men falling at every 
step." Colonel Roosevelt led his men forward. They charged over 
one hill to the crest of another, and, in spite of the bravest efforts 
of the Spaniards to repulse them, gained the works at the top. 

As the forces reached the crest of the hill, the whole Spanish 
force was in retreat down the western side. 

The Americans, exhausted as they were, spent the night in 
throwing up earthworks and in burying some of the dead. The 
fight was renewed by the Spaniards at dawn, but the Americans 
were able to resist them and to hold the place. 

Shaffer now asked for the surrender of Santiago. He granted 
a truce of twenty-four hours for women and children to leave the 
city, in case of refusal. The surrender was refused, and thousands 
of old men, women and children came, hungry and shelterless, 
crowding into the American lines. 

At the request of the Spanish commander Shaffer extended 
the truce for a week. 

Meantime great work had been done at sea — for on this same 
third of July, the Spanish fleet, obeying Spanish orders, suddenly 
sailed out of the harbor of Santiago. 

Admiral Sampson was seven miles away on business with 
General Shaffer, but his plan, in case of attack, was well known. 
The United States ships were cleared for action, and quickly clos- 
ing in, as Commodore Schley signaled, the firing began. 

The flagship, Maria Teresa, led the Spanish fleet out of the 



288 A STORY OF THE WORLD AXD ITS PEOPLE 

harbor ; the Vizcaya followed ; the Cristobal Colon came next, 
flying swiftly out to sea ; the Almirante Oquehdo, the last of the 
great cruisers, was the next in line, and the two torpedo boats, 
Furor and Pluton, followed, last of all. 

As the vessels left the harbor they met a fearful fire from the 
Iowa, Captain Evans ; the Texas, Captain Phillip ; the Indiana, 
Captain Taylor; the Oregon, Captain Clark; and the Brooklyn, 
Commodore Schley and Captain Cook, and some other gunboats. 
The American fire told at once. The Maria Teresa was soon in 
flames, and many of her men were killed. In a short time her 
flag was hauled down and she turned to run ashore. 

The Vizcaya went fifteen miles or more down the coast ; then, 
"on fire fore and aft," her flag came down, and she too went 
ashore. The Colon made a race along the coast, pursued by the 
Brooklyn, Oregon and Texas, until Schley gave orders for the 
Oregon to fire, after which the Colon surrendered. Admiral 
Sampson arrived directly after this. The Colon was "pushed by 
the New York bodily up on the beach," but sank soon after. In 
the harbor, the Spanish torpedo boats, already injured, were finished 
by the Gloucester, Lieutenant-Commander Wainwright ; and the 
Spanish fleet was gone. 

On the American side, one man was killed and two wounded, 
and no vessel had been hurt seriously. For Spain the loss was 
nearly five hundred killed and wounded, with about sixteen hun- 
dred taken prisoners, including Admiral Cervera and Captain 
Eulate of the Vizcaya. The work of rescue was quickly begun by 
all the fleet, and everything possible was done for the relief of the 
wounded. 

In this battle the Spanish officers knew beforehand that they 
could hardly hope to escape. The Spanish gunners had not the 
skill and training of the Americans. They had to meet the sor- 
row of defeat, but, as Captain Evans has said : "It should never 
be forgotten that the Spaniards fought their ships as hard and 
with as much valor as any men in any ships ever fought." 

And now we return to Santiago. While Shaffer waited for 
Toral's answer, new troops had come to increase his force, and the 
Commander-in-Chief, General Nelson A. Miles, had also joined 



THE WAR WITH SPAIN 



289 



him. All these days the Americans lay before Santiago, building 
trenches and holding themselves ready, in spite of heat and lack 
of food, to storm the city, if need should be. To prevent the 
slaughter that would follow such an attack, the United States 
made the offer that, if Toral would make entire surrender of the 
city and its forces, all of his command should be sent at once to 
Spain at the expense of this government. Upon this Toral sur- 




LANDING STAGE FOR SMALL BOATS, SAN JUAN, PORTO RICO. 

rendered. The hews went quickly to the American soldiers. The 
terms of surrender were arranged; the Spanish army left the 
city for camps outside; the United States flag was raised in 
Santiago, Colonel Wood was appointed Military Governor, and the 
fighting for Cuba was over. 

The harbor was quickly cleared of mines, and the Eed Cross 
Relief boat came in with its long needed supplies. After this war, 
over four thousand men lay sick with malarial fever, wounds and 
exhaustion. Still no move was made to send the soldiers home 
and, in their behalf, Colonel Roosevelt wrote to General Shatter 
saying that, to avoid death by thousands, the men should be sent 



290 A STORY OF THE WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE 

to the North at once, there being no more work for the army 
to do. 

This letter was followed by a " Round Robin," signed by 
General Kent, by Wood, and all the officers, to the effect that the 
army "must be moved at once or perish " from tropical heat and 
yellow fever. 

By this irregular raeans many lives were saved, although the 
troops suffered, on the return, for lack of clean and comfortable 
transports and proper food and care. The men were sent into 
camp at Montauk Point, Long Island, and soon began to recover. 
Even here, however, their coming had not been properly prepared 
for. 

In this short war with Spain the telephones, telegraphs and 
dispatch boats, the newspapers, with their illustrations and letters 
from correspondents day by day, made it possible for us to hear 
and know immediately, as no people have ever known before, 
what was passing at the seat of war. 

In the hasty undertaking of so great a matter as this war 
with Spain, many mistakes were made by those who were in 
charge of affairs, and much suffering was endured in consequence. 
Men in camps at home sickened and died ; there was mismanage- 
ment in many departments, and the war has been followed by 
courts of inquiry, trials and unhappy complaints, public and 
private. 

In this war a great service was rendered by the American 
National Red Cross Society, with Miss Clara Barton at its head. 
By its care much suffering was lessened and many lives were saved. 

After the fall of Santiago the United States took Porto Rico. 
This had been the plan from the first. Spain might not be a 
kindly neighbor. She might sell the island to England or some 
other nation, and it was best for us to control it ; also its products 
and trade would be of use to us. It was considered that Spain had 
brought the war upon us, that it had cost us many millions, and 
Porto Rico would be a return for a part of this great loss. The 
island was not at war with Spain, still the people Avere for the 
most part happy to be put under the government of the United 
States. 



THE WAR WITH SPAIX 



291 



General Miles and his army sailed from Cuba into the harbor 
of Ponce. The city surrendered, with welcome to the Americans. 
Farther inland the Spanish army had made preparation for 
defense. General Miles directed the American army's advance 
around and across the island. One town after another sur- 
rendered gladly, and the Spaniards made but little resistance to 




THE ADVANCE OF THE BATTERIES. 



the progress of the Americans. But the chief point to be taken 
was the cajjital city, San Juan. A fine road ran to this city from 
Ponce, and on the way, at the pass of Arl)onito, the Spanish army 
took their stand to oppose the Americans, if not to defeat them. 
The American army approached this point, but before any attack 
was made, General Miles demanded the surrender of the Spanish 
forces. This was refused. General Wilson, of General Brooke's 
command, advanced with his batteries, and the firing was about 
to begin, when a messenger from the Signal Corps came galloping 
down the road with the message : " Peace has been declared." 

This was the 12th of August. The next steps were to \}q taken 
without arms. 

By the terms of the protocol, the United States and Spain 



292 A STORY OF THE WORLD AXD ITS PEOPLE 

were each to send five comniissionei-s to Paris to conclude the 
treaty. This was done, and after two months of consideration, 
Spain agreed to the terms of the United States. She ceded the 
Philippines to the United States for twenty million dollars. She 
gave up Cuba and Porto Rico and other small islands in the West 
Indies, and Guam in the Ladrones. 

The President sent the treaty to the Senate for ratification. 
But delay arose. Here was the question of land and people — 
distant lands and foreign people. What was to be done with 
them \ Until now all lands, except Alaska, had been really a part 
of the United States, settled quickly by American people and com- 
ing into the Union, as States, with their representatives in Congi-ess. 

This could not happen Ts^ith Cuba or the Philippines. What 
did the government propose to do i If the treaty was signed, 
were these lands to be given up at once to the Cubans and to the 
Filipinos, or if, as it was said, these people were unable to set up a 
strong government, that could protect Americans and provide 
peaceful conditions of life, were they to be held as colonies and 
governed by the United States ? 

In Cuba the Cubans, in revolt against Spain, had not been 
recognized by the United States as a government. Because of 
this there was discontent among the Cubans. 

In the Philippines, the Filipinos, in revolt against Spain, had 
not been recog*nized as an independent people. In consequence 
they were showing a hostile spirit. 

In both of these cases the pohcy of the government was to 
deal with Spain, dh^ectly and only, until peace should Ije estab- 
lished ; and after that to consider all questions concerning the 
relation of the United States to the Cubans and to the Filipinos. 
But in the Senate a long and serious debate followed. A great 
sum of money was to be paid for the Phihppines. Was it wise to 
buy the islands i Would not this expansion — with lands in Asia, 
and the .subjection of millions of Asiatic people to American 
authority, compel the government to depart from American ideas 
of freedom and self-government i Would it not lead to imperialism 
— the rule of one country over another ? Was there not already 
danger of war with the Fihpinos ? Some of the Senators wished 



THE WAR WITH SPAiy 



293 




STREET OF THE CROSS, SAN JUAN, PORTO RICO. 

to have these questions answered before the treaty was voted 
upon. The other party, actmg with the President, held that the 
treaty should first be signed and all questions settled after that. 

The treaty was finally voted ujDon by a majority; the President 
signed it, and the war with Spain was over. 

All this time there was trouble with the Filipinos. By the 
terms of the treaty they would become subject to the United States. 
Before it was signed they sent to America to ask the President to 
recognize them as an independent people, but McKinley refused 
to give audience to their messenger, Agoncillo, as the representa- 
tive of a national government. 

The President sent a commission to inquire into and report 
upon the condition of things in the Philippines ; but it was decided 
that the United States should still assert its authority there. 







■:saB I vmia 



PART X 



CHAPTER I 

CUBA AND THE PHILIPPINES 

After the war, Cuba was held, as a territory, under the 
mihtary control of the United States. Major-General John R. 
Brooke was made Military Governor. His headquarters, after the 
Spanish left Cuba, were established at Havana. Colonel Leonard 
Wood was stationed at Santiago, and other officers were given 
charge of other districts of the island. 

In his last message to Congress, the President said that the 
military government, which had existed in Cuba since its sur- 
render by Spain, was " to give aid and direc- 
tion to its people to form a government 
for themselves ; to assist them to form 
a government which shall be free and 
independent. Spanish rule must be 
replaced by just, benevolent and hu- 
mane government created by the 
people of Cuba. Until there is com- 
plete tranquillity in the island, and 
a stable government inaugurated, 
military government must be main- 
tained." 

The duty of the military governors 
in Cuba is to improve the towns ; to see 
that streets and houses are made clean 
and healthful; to organize schools and^*J°''-^^^^^*^^°"^_''- «''°°^^- 
courts ; to use public money for public works ; to appoint suitable 
officers for police and other town duties ; and to teach the people 
habits of industry and obedience to town law. 

The best American officers wish to see military rule give place 
to civic rule— that is, to the government of the Cubans through 

293 




296 A STORY OF THE WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE 

their civil courts and their town laws. This is the American mode 
of life ; but this, it is said, is yet a long way off in Cuba. 

Some of the Cubans have found it hard to be held under the 
military rule of the United States. They wished to take control 
of their own affairs and make their own plans of government. 

On the other hand, many have been willing to see the United 
States in authority; and now there is much talk, both in Cuba 
and in the United States, of annexing the island and making it a 
part of this country. 

While Cuba was thus passing under the government of the 
United States, trouble was rising in the Philippines. It began in 
this way: 

As we have seen, before we undertook the war for Cuba, the 
Filipinos had been fighting against Spain. When, in our own 
war, our vessels were sent to Manila, through arrangements made 
by Admiral Dewey, the Filipinos renewed fighting in the Philip- 
pines, on land. In this the Filipinos took their part with us in a 
friendly way, acting as allies of the American navy. 

The object of the war was the same. as in Cuba — to overthrow 
the power of Spain. In this the Americans and the Filipinos 
worked together; still no definite plan was made as to what should 
be done afterward. This was unfortunate, for, in this war against 
Spain, the Americans and the Filipinos had two separate ends in 
view, and these ends were widely different. 

The Filipinos were fighting for their own freedom. They 
declared themselves to be an independent people, and wished to 
be so recognized, especially by the United States. 

But the United States did not recognize the independence of 
the Filipinos. Its policy was to demand a complete surrender of 
the islands, on the ground that, by the terms of the treaty, the 
Americans had full control and were sovereign in the Philippines. 

The government sent military commanders to take Manila. 
They remained with their armies in the islands. The Filipinos 
were still there, in their own camps, but they held to their desire 
for independence, and stood apart as a separate people. 

After the occupation of Manila by the Federal forces, in 
January y General Otis sent commissioners to meet commissioners 



CUBA AND THE PHILIPPINES 



297 



chosen and sent by Aguinalclo. They met to see what might 
be done. 

The Americans, as a grown-up people, are used to government 
after their own Western methods. These methods they wished to 
put into practice in the Philippines; taking chief control, and 




THE ESCOLTA, THE PRINCIPAL THOROUGHFARE OF MANILA. 

under military rule, teaching the people to live under our laws, as 
is being done in Cuba. 

The Filipinos, as a young people, wished to be free to follow 
their own plan of life, to elect their own officers, and begin to be 
an independent nation. While making this effort, they wished 
for the protection of the Americans. 

The Filipinos claimed that, by their own efforts, they had 
become free from Spain ; that they were not a subject people, 
and that they did not, by the treaty of the United States with 
Spain, pass under our control. 

But the United States held that the Filipinos were under 



^9g 



A STORY OF THE WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE 



American authority, and that this nation was responsible for the 
safety and protection of the people in the Philippines. 

The commissioners could not agree. The Eastern people were 
afraid to agree to American propositions — lest they should lose 
their independence — and at that time, when things had gone so 
far, no one was able to bring matters to a reasonable conclusion. 

After this the United States enforced its authority. General 
Otis announced the military government of the Philippines. 

The Filipinos, on their ])art, took up arms to resist this 
advance of American power. They attacked Manila. Here they 
were defeated. Aguinaldo then gathered a larger army. As 
time passed he made requests for an armistice, and for confer- 
ences to discuss the situation, but General Otis replied that he 
would consider no proposal except that of unconditional sur- 
render. 

To this the Filipinos would not agree, and the war between 
them and the United States continued. 

In the Philippines the natives are still making determined 
resistance, and larger forces are being sent from the United States 
to compel their submission. 

Aguinaldo has made an appeal to the Great Powers asking 




THE TRANSPORTATION OF GRAIN IN THE PHILIPPINES. 



them to recognize the independence of the Filipinos. If this 
should be done, the United States would stand as one nation at 
war with another — not as a nation subduing the rebellion of a 
people subject to its laws ; while the Filipinos would have the 
right to buy arms and supplies from European nations to use 
against us. 



CUBA AND THE PHILIPPINES 



299 



In this country, the people are divided in opinion as to the 
war pohcy that is being pursued by the government. 

When Congress closed its last session the President assumed 
the . control and guidance of the war. This the Constitution gives 
him power to do. 

In general the people try to uphold each administration ; that 
is, to \vork with each Pres- 
ident during his 
of office. At 
times, however, 
free speech is al- 
lowed, and, at 
present, there 
is m u c h ex- 
pression of 
judgment both 
for and against 
what is being 
done. 

By some tl 
war against the 
pinos is held to be the 
proper means of prog- 
ress for the United 
States. By others it is said that peace should not be sought for 
by bloodshed ; that the war is a mistake and should not be con- 
tinued ; that it is a war, not for humanity, but for subjection of 
a foreign people, and that this is contrary to the ideal of Ameri- 
can life and law. 

One party thinks it wise for the United States to hold the 
Philippines as colonies, so that we may have advantage for com- 
merce in the East equal to that of other nations. It is claimed 
that, as the islands have come into our possession, we should hold 
them for our own benefit and for the good of the world ; that, 
having established ourselves as a great nation, it is time for us to 
go abroad to educate and uplift other people who are less developed ; 
that we should teach them our methods of government ; and also 




COMMON MODE OF PUNISHMENT IN THE PHILIPPINE 
AND LADRONE ISLANDS. 



300 



A STOEV OF THE WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE 



that, for our own good, we should now take our place among the 
nations of the world, even if it leads us to war with them. It is 
said that the people of the United States need this expansion of 
land and rule, and that we should not shrink from new duties. 

On the other hand, it is said that, having destroyed the 
Spanish fleet, we might have left the Philippines to Spain ; or we 
might have held Manila only, as a post for commerce in Asia ; 
that it is contrary to our national principles for us, as a Republic, 
to hold, as colonists, people who can not take part in the making of 
our laws. Such a policy is called imperial — having the character 
of an Empire and not of a Republic. To carry it out will require 
much money from the people, with a large standing army and 
navy, and will compel us to have much to do with other nations. 
As our history shows, the United States has never made one 
with the great powers of Europe. She has stood alone — a power 
by herself, growing after her own plan of life, in her own land — 
refusing to interfere with Old World nations, or to allow any to 
interfere with her. In this way we have attained independence, 
prosperity and peace. Still we have much to do. We have the 

questions of capital and labor, 
with wages and hours of service ; 
the control of riots and crime ; 
the real comfort and care of the 
people — how to give right help to 
the Indians ; to teach industry to 
the negroes ; to improve districts 
where schools, laws and business 
are needed — in short, it is said 
that we need to show a better re- 
sult of our self-government here 
before we undertake the uplifting 
of millions in Asia. In a recent 
speech President McKinley has 
said again, that, in the Philip- 
pines, we must have " peace first : 
then — for the well-being of the 
people, a government in which 




A FILIPINO PEDDLER. 



CUBA AND THE PHILIPPINES 



301 



they shall participate under the Stars and Stripes." Of the Fili- 
pinos the President said, " They assailed our sovereignty "; and, as 
to the war, he said there was to be " no pause until all resistance 
to American authority was sup- 
pressed." 

With this policy the war 
party agree. 

The tropical climate in the 
Philippines, the wild country, 
the long marches and the illness 
of the soldiers make this war 
cruel and severe. It has already 
cost the country many lives, and 
large sums of money. But be- 
yond these things, as time passes, 
many consider that, for the best 
progress of the country, some 
way should now be tried to bring 
the war to a close. 

The Filipinos are fighting 
with courage and determination 
for what they hold to be their 
rights. They are fighting for 
land and liberty. By those who 
oppose the war against them, it 
is said, that, while it was diffi- 
cult for a people so different in thoughts and customs, life and laws 
to come to an understanding with us, at first, or for us to know 
how to deal with them, better knowledge and judgment might 
now bring about a settlement of affairs, and that it is time for the 
proposal of peaceful methods. 

As matters now stand, it is the duty of the United States to 
provide a government that shall protect all of the inhabitants of 
the Philippines, and enable them to carry on their life. In the 
islands are many Europeans — people from England, Germany and 
other countries, as well as from Japan, China and other parts of 
Asia. They, like ourselves, are engaged there in commerce. Who- 




A NATIVE POL CEMAN OF THE INTERIOR WITH 
PRISONERS. 



302 A STORY OF THE WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE 

ever has the chief power in the islands must be able to regulate 
all this business and general life, and to see that it goes on prop- 
erly under good laws. 

It is hoped that the Filipinos will be able, eventually, to set up 
and to maintain this good government for themselves, and that, 
in the meantime, they may be given and may accept the support 
and friendly help of the United States. All of these interests and 
opinions will have great place in the next election, November, 1900. 

This war with Spain and with the Filipinos seems a great war 
because we are living in its time. But in history we take the story 
of the country as a whole, and the story of one country with 
another, and so we see what each thing means as one part of the 
history of the great whole, which is world history. 

The wars of this Eepublic have been : First, the Kevolution, 
when the country declared itself as a nation, and with it the War 
of 1812, when, more fully, it proved the same principle of life. 
In this struggle America was at arms with England only. 

After that came the Mexican war — a war for conquest of land 
upon this continent. 

Next in time came the War of the Eebellion against the 
government of the United States. In this the nation asserted its 
unity under its one law, the Constitution, and under its own sign 
— the flag of the Union. 

In this unity, the people of the country, in the close of the 
century, undertook together their latest w^ar — the war with 
Spain — to liberate Cuba from oppression and give her people 
independence. In this the United States has been engaged with a 
foreign Euroi)ean nation ; and thi'ough it the government has 
been led into connection with people and lands in the East — in 
Asia, and into a war with the Filipinos which is not yet concluded. 

During the war the European nations watched us closely to 
see what skill we should show in warfare ; to see what terms we 
should make with Spain — whether harsh or liberal ; how we should 
settle the debts of the conquered countries ; and how we should 
deal with foreign people — whether by military force, or in peace. 
All the nations w^ere interested in the results of the war. If the 
United States should stay in Asia, not merely, as now, for com- 



CUBA AND THE PHILIPPINES 



303 



inerce, but to have rule over colonies there, there would be changes 
in the world, and new relations to consider — the relation of the 
Great Powers to America, and her own relation to them. 

In this England was especially concerned. Having one 
language and much business with the United States, with Canada 
in this country as an English possession, giving the English a 




A ROAD IN THE INTERIOR, PHILIPHINE ISLANDS. 



direct way across their own lands to the Pacific, and so to Asia, 
there was every reason for friendliness. 

For a time the people talked of an alliance between the two 
countries. But, as history shows, alliances are made only for 
strength against other nations. At heart each nation loves its 
freedom, and has the desire to do its own work in its own way 
and place; and, as a people, we have always chosen to be 
independent. 



CUBA AND THE PHILIPPINES 



305 



By all these things we see that our history, at the present 
time, is full of important and wide-reaching interests and questions ; 
and that the settlement of them all, and the future conditions of 
the country, depend mostly upon the thoughts and actions of our 
own people. 

As we look back we see that our his tory is the story of a 
people, who, for 
a short time — a 
century and a 
quarter only — 
have been living, 
as a nation, 
among the other 
powers of the 
world. 

It is a short 
history of gov- 
ernment and life. 
As to the work of 
the nation, its 
story tells of the 
wide clearing and occupation of lands, the raising of great and 
varied crops, with large results from all products of the soil, the 
quarries and mines. It is the story of industry and skill in labor ; 
of a great advance in the invention and introduction of machin- 
ery; in the study and application of many sciences ; in the use of 
water-power, steam and electricity; in the running of railroads 
and telegraphs across the country ; and of the establishment of 
business, of every sort and kind, under one general set of business 
laws and under the laws of Congress. 

/in religion our history is that of the separation of the church 
from the state, with freedom for all sects and creeds to worship 
God as they think best. In early times in this country there was 
much teaching of fear, punishment and gloom, under God. This, 
in general, has changed to ideas of Divine love, the brotherhood 
of man, and, under God, the power of human thought./ 

In governraent our history shows how a few people came to 





.^ J|, 1^ ^ u^- Ml^ jm^H 


oLJ'S M. 1. 'Htf 


iIPJ|JPk|p^^^ oTOJifflBfe^'^ 


HMKjL^k .v^ ^ 


^^H^P^^^^ 


H 




f '^^^^H 


MHBn ' ^-^Y ■■" 1^-i^^B 


Jl ^ vP^^Ti 


p^^^^Rn^^L V Li V ' ^''^ijl^^^^RSni^ 


^mJ l a 


Si m. ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^S^SbkL'^^^^^^^^^^SBb^HhI 


^'^^^^K^kVi ' * "i 


«^ M^ £jfi!^MK^J^^^^9i^H^^^«^> io^^^B^^^^^^^^^^I 


IH^ 


-m^^s^m^^s^s^Bk 



A TYPICAL LUZON ROAD AND CART. 



306 A STORY OF THE WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE 

this country, how they shook off EngUsh control and worked out 
their own plan of life. In this growth the United States has been 
free and independent — a Republic. Our government is an agree- 
ment. Its power comes from "the consent of the governed." 

In our towns we have carried out the idea and plan of direct 
legislation. Every man takes his part in the life and laws of the 
town. This, Thomas Jefferson said, was " the wisest invention ever 
devised by the wit of man, for the perfect exercise of self-govern- 
ment." 

By some it is thought that the people should now learn to 
attend still more to their own affairs, and not trust so much to 
others in the government of cities and the States — that is, that we 
should have more direct legislation ; and also, as this is one of the 
great principles of our government and life, it is held by many 
that we should not take under control foreign people who cannot 
come into our plan of self-government, and act as American citi- 
zens ; being, in the words of Lincoln, contrary to "the spirit which 
prizes liberty as the heritage of all men, in all lands, everywhere." 

The United States is called a great country. Its plan of life, 
its ideals and its principles are great and good. We are great in 
lands and wealth, in commercial power, and in the power of war. 
We have now to grow to greatness in the arts of peace and life. 

The real greatness of our history lies in what we have done 
toward living peaceably and prosperously, as a self-governing 
people, in our own country. 

How people shall live together as nations, and how nations 
shall live together on the earth ; how each man shall work and 
have such a return for his labor as to enable him to enjoy his 
work and his life; how sickness, poverty and crime may give 
place to health, prosperity, self-respect and freedom of life for all 
people — these are the great questions of the world, and whatever 
the United States has done to help toward these ideals of peace 
has been its greatest work. For, as you see, the world now is 
really all one place, and, in every land, the needs and the hopes of 
the people are all for these same things — a home and life to live 
therein. 

Now that the nations have so much to do with one another 



CUBA AND THE PHILIPPINES 



307 



the world over, what one does is of importance to all. In the fall 
of 1898 this interesting event occurred. Nicholas 11. , the Czar of 
Russia, directed his minister of foreign affairs to present to the 
ambassadors of foreign nations at the Court of St. Petersburg, a 
proposal for a peace congress. 

In the manifesto the min- 
ister said : " The maintenance of 
general peace and the possible 
reduction of the excessive arma- 
ments which weigh upon all na- 
tions, present themselves in the 
existing condition of the whole 
world as an ideal toward which 
the endeavors of all governments 
should be directed." 

It was also stated that the 
Czar thought that the time had 
come when the representatives 
of nations should meet "to seek 
the most effectual means of in- 
suring to all peoples the benefits 
of real and durable peace, and 
above all, of putting an end to the 
progressive development of the 
present armaments " — that is, the growth of armies and navies. 

It was said farther, that the nations longed for peace ; that 
for this end, they had strengthened their defenses, yet had never 
been able to attain their desire. That the labor and capital of 
nations were still diverted from highest purposes ; that hundreds 
of millions were given to the support of war; that the armies 
were a burden to the people ; that to seek a means of warding off 
the calamities that are threatening the whole world is a supreme 
duty which to-day is imposed on all states ; and that the con- 
ference proposed by the Czar would draw together the efforts of all 
the nations who were seeking to make the great conception of 
universal peace triumph over the elements of trouble and discord." 

This call was responded to by China and Japan, Persia, 




NICHOLAS II., THE CZAR OF RUSSIA. 



CUBA AND THE PHILIPPINES 809 

Turkey, Servia, Roumania, Bulgaria, Austria-Hungary, Italy, 
Spain, France, Switzerland, Belgium, Holland, Germany, Eng- 
land, the United States, Denmark, Sweden and Norway. Dele- 
gates representing each of these countries were sent by their 
governments, and the congress met in May in Holland, at the 
Hague. 

The delegates sent by the United States were Mr. Seth Low, 
President of Columbia College; Mr. Andrew D. White, Ambas- 
sador at Berlin ; Mr. Newell, United States minister at the Hague ; 
Captain Mahan, of the na\^; Captain Crozier, of the Ordnance 
Department of the army, and Mr. Frank Holls, secretary. 

The delegates from each country were men of highest ability, 
learning and experience in the conduct of national affairs. The 
president of the conference was the Baron von Staal of Russia. 
At the opening of the conference he said : "To seek the most 
effective means of ensuring to all nations the benefits of a real 
and lasting peace ; that is the chief aim of our deliberations." 

The general subjects of the conference were arbitration in place 
of war ; the safety of private property in war, on sea and land ; 
and consideration of the best means and methods in warfare. 

The conference closed on the 28th of July, 1899. A statement 
of the prmcipal work that had been done was drawn up in three 
resolutions, to the effect that the nations should make laws to 
govern war on land and sea, and to lessen its losses and suffering ; 
and that they should establish a i)ermanent court of arbitration 
to which all nations might carry all subjects and causes of dis- 
pute. This statement was to be carried by each delegate to his 
government for its judgment and decision. 

It is hoped that many of the powers will agree to and sign 
this treaty or plan. 

If the nations will agree to establish a permanent tribunal for 
the settlement of their disputes, it will be the greatest Court in the 
world. Nations might still go to war if they chose, but there 
would be a choice. There would be the way of the Court — the way 
of law — for the peaceful settlement of all national differences; 
and, once established, this would soon become the most intelligent 
and the highest way of the world. 



310 A STORY OF THE WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE 

This meeting to consider the use of law in place of warfare, 
came at an interesting time in the world's history, for Russia, 
Germany, France and England, are all military nations, as indeed 
are all the peoples of Europe. The greater the nation, there, the 
greater the army and navy. These are kept ready for use at any 
moment. War is expected, and prepared for. 

The cost of these armaments is great. The people give the 
money for their support, and if these means of war are to increase, 
the burden upon the people will be still greater. 

The United States has never kept a large army or navy. If 
now this government is to hold foreign colonies in distant parts of 
the world, it too, with other nations, will need a large standing 
army and navy to defend its shores and posts. This will impose 
upon the people a great tax for military purposes, and this, many 
citizens of the United States object to, as not being the best mode 
of life. 

For these, and many reasons, the people of our country and 
of other nations take interest in the results of the conference at 
the Hague. 

For fifty years past these things have been talked of in the 
United States. For ten years past, here and in Europe, peace con- 
gresses have been held by men who see that the arts of peace are 
the true arts of life; that war hinders these, and that, for this 
reason, war should be controlled and led to cease. 

The world is always glad when any trouble is settled without 
war. We are still in dispute with England about the boundary of 
Alaska. England and Venezuela are still in dispute over their 
boundary lines in South America ; but all hope for the peaceful 
settlement of both questions. 




A WANDERING TRIBE IN EARLY TIMES AT EVENING PRAYER. 

CHAPTER II 
THE PAST AND PRESENT 

As we look back from the days that we hve in, we can see the 
great steps, that, from ancient times to now, the human race has 
taken. 

In early times men lived as tribes. The family was the begin- 
ning. A group of families closely related were ruled by their 
chief — the patriarch, or great father of them all. Under this 
guidance the tribes moved about, for their life was that of shep- 
herds mostly, and they went from place to place to find pasturage. 

From this beginning history shows that men have grown into 
nations. 

The first nations of which we have the full history, appeared 
in Asia. From there, as you already know, 

" Westward the course of empire takes its way." 

This " way " of the nations leads us finally to ourselves. It 
leads us, through the centuries, from three thousand years before 
Christ to now — to two thousand years after Christ. In that time, 
as you know, history passes from Asia into Europe and then on to 
America. Here, as a people, we began upon the Atlantic shore, 
and on the eastern side we now have Cuba under our control. 
As we grew we settled the lands across to the Pacific, and now 
beyond that western coast we have Hawaii, and farther still, 

311 



313 



A STORY OF THE WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE 




IDOLS IN ELEPHANTA CAVE, BOMBAY. 



across the world, we are holding the Philippine Islands as Ameri- 
can territory. 

So the nations now encircle the earth, and the movement of 
life westward brings us, in history, again into Asia. In this great 

"course," each of the 
nations has done its 
own work ; each has 
established itself in 
the world in its own 
character and power, 
and on its own ground, 
has stood as one part 
of the great world- 
whole. That whole we 
call Humanity. 

And here we shall 
do well to look back 
and learn a little more 
of the history of the 
nations. People often speak of "the treasures of the past." His- 
tory tells us what those treasures are. 

Every great nation, as it has lived its life, has done something 
that others have not done ; and as each, when it leaves this earth, 
leaves its story and its work behind, something remains, even 
from those nations which we call dead, to show what its character 
was. And, too, whatever has been left as "treasure," from the 
old life and times, has been left to us who live here to-day. We, 
who are the youngest people, are the heirs of the whole race ; and 
history teaches us that our inheritance is truly a great one. 

India, China and Japan fill our markets to-day with the gifts 
and produce of their present labor and growth, and we, in turn, 
fill theirs. But behind all this, lies what has come to us from long 
ago. In our museums we keep fragments of the industry and art 
of the old nations, or of the nations in their earlier days, but, 
above all things that are of value to us, the greatest gift of the 
past is language. 

Through the words that people have used we know their 



THE PAST AND PRESENT 



313 



thoughts. The thoughts of the past have taken shape, mostly in 
song and story, in history, and in the hymns and prayers of old 
religions. 

For many years the scholars of the world have pondered over 
and studied the old languages. One ancient book after another 
has finally been put into English translation, and now, in our 
libraries, we have many volumes in which we may read thoughts 
and sayings that were written down two and three thousand 
years before Christ. 

It is not always easy for us to know what these old writings 
mean. Some of them we can never understand, and some of them 
mean one thing to one person who reads them, and other things 
to others. But we can not open these books, or even read one of 
the old songs without feeling that the old people really lived here ; 
that they loved the 
earth and sky as we 
love them, and that 
their ideas and feelings 
were very like our 
own. 

Here is a word 
from an ancient Chi- 
nese book : "Great 
Heaven is intelligent 
and is with you in all 
your doings. G-reat 
Heaven is clear-seeing 
and is with you in all 
your wanderings and 
indulge n ces "—and 
here is a word from 
Confucius, a great 
teacher in China, who 
died 479 B.C. : " Hold 
faithfulness and sin- 
cerity as first princi- 
ples. When you have ,,mple of maoura, ,nd,a. 




314 



A STORY OF THE WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE 



faults do not fear to abandon them." In India, we find the Rig- 
Veda, the oldest sacred hyms of the Aryan people, who gave the 
land its name. In these hymns we see how these people loved 
nature, and how deeply they thought of life. 

Here are some lines from a Vedic hymn to the Sun: " Impetu- 
ously swift, Sun, beheld of all, maker of all, art thou. Thou 
illuminest all the gleaming sky. Thou risest up before the people 




A BAMBOO GARDEN IN JAPAN. 



of the shining gods, before men also, before all, to be seen as pure 
light; to be thy eye, O pure, bright Heaven, wherewith thou 
gazest down on l)usy man among all creatures." And a Vedic 
hymn to Starlit Night: ''Night comes, the shining goddess, who 
now looks out afar with many eyes, and puts on all her beauties. 
To rest come the throngs of men ; to rest the beasts ; to rest the 
birds ; and even the greedy eagles rest. O night, as a conqueror 
brings a herd of cattle, so do I bring this hymn to thee. Daughter 
of Heaven, accept it." 

The books of India are full of thought and poetry. " Not to 



THE PAST AND PRESENT 



315 




A JAPANESE COUR- YARD 



commit any sin, to do 
good, and to purify 
one's mind." Many a 
saying of this kind is 
to be found in later 
Indian writings. 

Farther west in 
Asia, in the Avesta, the 
sacred book of the old 
Medes and Persians, 
they sing to "Ahura- 
Mazda — Maker of the 
material world, thou 
Holy One— With chanting praises I present all good thoughts, good 
words and good deeds." And there are praises and prayers to 
Mithra, who was the wide-spreading light of the sky—" Mithra, 
the lord of wide pastures— who is truth speaking. " " Should the evil 
thoughts of the earthly man be a hundred times worse, they would 
not rise as high as the good thoughts of the heavenly Mithra." 

In that same great valley in western Asia, where Babylon 
stood so long, writings have been found that show some of the 
dark thoughts of the human race. There are copies of prayers 
and chants that were said by the prietss for the people against the 

spirits of evil. The 
priest could cast the 
spell over the de- 
mons, and cast them 
( )ut of the house, out 
of the road, out of 
the air ; still the 
hearts of the people 
w ere ruled by 
fear. "The fiends, 
the fiends!" they 
cried. 

This is what we 
call superstition — a 




JAPANESE CHESS. 



316 



A STORY OF THE WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE 



belief in things that we do not dare to search into and explain. 
This belief in the power of things in nature — plants, birds, crea- 
tures, and even human l^eings— to inflict suffering, ran through 
Europe. All through the Middle Ages people believed in witches 
and spells, and finally, even over here, in 1692, in Salem, Massachu- 
setts, twenty people suffered death for, as it was said, practicing 
witchcraft upon their neighbors. But some things in history can 
never be again. With the nations of Asia we think also of Egypt, 
in Africa. A land of wonders and of beauty for the traveler, the 
scholar and the artist, Egypt has its own literature. One great 

writing was "The Book 



of the Dead." In our 
museums we have parts 
of its strange pages. It 
tells of religious cus- 
toms, and of the 
'.!_ thoughts of the Egyp- 
tians about the life and 
death of man. 

Then across the Red 
Sea, again in Asia, our 
own Bible was written 
— the sacred book of 
the Hebrews. This, 
with the later New Testament, is the Bible of the Christians of 
the world. 

So Asia stands as a treasure house, to which we hold the key. 
Its battles are well-nigh forgotten, bat its writings are full of life, 
and full of interest for us all, old and young. 

When we see how this ancient work was done, with mate- 
rials, signs and letters so unlike ours, we understand, in part, what 
skill and patience it has taken for scholars to learn to read and to 
translate these oldest books of the world. 

And now we pass into Europe. Here we come to people who 
are more nearly akin to ourselves — that is, they are more modern, 
and we come to languages that we study and speak. 

The old Indian language was Sanscrit. It is studied in our 




THE PANTHEON, ROME. 



THE PAST AXD PRESENT 317 

universities. It belongs in one great class of human speech with 
Greek and Latin, and with all Aryan tongues. 

You have read how, in Europe, Greece, with her chief city, 
Athens, became a giver of gifts to the whole Avorld. 

Passing to Rome, you have read a little of the great influences 
that went out from her. The city was a world-capital, drawing 
into itself, and sending out to all nations, the force and the char- 
acter of Eoman life. Through the centuries since then Rome has 
remained a capital city. Since the early days of the Roman 
Church it has been the home of the Popes, and they, for four cen- 
turies and a half, have lived in the famous Vatican Palace. 

The writings of Greece and Rome are called "classic." They 
form a class by themselves, of their own kind, complete and finished. 

Beginning with these, and passing north, Europe is a land 
overflowing mth books of every possible kind. By themselves 
they make the study of a lifetime. But, as we go on in Europe, 
we come to English, the language that we speak ourselves. You 
have seen how Latin came to be made a part of the languages 
that grew up afterward. In our own speech, and especially in 
history, or in speaking of politics, we use many words that grew 
out of Latin. Words grow from roots, and also words can be 
altered and made over — as, for instance, unus is the Latin for one. 
From this we make union, unity and other words of that mean- 
ing. From re-praesents we make represents ; and legis-lator is a 
law-giver. 

The English language is spoken now in many jmrts of the 
world. This has come to be the case through England's having 
had colonies in different countries. The language has been used 
officially — that is, for government purposes, and in trade, and so has 
taken the first place, although, in these countries, the people have 
still spoken and do speak their native tongues. In this way Eng- 
lish has been carried into India, into Egypt, into South Africa, to 
Australia and many places beside. 

The American people also have carried English speech about 
the world, and if now we hold the Philippines as colonies, and 
establish government there, one language will be still more fully 
used in Asia, 



318 



A STORY OF THE WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE 




THEATER OF THESEUS, ATHENS. 



But before we turn 
to the present time, while 
we still are speaking of 
tlie past and its gifts to 
us, we should go on, north- 
ward from the British 
Isles, to the little country 
of Iceland, just below the 
Arctic circle. In this is- 
land, far from other coun- 
tries of the earth, the 
people have a store of 
tales and songs that are 
a valuable part of the old literature of the world. 

Iceland lies high above the water, about six hundred miles 
west from Norway. It is now subject to the King of Denmark. 
Over a thousand years ago some of the sons of Norway, those 
fearless sea-rovers who, in history, have been called the Normans, 
sailed away from their old home, and went to Iceland. They 
went to escape from the rule of a king, Harold Haarfager (Fair- 
hair), whose tyranny displeased them. They went west for liberty. 
Other northern peojjle from the Hebrides, the Orkneys, and from 
Ireland, joined these Norwegians, and l)y the middle of the tenth 

century the island was 
settled. 

The land is vol- 
canic. It has been 
thrown up by the action 
of fire from below, and 
while some parts are 
grassy and habitable, it 
is still largely a land of 
barren r o c k s, with 
sharp, steep hills and 
cliffs, with its famous 
volcano, Mt. Hecla, and 
with many geysers and 







THEATER OF BACCHUS, ATHENS, 



THE PAST AND PRESENT 



319 



hot springs rising in a land of ice and snow. The Icelanders were 
a republican people. They soon organized their great meeting, 
the Althing. In this they made their laws, and there, as an 
independent people, they lived, having little to do with other 
nations. 

The Icelanders carried with them the old speech of the 
North — the Norse language ; and there, in that far-away place. 




THE RIVER NILE. 



where other languages came slowly and seldom, the old tongue 
was preserved, and in it the old tales of the Teutonic religion of 
early days were remembered and repeated until at last many of 
them were put into writing, and so saved as a treasure for the 
world. 

This old religion — we call it the Norse mythology now — gave 
way to the teachings of Christianity about the beginning of the 
eleventh century; but after that the Icelanders still recited their 
songs and their sagas — stories of the creation, of the deluge, of 
the doings of the gods and goddesses, of the ills that befall, and of 
the final joy that comes to gods and men. 

The collections of Icelandic prose and poetry are called the 



THE PAST AND PRESENT 



321 



Eodas. The singers of these songs were called Skalds. Their 
songs are all in very short lines, as in this, about the creation: 

" The sun knew not 
His proper sphere ; 
The stars knew not 
Their proper place ; 
The moon knew not 
Where her position was." 

But the sky was lifted up into its place, and then — 

*' From the South 
the sun 

Shone on the walls ; 

Then did the earth 

Oreen herbs pro- 
duce, 

The moon went 
ahead, 

The sun followed. 

His right hand held 

The steeds of 
heaven." 



The capital of 
Iceland is Reykja- 
vik — a little place 
of three thousand 
people. Its people 
are intelligent, and 
do all that is possible for education. Coming back now from this 
high latitude into Europe, we know, from even this little reading 
of history, that, among the nations now living there, a great and 
busy life is going on. We look on the map ; we see what land 
each nation has to dwell in, and we understand two things — that 
every nation is like a little world, complete in itself, yet every one 
has relation, more or less, to all the others. 

As you know, each country has its capital city. Latin, caput, 
a head. The capitals are the centers of government. In the work 
that has been done in these historic cities, we read the political 




GRAND ENTRANCE TO PARIS EXPOSITION IN igoo. 



322 



A STORY OF TUB WOULD AND ITS PEOPLE 




I » 



** , 






?<. -ill-. I 










? IJ ^ h 

^ "1 i I ^ - ^ ft I' ' -*' "' 



i» 



lOQC OP ALEXANDER M 



FSPLANADE DES INVALIDES. 



history of the past. Within them have been made the great laws 
by which the nations have been guided, and in them to-day ar& 
being made the laws in which lie the hopes of the people in their 
present and future days. 

In each of these great national life centers are the goA^ernment 
buildings, always superior and beautiful ; the palaces of officials^ 
the public squares and broad, well shaded and brilliant avenues. 
Dignity and honor, and fine and careful workmanship, belong- 
naturally to these places, where men have met to organize and 
direct the life of the people. 

In many of the capitals of Europe much manufacture and 
trade gather in the circles of life outside of the governmental 
department. In Berlin, for instance, the capital of the German 
Empire, books are published and much work goes on. London,, 
from its early days, has been a busy port, and to-day is still a 



THE PAST AND PRESENT 



323 







,* is IT : 



-, f 



ti -i^ 



.*# 



DONie OF 



MANUFACTURES f 

ESPLANADE DES INVALIDES— Continued. 



great commercial center ; while Paris abounds with industries 
and with every possible kind of life. 

Fifty years before Christ, Paris was the capital of the Parish, 
a small tribe of Gauls, who took their part in the wars with the 
Roman Caesar, and carried their small trade up and down the 
river Seine. To-day Paris is the capital of the French Republic. 

Through these eighteen hundred and fifty years, this old town 
has grown to be what it is now. Its history is long and great, for 
it has remained as a center through many changes in land, in 
government, in laws, manners and customs ; and has stood 
through storms of war with almost every nation that has arisen 
as its neighbor. 

Now, as the new century opens, France has invited the world 
to send its best work and its treasures for exhibition in another 
Universal Exposition. The idea of these great fairs began in 



324 A STORY OF THE WORLD AM) ITS PEOPLE 

France. The first was held in Paris in 1798. This fair was for 
the French people only. In 1851 the English enlarged the idea, 
and invited the nations of the world to take part with her. In 
1855 France followed this idea with a Universal Exposition, and 
within the last twelve years both France and America have held 
these fairs again. 

The work of preparation for the coming exposition in France 
was begun in March, 1897. A new avenne is to be opened for the 
Fair, which is to remain as a part of the city. It is to l^e called 
the Avenne Alexandre III. It will give a wide and imposing view. 
From it a bridge is to lead across the river Seine to the Esplanade 
des Invalides, and from there the way leads to the Champs Elysees, 
one of the notable avenues of Paris, and of the world. The bridge 
is called the Pont Alexandre III. Its corner stone was laid by the 
Czar of Russia, Nicholas II., during a visit to Paris in 1896. 

By this you see that Russia has much to do mth France. To 
see why this is so, we must look, directly, at Russian history. 

All the latest work of the world will go to this Fair at Paris, 
and, although it is but seven years since the display at Chicago, 
there will be many new things to show h(^w, meantime, the world 
has been working and studying. Among these new inventions 
will be the cinematograph, the Rontgen, or X rays, automobiles, 
and the sub-marine ))oat. 

In this Exi)osition all means for using light and electricity 
will play a greater part than ever before, and the night scenes 
will be of greatest beauty. 

Mr. Peck, the commissioner-general for the United States, 
has secured a space next largest to that of France and Russia, 
and with great interest the exhibits of our arts and industries are 
being i3repared. 

One event has occurred in France through which it is feared 
that the success of this Fair will be lessened. 

An officer of the French army. Captain Dreyfus, was charged 
with having betrayed to Germany certain facts relating to the 
affairs of France. This, in a soldier, would be treason. The 
charge and the trial were military. Captain Dreyfus was con- 
demned to exile and to the severest imprisonment. He protested 



THE PAST AND PRESENT 



325 




THE UNITED STATES NATIONAL PAVILION, PARIS EXPOSITION, 1900. 

his innocence. After five years he was granted a new trial. The 
court again declared him guilty. The world in general con- 
demned this decision of the court, as an act of highest injustice. 
This judgment of the nations was openly expressed. 

In a few days the French government overruled the verdict 
of the court and pardoned Dreyfus, who was then set at liberty. 



326 



A STORY OF THE WORLD A XI) ITS PEOPLE 



In the indignation caused by this proceeding of the court 

in France, some exhibits were withdrawn by peofjle of different 

nations from the Fair. To some this will seem the proper course 

' to pursue. Others will hold that industry 

/^ and art belong to peace and progress ; 

that the Exposition is for the good of 
,the world ; and that, while cruel in- 
, justice in the army of a country, 
or out, must receive the condem- 
nation of all noble minds, it is 
1 the part of wisdom for all good 
things to go on steadily. 

And now, Ijeing still in Eu- 
/ rope, we will turn to Eussia and 
/ its history. 

In the table of races you will 
N^ ^ifl^^^H^H^^IP^ ^^^ ^^^^ Slavs — an Aryan people 




PETER THE G?!EAT. 




They lived, in early times, on 
the Baltic, to the east and 
south. 

While the Slavs lived 
there, as tribes, there came 
from Asia other tribes — the 
Huns, the Cossacks and Cal- 
mucks. These were a wild, 
fierce i)eo])le, kin to the Tar- 
tars of Asia. They belonged 
to the Yellow, or Mongoloid 
race. 

At different times these 
Asiatics came tearing into Europe. In the fifth century A.D. the 
Huns appeared. They were, at first, in what is now Hungary. 
From there they marched westward among the Teutons— the 



GREEK CHRISTIAN CHURCH AT MOSCOW. 



THE PAST AND PRESENT 



327 



Saxons, the Franks, the Ahemanni, or Germans, the Burgundians, 
.and the Goths. 

As you know, the Goths went south into Rome and the 
southern countries. The Burgundians and Allemanni went into 
Switzerland ; the Franks, in the course of time, got into France ; 
their kinsmen, the Germans, crowded back the wild Asiatic 
invaders, and, after a long struggle, drove them from the point of 




THE PALACE OF THE CZAR AND KREMLIN WALL, MOSCOW. 

Augsburg, eastward. This was in 955. After that the Huns left 
the west of Europe to the Teutons. 

In these restless times the Slavs, Avho were also disturbed 
in their homes, did not grow into a nation by themselves, but 
moved eastward with the Huns, or went, some of them, down 
toward Greece into the lands that are now Servia and Eoumania. 

During this period Rurik, a Norman, of the tribe of Russ, was 
invited by Slavs, vv^ho lived on the Gulfs of Finland and Bothnia, 
to be their prince and rule over them. They went together to 
Novgorod, on the Yolga River. This was the founding of 
Russia. 

Rurik's descendants ruled to the end of the sixteenth century. 
The Norman and Slavic people took up, with their own life, the 



THE PAST AXD PRESENT 329 

life and language of the aborigines — the different tribes who had 
drifted over, from Asia mostly. For this reason Russian life and 
language has a character of its own, that, in some ways, sets 
Russia apart from the Teutonic nations in the north, west and 
south of Europe. 

Late in the tenth century the Russians accepted the teaching 
of the Greek Christian Church, and this is the church of Russia 
to-day. With this step, monasteries were established, and learn- 
ing began to have some place in the life of the people. 

After this the Tartars, their warlike and restless neighbors, 
made Russia pay tribute for two hundred years. Still the 
intruders did not crush out the life of the people. In the last 
part of the fifteenth century, Ivan Vasilievitch and his soldiers 
shook them off. Moscow was built, with its Kremlin, or citadel ; 
and later, Ivan's grandson took the name of Czar — ruler of all the 
Russians. The standing army of Russia was established, land 
was taken, southward to the Caucasus Mountains, and Siberia 
was thought of as a Russian possession. Early in the seventeenth 
century the Romanoff family came to the throne. 

The Cossacks, wild troops of Asiatic horsemen, were com- 
pelled to acknowledge the Russian power, and the nation became 
well-grown. 

From 1689 to 1725 Peter the Great was the Czar of Russia. 
He traveled through Europe, saw civilized customs and regular 
governments, and studied industries and ways of trade. He 
then I'eturned to Russia to teach these things to his own people. 
In this way Russia came into conditions more like those of 
Europe. Its government was cruel, the peoi)le were coarse and 
barbaric in many ways, but sailors, artisans, and army officers 
came into the country and its new civilization began. 

By the eighteenth century the Russians had become a strong 
and generally developed people. Its language began to take 
on its modern form, and its trade with other countries had 
opened. 

Russia had a great struggle with Sweden, which had grown 
to be a strong power. After victory over the Swedish army, Peter 
founded St. Petersburg, the present capital. Improvements were 



330 A STOEY OF THE WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE 

made; roads, canals and harbors gave help to trade; English, 
Dutch and other merchants came into the ports, and new indus- 
tries were opened for the people — mining and manufactures. 

In this way Russia took her place and became of importance 
in Europe. 

The Russian government wished to extend its lands to the 
Baltic Sea in Europe, as well as into Siberia, in Asia. In this move- 
ment Russia took part in the incessant wars, which, as you mil see 
when you read the history of Europe, raged between the various 
countries — England, France, Germany, Austria, Prussia, Hungary 
and the rest. In this period of history, Russia gained the lands 
to the west, and after fierce wars with the Turks, in 1790, she had 
also the Crimea and lands upon the Black Sea. 

In this close of the eighteenth century, the writings and teach- 
ings of France had great influence in Europe. In Russia, French 
teachers were employed, French scholars, by the in\dtation of the 
Empress, Catherine II., visited St. Petersburg, and the French 
language was spoken there. 

In the course of Russia's growth, the peasants were enslaved. 
They were called serfs— being bound to the soil. After three 
hundred years, by the decision of the czar, these serfs were set 
free, and were given lands of their own to live upon. This was 

in 1861. 

In 1812, when Napoleon Bonaparte was, for a time, master in 
Europe, he led his army to Moscow, against Alexander of Russia. 
The campaign was one of the most terrible in history. The French 
army was destroyed, and Russia remained unconquered. 

In the present day France and Russia are upon friendly terms, 
and the bridge at Paris bears the name of the Czar. 

The history of Europe, as a whole, is, as you see, the history of 
many nations. In any first study of them only a few points can 

be seen. 

But, as we turn to our own home, we should pause to learn 
something about Switzerland. 

This little country attracts attention in the world, because of 
its prosperity, and because it is governed by its own people, as a 
Republic. 



THE PAST AND PRESENT 



331 



To go back to Roman times, this mountainous land in the 
heart of Europe was the home of Keltic tribes. Among these, the 
leaders were the Helvetians. These people passed under the rule 
of the Romans. After that, in the third century after Christ, the 
Germans from the north pressed into the country and made a 
home there; and next after that, the Franks came, with their 




GENERAL VIEW OF BASEL. 



armies, and held the country under Frankish rule. This made 
Switzerland French and German. Under Charlemagne the land 
was a part of his Empire, and the people were aided in peaceful 
ways. The cities of Basel, Zurich and Geneva had schools and 
churches, and were well founded. At that time also Switzerland 
was divided into cantons or districts. 

After Charlemagne died, his lands fell apart, and the new 
nations, as you know, began to grow up into modern form. Princes 
and nol)les strove to rule in Switzerland, but no one became 
master there. 

From the first, the little country had a stormy history. Its 
neighbors, France on the one side, Austria, a growing power, on 



332 



A STORY OF THE WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE 




GENEVA, SWITZERLAND. 



the other, Germany above, and Italy below, were constantly at 
war, and at times desirous to take the whole, or a part, of Switzer- 
land, for their own. 

But the Swiss had a native love of liberty. In the thirteenth 
century the Forest Cantons, Unterwalden, Schwytz and Uri, 
formed an alliance — a perpetual league. This was the beginning 
of the political union of Switzerland. 

In 1315 the battle of Morgarten was fought. In this the 
Swiss took a great step toward independence, for they defeated 
the Austrians, and maintained their land as their own. 

Through the centuries that have followed, other leagues have 
been made, and, in spite of wars about them, and in spite of war 
among themselves, the Swiss have stood together, until, in these 
later years, they have grown to be one people. 

The Swiss have always been industrious and intelligent. 
Their cities have been the homes of scholars, as well as centers of 
trade, and in them the oppressed and exiled of other nations have 
found refuge. 

At present, in this country, much interest is felt in the Swiss 
government. Thei'e is no President in Switzerland, as in the 
United States, but each canton has certain powers of its own, 
while other powers are given to the general government. 

Two ways are followed by the people that are thought to help 



THE PAST AND PRESENT 



333 



the country. One is the Initiative (Latin, inire, to begin). This 
means that if a man wishes to have a new law made he may 
begin tlie work himself. He may go before the council with what 
he wishes to have done. If a certain number of voters can be got 
to" sign his request, the matter is then sent on to the rest of the 
voters, and they, together, decide whether it shall be made a law 
or not. The other method of the government is called the Refer- 
endum (Latin, re-ferre, to carry back). 

When any law has been passed by the Federal Assembly, or 
in the assembly of any one of the cantons, it goes back to be 
considered by all the voters, and is to be accepted or refused l)y 
them. In this way the people have direct power in their own gov- 
ernment; and in connection with this, the Swiss are careful 
to provide schools, so that every child in the country shall be 
educated. 

Again, from the shores of Europe we cross the ocean, going 
westward. 

The first time that we made this voyage, it was to find the 
way. Exploration of the world, was the idea and the hope of men 
in the days of Columbus. Everything then stood in separation. 




THE QU'Y AT GFNEVA. 



334 A STORY OF THE WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE 

Tlie oceans were unknown and unmeasured. The North was far 
from the South ; the East was farther stiU, though always longed 
for ; the West was a mariner's dream. Men waited for the 
winds, as they sailed, and trembled before the storm-cloud and 
the gale. 

But to-day, as we cross, the seas of the earth are the path- 
ways of the nations. Here, in their ships, they pass to and fro, 
flying the colors that tell who they are, going from port to port^ 
and making a line of connection the whole world round. 

Here is change, great and complete. By what power has 
it been brought about ? By the power of human thought ? 

As we saw in the first pages of this book, when man comes 
into this world, he brings, within himself, the plan and the power 
of his human life. This power man is sent here to use, as the seed 
is sent into the world of nature to grow into flowers and fruit ; 
and, as history teaches us, this power, working within the heart 
and mind of man, has led him on to be a master, where once he 
was but as a child. 

The working out of this human power, after the plan that 
guides mankind, has led, everywhere, to the birth and growth of 
nations. This, history shows us plainly. Man does not live alone. 
The wish of his heart is unity — to be with his own kind. Led by 
this wish, men have found their homes, and have lived together 
in them. Rude, strong and cruel of heart, man has gradually 
grown to ideas that we call civilized — to ideas of liberty and of 
justice. 

This progress of the world brings us to the opening of the 
twentieth century, and as we look about to see how the old century 
closes, we discover that what men have wanted, they are wanting 
still. The ideal of the world, that which it desires most of all and 
constantly works for, is unity. It is that men shall live together, 
and use the earth together, carry on business together and in 
reality l3e one people so far as their work, their interests and 
their comfortable life is concerned. 

The history of to-day shows how this is going on. The West 
has really reached the East. In China, for instance, France, 
Germany, Italy, England and Russia are asking for room for rail- 



THE PAST AND PRESENT 



835 



roads of their own. These will run from the sea up into the land 
and very soon new industries will be opened — mines of coal, iron, 
copper, tin and even some gold ; and mills for better use of the 
products of the country. In this extension of power, Russia has 
already a railroad giving a fourteen days' journey froiu St. Peters- 
burg to Vladivostok, on the Japan Sea, just north of China. 

In Africa, which once was an almost unknown land, the 
nations of Europe have colonies and trading posts. Great Britain 
is in the north, and in the south ; Germany is in the east, and 
France, Holland, Portugal nnd Belgiuin have ku-ge interests hi the 
country. 

All over the world the 
railroad and telegraph g( > 
where trade goes, and the 
exchange of goods and 
products is constantly en- 
larging, from land to 
land. 

As man works on, it 
is believed that, through 
this unity of interests and 
the close connections of 
business, the world will 
come to have better liv- 
ing, better education, and 
more peaceful enjoyment 
of life. 

This freedom, com- 
fort and safety, is the 
desire of all men. His- 
tory sIkjws that what we 
desire we work for, in 
the home, the school, the 
town, the State, the na- 
tion, and the woi-ld. 

In this work the 

youngest reader of his- the matterhorn. Switzerland. 




336 A SrORY OF THE WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE 

tory has his part. It begins at home. It begins with rights and 
duties, among those who are nearest to us. As we grow older, we 
come to the rights and duties that belong to us in the world at 
large. In all this, step by step, history is our teacher. It shows 
us the mistakes and the sorrow, the progress and the joy of the 
AYorld. It shows us the excellence of law and order, and points 
out to us the ideal of justice, the desire for harmony, that rules 
the heart of man. 

History teaches us, too, that the way to this highest life lies in 
the doing of a few things well. 

"Keep ye the Law — be swift in all obedience, 
Clear the land of evil — drive the road and bridge the ford. 

Make ye sure to each his own, 

That he reap what he hath sown ; 
By the peace among our peoples let men know we serve the Lord," 



IMPORTANT EVENTS 



IN 



North American History 



FROM THE EARLIEST DATES TO THE PRESENT TIME 



CIVIL, POLITICAL AND MILITARY 



COMPILED BY 

ALLEN E, FOWLER 



CHRONOLOGY 



OF 



NORTH AMERICA 



PRE-HISTORIC RACES 

Our present American history dates back only about four hundred 
years. Previous to that period the existence of a pre-historic race may 
be traced through the ruins of cities, and subterranean habitations, in 
which skeletons, stone implements of warfare and pieces of pottery and 
earthen vessels of peculiar design and color are found. In some of these 
mounds, tools of copper, brass and silver, and precious stones have been dug 
up. The most marvelous of all the relics of these ancient inhabitants are 
found in Arizona. Here almost every hill-top within a range of 10,000 
square miles is covered with broken pottery, so perfectly glazed that its 
bright and varied coloring is well preserved. Here, also, are ruins of build- 
ings four stories in height, reservoirs, irrigating canals, and fortifications, 
where multitudes of caves are cut in the solid rock, and closed by 
masonry of stone and cement. These caves are accessible by way of ladders. 
These subterranean caverns were evidently prepared w^itli a vast amount of 
labor as asylums against a fierce and invading foe ; and long and cruel 
must have been the wai-fare w^hich forced them to forsake their villages and 
cultivated fields and make their homes in the rocky depths of the mountains. 
Where and how the last of this numerous and wonderful race were blotted 
out of existence, leaving behind no tradition of its origin, will forever 
remain a mystery. 

The ruins of Spanish cathedrals and towns are still scattered over New 
Mexico and Arizona, but their earliest records give no account of these 
inhabitants. Neither did the intelligent and semi-civilized Montezumas, 
nor the vast tribes of Indians subject to them, have any knowledge, or dim 
tradition even, concerning these monuments of a long-forgotten people. 

339 



340 



A STORY OF THE WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE 



THE AMERICAN INDIANS 

The earliest explorers of the American Continent found here a race of 
inhabitants, which they called Indians, because Columbus and the early 
adventurers supposed they had discovered the long-sought eastern shores of 
India. The time of their occupancy of the country or the date of their 
origin cannot be known. 



1403. Oct. 12. Columbus discovered land, 
lie planted the cross and took pos- 
session of the island, naming it San 
Salvador. 

1492. Oct. 28. Columbus discovered 
Cuba, and soon afterwai'd numer- 
ous other Islands, all of which were 
inhabited. 

1493. Sept. 25. Columbus made a 
second voyage to the West Indies 
with a fleet of seventeen ships and 
fifteen hundred persons. 

1497. June 24. John and Sebastian 
Cabot, Italians, in the service of 
Henry VII., King of England, dis- 
covered Labrador and Newfound- 
land. 

1498. May 30. Columbus sailed from 
Spaiii on bis third voyage to the 
New AVorld with ten shijis. This 
time he discovered the continent of 
South America. 

1499. May 16. Americus A'espucius, a 
Florentine, sailed to explore the 
New World. He followed the 
course of Columbus, landed upon 
the coast of Paria, but proceeded 
only as far as Cape de Verde. 

1502. May 4. The Government of Spain 
sent Columbus upon his fourth and 
last voyage, equipped with four ves- 
sels and one hundred and twenty 
men. He discovered Honduras, 
soon afterward the Gulf of Darien 
and the adjoining coast. 



1503. Negro slavery first introduced into 
the West Indies by the Spaniards. 

1506. May 20. Columbus died at Valo- 
dolid, in his fifty-ninth year. 

1512. April 2. Juan Ponce de Leon dis- 
covered Florida in search of the 
fabled "Fountain of Perpetual 
Youth." 

1513. Sept. 26. Balboa discovered the 
Pacific Ocean. 

1520. March 31. Fernando Magellan dis- 
covered Patagonia, and wintered in 
a harbor on its coast. 

1520. Nov. 7. Magellan entered the 
straits which have since been called 
by his name. 

1520. Nov. 27. Magellan entered the 
Pacific Ocean, where he sailed over 
three months 

1521. March 6. Magellan discovered the 
Ladrone Islands. 

1521. March 16. Magehan discovered 
the Philippines. 

1522. Sept. 7. Sebastian del Cano, com- 
mander of the Victory, one of the 
ships of Magellan's expedition, 
returned to Spain, having sailed 
round the world in three years and 
twenty-eight days, his being the first 
vessel which circumnavigated the 
globe. 

1522. Bermuda Islands discovered by 
Juan Bermudez, a Spaniard, who 
was wrecked upon them. 



CHE 0X0 LOGY OF NOETII AMEEICA 



341 



1524. Verazzani explored the coast of 1540. 
North America, calling it New 
France. 

1534. April 20. James Cartier sailed 
from St. Malo, France, with two 
ships of sixty tons, and one hundred 1541. 
and twenty-two men. 

1534. May 10. lie came in sight of 
Newfoundland. Soon after visited 
several harbors on the opposite coast 
of Labrador. 1541. 

1534. July. He took possession of the 
continent for the King of France. 
Soon afterward he sailed into the 
river St. Lawrence. 

1535. May 19. Cartier sailed on his 
second voyage with three ships, one 1541. 
of 120, one of 60, one of 40 tons. 

He jDursued the same course as the 1543. 

preceding summer, and sailed up 

the St. Lawrence. 
1535. Oct. 2. Cartier arrived at the Indian 

town of Ilochelaga. To the hill 1553. 

under which the town was built he 

gave the name of Montreal. 
1535-1550. Money was coined in Mexico, 

and a printing-jiress introduced; a 

university and several colleges 

founded. 
1537. Cortez discovered the peninsula of 

California, and explored the greater 

part of the gulf 

1539. May 30. Ferdinando de Soto 
arrived upon the western coast of 
Florida with 9 vessels, (300 men, 213 
horses and a herd of swine, to explore 

the country and search for gold. 1577 

1540. Gonzalo Pizarro, with a force of 
340 soldiers, 150 horses, and 4,000 
Indians, crosses the Andes to exi^lore 
the gi'eat unknown world beyond. 
Enduring incredible hardships from 
cold and fatigue. 



1565. 



1572, 



Aug. 23. Cartier upon his third 
voyage, with five ships, anchored in 
the mouth of a small river on the 
St. LawTence, where ho built a 
fort. 

In the sirring Cartier visited New- 
foundland en route for France, 
where he found three ships with 
200 persons of both sexes, on their 
way to Canada to found a colony. 
July. The colony arrived at St, 
Croix. They passed a tedious win- 
ter, suffering from sickness, and the 
following summer they abandoned 
the enterprise and retiu'ned to 
France. 

De Soto discovered the Mississippi 
Eiver. 

Alvarado, successor to De Soto, 
descended the Mississippi from the 
mouth of Eed River, where De 
Soto died, to the sea. 
The entire Indian pojralation in 
Cul)a became extinct through the 
cruelty of the Spaniards. 
Sept. St. Augustine founded by 
the Spaniards, and the Huguenots 
massacred. 

Sir Francis Drake, with three small 
vessels, entered the coast of New 
Granada, jilundered the settlements, 
burnt the shipping, and held the 
whole region at his mercy. He re- 
turned to England with enough 
wealth to make him one of the rich- 
est private persons in the kingdom. 
80. Drake, with six shi2'>s and 164 
men, made another expedition to 
South America. He sailed through 
the straits of Magellan and entered 
the Pacific, then sailed along the 
coast to California, of which he took 
formal possession in the name of 



342 



A STORY OF THE WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE 



the Qiieen of England. Fearing to 160G. 
meet the Spanish cruisers, he re- 
solved to sail westward. He accom- 
plished his purpose, and reached 
England in 15S0, after an absence 
of nearly three 3'ears. 
1578. Sir Humphrey Gilbert obtained 
a patent from Queen Elizabeth 
to discover and appropriate all 
lands unoccupied by Christian pow- 
ers in North America, in the name 
of the crown of England. 

1583. Gilbert attempted the settlement 
of Newfoundland, taking possession 
in the name of the Queen. He 
established the cod-fisheries, from 
which England has derived more 
profit than though the island had 
been filled with gold-mines. 

1584. The territory from Canada to 
Florida was granted by Elizabeth, 
the virgin queen (whence its name, 
Virginia), to Sir Walter lialeigh. 

1584. Raleigh fitted out two vessels and 

anchored in Roanoke Bay. 
1586. Davis' Straits discovered by John 

Davis, an Englishman. 

1586. Tobacco first introduced into Eng- 
land. 

1587. The first child born of English 
parentage in North America was 1612. 
named Virginia Dare. 

1603. (*hamplain, with two small vessels, 1613. 
sailed from France and entered the 
St. Lawrence River. 1614. 

1604. Champlain again visited Canada 
and attempted a settlement on an 
island in Passamaquoddy Bay. 1614 

1604. Settlement established at Port 
Royal, X. S., by the Huguenots 
under De Montz, 

1604. New Brunswick first colonized. 



1608. 

1608. 
1608. 
1609. 
1609. 

1610. 
1610. 

1612. 



April 20. North America, be. 
tween the 34th and 38th degrees of 
latitude, granted by James I. of 
England to the Plymouth Com- 
pany, and from the 41st to the 45th 
to the London Company. 
Jamestown colony, founded 1607, 
reinforced by 120 men and a large 
stock of provisions and implements 
of husbandry. 

Champlain returned to America and 
founded the C'ity of Quebec. 
Pocahontas saved the life of Capt. 
Smith. 

Champlain discovered the lake 
which bears his name. 
Sept. 21. Henry Hudson, an Eng- 
lishman, in the employment of the 
Dutch, discovered the river which 
bears his name. 

Lord Delaware visited Delaware 
Bay, giving it its name. 
Hudson sailed on his last voyage. 
After sailing two mouths he en- 
tered the great bay which has since 
been called by his name. 
The nefarious lottery scheme was 
enacted and put into practice in 
the Virginia Colony, bringing 
£29,000 into the treasury of the 
London Company. 
Pocahontas was taken prisoner by 
Capt. Argyl. 

April. Pocahontas was married to 
John Rolfe. 

New York settled by the Dutch on 
Manhattan Island, now New York 
City. 

Two English vessels, under com- 
mand of Capt. John Smith and 
Thos. Hunt, prospected the shores 
of New England from Cape Cod to 
Penobscot. They drew a map of 



CHRONOLOGY OF NORTH AMERICA 



343 



the coast and presented it to Prince 
Charles, who gave the country the 
name of New England. 

1615. The cultivation of tobacco first in- 
troduced into Virginia. 

1615. Baffin's Bay discovered hy Baffin. 

1617. Pocahontas died in England, leav- 
ing a son, who was educated there. 

1620. Nov. 10. The Mayflower anchored 
in Cape Cod liarbor. 

1620. Dec. Landing of the Pilgrims at 
Plymouth, Mass. 

1620. Aug. A cargo of negroes brought 
from the coast of Guinea by the 
Dutch, and sold to the Virginia 
planters. 

1620. Ninety young and respectable 
women were brought over to the 
Virginia colony and sold as wives. 
The enterprise proved so success- 
ful that sixty more came over. 
The price of a wife was at first esti- 
mated at 120 pounds of tobacco, 
which sold for three shillings per 
pound. Afterward they brought 
150 pounds. 

1620. Plymouth Company changed to 
Council of Plymouth, and a new 
charter granted. 

1621. The Dutch made a gi'ant of New 
Netherlands to a W. I. Company. 
The W. I. Company built New Am- 
sterdam (New York), and founded 
the city of Albany. 

1620. Schools for Indians established in 

Virginia. 
1621-25. Unsuccessful attempt by Lord 

Baltimore to settle Newfoundland. 

1622. Indian massacre at Jamestown. 
Three hundred and forty-seven of 
the colonists killed in open day. 

1625. King James discontinued the House 
of Representatives in Virginia, and 



supplied a new form of government 
to the colonies. 

1628. Salem, Mass., settled by a colony 
of Puritans under John Endicott. 

1629. First settlement in New Hampshire. 
1629. Charlestown founded by the Massa- 
chusetts Bay Colony. 

1629. Qiiebec taken by the English. 
1030. Boston, Cambridge, Roxbury, and 

Dorchester founded. 
1030. John AViuthrop, first Governor of 
Massachusetts l^ay Colony. 

1630. First Ceneral Court held at Boston. 

1030. Fifteen hundred Puritans, with a 
Heet of 17 ships, arrived in New 
England. 

1031. The Puritans passed a law restrict- 
ing all participation in pnl^lic affairs, 
and all citizenship to church mem- 
bers . 

1031. First iron works in the IT. S built 
at Lynn, Mass. 

1031. First vessel built in the U. S. 

1032. June. James I. granted a charter 
of land to Lord Baltimore, which, 
in honor of the Queen, was named 
Maryland. 

1032. Canada restored to the French. 

1033. Maryland settled by a Roman Cath- 
olic colony under Lord Baltimore, 
whose kind treatment of the 
Indians won their confidence. 

1034. Maryland settled by Leonard Cal- 
vert. 

1634. Roger Williams banished from 
Massachusetts for preaching dis- 
senting doctrines. 

1030. Hartford, Conn., settled. 

1637. Mrs. Anne Hutchinson was ban- 
ished from Massachusetts for con- 
tending for freedom of debate in 
religious meetings. 



344 



A STORY OF THE WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE 



1637. 

1637. 
1638. 

1638. 

1638. 
1639. 

1639. 

1639. 
1639. 



1639, 

1640, 
1640, 

1642, 



1642 

1642 
1643 



1644 



1644 



Harvard College founded with an 
appropriation of £400. 
First Congregational Synod in 
Massachnsetts. 

A fleet of 20 ships arrived in Mas- 
sachusetts from England with' 3,000 
emigrants. 

Another massacre of the colonists 
at Jamestown. 

First settlement in Delaware made 
by the Swedes. 

First printing-press in North 
America set up at Cambridge, 
Mass., by Stephen Day. 
Corn-planting was enforced by law 
in Maryland, and a gi'ist-mill 
erected. 

First public hospital in America, 
founded at Quebec. 
A written Constitution framed and 
adopted by the people of Connecti- 
cut. 

Newport, Rhode Island, founded. 
]\Iontreal founded. 
First jDOwder mills erected in the 
United States. 

The English House of Commons, 
by vote, exempted the New England 
colonies from duties upon goods, 
either imported or exported. 
Oct. 9. The first commencement 
at Harvard College. 

45. Indian War in Maryland. 
First Union formed by the colonies 
of Plymouth, Massachusetts, Con- 
necticut, and New Haven, under 
the name of the United Colonies of 
New England. 

Treaty of peace between the N. E. 
colonies and the French settlements 
of Acadia. 

■45. Eebellion in Maryland and war 
with the Indians in Virginia. 



1644. Rhode Island obtained a charter, 
1044-46. " Blue Laws " passed- blas- 
phemy, idolatry, adultery, and 
witchcraft were punished by death^ 
and for any other crime committed 
on Sunday, in addition to the regu- 
lar punishment, catting off an ear 
was added. 

1645. Clayborne's rebellion in Maryland. 

1646. Massachusetts passed an act for th& 
spread of the Gospel among the 
Indians, and John Elliot preaclied 
to them ill their own tongue. 

1646. The Assembly of Maryland (Romarb 
Catholic) passed laws tolerating- 
liberty of conscience in religious- 
belief. 

1647. Arrival at New Amsterdam of 
Stuyvesant, Dutch director -general 
of New Netherlands. 

1649. English Parliament formed a mis- 
sionary society for the conversion of 
Indians in America. 

1651. Navigation Act passed by England^ 
restricting the commerce of the 
colonies. 

1652. The first regular bookseller in 
America was Hezekiah Usher, of 
lioston. 

1652. First mint established in New Eng- 
land, in Massachusetts. 

1655. Stuyvesant captm-ed the Swedish. 
settlement in Delaware. 

1656. Quakers first arrived in Massachu- 
setts. Their persecution by the 
Puritans. 

1659. Four Quakers executed on Boston. 

Common. 
1600. Church of England established by 

Charles II., and no preachers but. 

those regularly ordained by the 

Bishops of England were allowed to 

preach in the colonies. 



CHROXOLOGY OF NORTH AMERICA 



345 



1660. A duty of 5 j^er cent was levied by 
the English Government upon all 
merchandise of import or export in 
the American colonies. 

1660. English Navigation Act established. 

1660. Supreme authority of the people 
declared in Maryland. 

1662. Three persons hung for witchcraft 
in Hartford, Conn. 

1663. Feb. 5. Earthquake lasting with 
short intervals for six months, and 
extending over the greater part of 
North America. 

1663. First settlement in North Carolina. 

1661. Aug. 27. New Amsterdam sur- 
rendered to the English, and 
Colonel Nichols appointed British 
Governor. 

1664. Elliot translated and printed the 
Bible in the language of the Ameri- 
can Indians. 

1664. First permanent settlement in New 
Jersey. 

1665. Every town in Massachusetts had a 
free school. 

1665. June 12. New York City incor- 
porated. 

1666-75. Marquette, a Jesuit missionary 
to the Indians of the Northwest, 
explored the upper Mississippi Iiiver 
and adjacent country to Arkansas. 

1666. The Virginia colony convened an 
Assembly. 

1666. Act of 1649 confirmed, establishing 
absolute political equality among all 
Christian denominations. 

1670. First settlement in South Carolina. 

1672. First copyright granted by Massa- 
chusetts. 

1672. A mail route established between 
New York and Boston by way of 
Hartford. 



1673. Mississippi River explored by Mar- 
quette and Joliet. 

1674. First Legislative Assembly met in. 
South Carolina. 

1675. June 24. Commencement of King 
Philip's War. Attack on Swanzey. 

1676. Bacon's rebellion in Virginia. 
Berkeley attempted to suppress it,, 
and a civil war was declared. 

1676. Jamestown burned and the houses 
of the loyalists pillaged, and prop- 
erty destroyed. 

1676. Aug. 12. King Philip killed and 
his tribe scattered. 

1679-87. La Salle, the French explored, 
traversed the great lakes, descended 
the Ohio River to the falls, and the 
Mississippi to its mouth. 

1680. Foundation of Charleston laid. 

1681. March 14. Pennsylvania granted 
to Wm. Penn. 

1682. Penn made a treaty with the 
Indians. 

1682. The city of Philadelphia founded. 

1682. La Salle took possession of the 
country on both sides the Missis- 
sippi River, naming it Louisiana. 

1683. Second Assembly held in Philadel- 
phia, and a new Constitution, 
adopted and new laws passed. 

1685. Arnold went to Hartford with a 
body of troops and demanded the 
surrender of their charter. The 
Assembly artfully concealed the 
charter, and refused to give it up. 

1686. First Episcopal church formed in. 
Boston. 

1686. Massachusetts deprived of her 
charter. 

1687. First printing-press established near 
Philadelphia by William Bradford. 

1688. New York and New Jersey colonies 
united to New England . 



346 



A STORY OF THE WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE 



1688. A woman executed in Boston for 
witchcraft. 

1689. Sir Edmund Andros seized and 
imprisoned in Boston, and sent 
home to England. 

1689-97. King William's War between the 
French and their Indian allies, and 
New England. 

1690. Feb. 8. Schenectady burned by 
the French and Indians. 

1690. First paper money issued in Massa- 
chusetts. 

1690. Expedition against Port Royal, 
Nova Scotia, by Sir Wm. Phipps, 
of Massachusetts. 

1691. Acadia seized and plundered. 

1691. Maryland made a royal province. 

1692. Massachusetts Bay colony and 
Plymouth colony united under a 
new charter. 

1692. Sir Edmund Andros appointed 
Governor of New England by 
James II. 

1692. William and Mary College, Vir- 
ginia, chartered. 

1692. Witchcraft in Salem, and many 
people put to death. 

1692. First printing-press established at 
New York by William Bradford. 

1695. Eice first introduced into Carolina 
from Africa. 

1696. Indian attack on Haverhill. 

1697. Close of King William's War. 

1699. Louisiana settled by the French at 
what is now Biloxi, Mississippi. 

1700. Lead mines discovered by Le Suer, 
a French explorer, at Dubuque, 
Iowa. 

1701. Detroit founded by the French. 
1701. Commencement of Queen Anne's 

War. 
1701. Yale College founded. 



1701. New form of government given to 
Pennsylvania. 

1702. Mobile settled by the French. 

1703. Culture of silk introduced into 
Carolina. 

1704. First newspaper (Boston Xeios- 
Lettei') published at Boston by 
Bartholomew Green. 

1704. French and Indian massacre at 
Deerfield, Mass. The village was 
burned, and 47 persons killed. 

1710. First colonial post-office at New 
York. 

1712. Indian massacre in North Carolina. 

1713. Close of Queen Anne's War. 

1713. Slaves transported to South Caro- 
lina, by British ships, to cultivate 
rice. 

1714. First schooner built at Cape Ann. 

1715. New Orleans and Natchez founded 
by the French. 

1717. Spanish Government monopolized 
the tobacco trade. 

1719. First Presbyterian church founded 
in New York. 

1720. Tea first introduced into New Eng- 
land. 

1722. Paper money first used in Pennsyl- 
vania. 

1725. First newspaper in New York (N. 
Y. Gazette) published by Wm, 
Bradford. 

1727. Earthquake in New England, 

1730. Printing-press and newspaper estab- 
lished at Charleston, S. Car. 

1732. Tobacco and corn made legal ten- 
der in Maryland. 

1732. Birth of George Washington. 
1732- June Georgia founded by Ogle- 
thorpe, and a charter granted 

1733. Feb. Savannah, Ga., founded. 
1733. July 30. First Grand Lodge of 

Freemasons on the American con- 



CHRONOLOGY OF NORTH AMERICA 



547 



tinent, organized by Henry Price, a 
successful merchant of Boston. 
1738. C'ollege at Princeton founded. 

1740. First stove (a cast-iron fire2)lace) 
was invented by Franklin. He 
refused to accept letters paten c 
offered him by the Governor of 
Pennsylvania, Avishing to give the 
benefit of his discovery to the 
people. 

1741. "General Magazine and Historical 
Chronicle" published by Franklin.- 

1741. July 18. Vitus Behring, a cele- 
brated Eussian explorer, discovered 
Alaska. 

1742. Faneuil Hall built by Peter Faneuil. 
1744. King George's War began. 

1746. England and France determined to 
wage a war of extermination upon 
each other in their American colo- 
nies. 

1748. New England issued bills of credit. 

1749. Moravian Seminary, first eminent 
school for girls, organized at Bethle- 
hem, Pa. 

1751. Sugar-cane first cultivated in the 
U. S. on the banks of the Missis- 
sippi Kiver, above Xew Orleans. 

1753. Washington, when only 21 years, 
sent by Gov. Dinwiddle, of Vir- 
ginia, went to the French com- 
mander on the Ohio to effect a set- 
tlement of territorial claims. Un- 
successful in his mission, he re- 
turned on foot, over 500 miles, 
with but one companion. 

1754. Columbia College founded in New 
York. 

1754. April 2. Colonel Frye, with a 
regiment of Virginia troops, was 
sent to occupy the fort at the Alle- 
gheny and Monongahela rivers. 
Finding the French had already 



erected a fort, he hastened to attack 
the French, surprising and defeat- 
ing them. 

1755, July 9. Gen. Braddock put to 
flight by the Indians near Fort Du 
Quesne, and over half the army, 
officers and men, were lost. 

1755. Sept. 8. Americans defeated by 
the French near Lake George. 

1755. French also defeated by the Ameri- 
cans. 

1756. May 19, War declared with 
France by Great Britain. 

1756. Aug. 14. The French under 
Montcalm cajitured Fort Oswego. 

1757. Fort William Henry taken by the 
French. 

1758. June 2. Louisbourg, on Caj^e 
Breton Island, taken by the Eng- 
lish, together with Island Eoyal and 
St. Johns. 

1758. Aug. 27. Fort Frontignac taken by 
the English under Col. Bradstreet. 

1758. Nov. 25. Fort Du Quesne evacu- 
ated by the French and taken 
possession of by the English. 

1758. Peace with the Indians was secured 
between the Ohio River and the 
lakes. 

1758. Gen. Washington elected to the 
Virginia House of ]5urgesses, 

1759, July, Niagara, Ticonderoga, and 
Crown Point taken by the English, 

1759. Sept. 13. Battle of Quebec. A 
desperate battle was fought, during 
which Wolfe and Montcalm were 
slain. 

1759. Sept. 18. Surrender of Quebec. 

1760. The French surrendered Canada. 

1761. March 12, Earthquake in New 
England, 

1762. Louisiana ceded to Spain by France. 



348 



A STORY OF THE WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE 



1763. Feb. 10. France surrendered all her 
possessions in North America, east 
of the Mississippi Eiver, to Great 
Britain. 

1763. Havana restored to the French in 
exchange for Florida. 

1763. Feb. 10. Peace concluded between 
the English and French at Paris. 

1764. March. Authority to tax Ameri- 
can colonies voted by the House of 
Commons. 

1764. April 5. First act for levying 
revenue passed by Parliament. 

1765. March 2-2. Passage of the Stamp 
Act, which required the people to 
purchase for specified sums, stamps 
and to place the same upon all 
written documents. 

1765. First Medical College established in 

Philadelphia. 
1765. May 20. Virginia resolutions 

against the right of taxation. 

1765. Oct. 7. A Congress of 27 delegates 
convened at New York, and declared 
themselves against the Stamp Act. 

1766. Feb. Franklin examined before 
the House of Commons. 

1766. March 18. Stamp Act repealed. 
1766. First stage route established be- 
tween Providence and Boston. 

1766. Methodism first introduced into 
America. 

1767. June. Taxation laid on paper, 
glass, tea, and painters' colors. 

1767. Non - importation agreements 
adopted by the colonies. 

1768. Feb. Convention of deputies called 
by Massachusetts at Faneuil Hall, 
Boston. 

1768. The British Government stationed 
a military force in Boston. Begin- 
ning of hostilities, which engendered 



a spirit of resistance in the American, 
colonies toward the mother country. 
1769. Boston refused to receive goods 
from Great Britain, and sent them 
back. 

1769. Paper-mill erected at Milton. 

1770. March 5. The Boston Massacre. 
A mob composed of citizens of Bos- 
ton attacked the British soldiers. 
During the fray three citizens were 
killed and five wounded. 

1771. Rebellion in North Carolina 
against the Government officers to 
resist the oppression of the English 
government and demand redress. 

1773. First asylum for the blind at Wil- 
liamsburg, Virginia. 

1773. Dec. 16. Destruction of tea in 
Boston Harbor. The citizens of 
Boston threw a cargo of tea into 
the ocean, sent by Great Britain in 
open violation of the act of the 
colonies against receiving merchan- 
dise subject to tariff. 

1774. Shakers founded by Ann Lee, an 
English woman. 

1774. May 13. General Gage arrived in 
Boston Hai'bor as commander of 
the royal forces of North America. 

1774. The colonies jaroceeded to enlist and 
di'ill minute-men, and appoint com- 
mittees of safety and supplies. 
Massachusetts called for 12,000 men 
to be equipped for service, 

1774. Sept. 14. Second Colonial Con- 
gress assembled. Eepresentatives 
from twelve colonies met in Phila- 
delphia to enact measures for the 
protection of the people. They 
prepared an address to the King, 
declaring their loyalty, but demand- 
ing redress for their grievances. 



CHRONOLOGY OF NORTH AMERICA 



'.UO 



1775. 



1 irw-r 



1775. 
1775. 



1775. 
1775. 



1775. 
1775. 
1775. 

1776. 
1776. 



April 14. First Society for the 
Abolition of Slavery was formed in 
Philadelphia, with Franklin as 
President. 

Apr. 10. Battle of Lexington. The 
British met with a loss of 1)3 men 
killed and taken prisoners, and 185 
wounded. The colonists had 50 
killed and 28 wounded and missing. 
May 10. Caj)ture of Ticonderoga. 
Jnne 17. Battle of Ihmker's 
Hill. The British lost 1,051 men, 
among whom were 19 commissioned 
officers, and 70 more wounded. 

The loss on the American side 
was 139 killed, among them the 
brave Gen. Warren. The wounded 
and missing numbered 314. 
July 12. Washington took com- 
mand of the American army. 
Gen. Montgomery, with 1,000 men, 
attacked St. Johns, Canada, captur- 
ing the town, 600 prisoners and a 
large numlier of cannon. 

Col. Ethan Allen taken pris- 
oner near Montreal and sent to 
England. 

Montreal taken with 600 i^risoners. 

Bombardment of Quebec. 
A navy of 13 vessels ordered by 
Congress. 

Cougress ordered the issuing of 
$5,000,000 paper money. 
Benjamin Franklin appointed first 
Postmaster-General. 
Jan. 1. Lord Dunmore burned 
Xorfolk, Va. 

March 17. The British evacuated 
Boston with 7,000 men, leaving 
their barracks standing, and stores 
to the amount of £30,000. 
June 28. The British defeated at 
Charleston, S. C. 



1776. 



1776. 
1776. 

1776. 



1776. 
1776. 

1776. 
1776. 



1777. 

-I \^mtv 

i-l t i . 

1771. 
1777. 

1777. 
1777. 
1777. 

1777. 
1777. 
1777. 
1777. 



The dawn of independence, July 4. 
The American colonies openly de- 
clared their independence and free- 
dom from British sovereignty. 



Aug. 2 



Battle of Lonff Island 



Discouragements to the American 
cause. 

Sept. 16. Battle of Harlem Plains, 
N. Y. The British took possession 
of the city. 

Oct. 28. Battle of White Plains. 
Nov. 16, 18. Forts Lee and Wash- 
ington taken by the British. 
Battle of Trenton, X. J. 
Congress convened in Baltimore, 
and resolved upon prosecuting the 
war, redoubling their energies. 
Volunteers began to flock to the 
army from all departments of life. 
Great Britain established the prison- 
ship system. 

Great Britain attempted to create 
discord among the colonies. 
Wool-carding machinery invented 
by Oliver Evans, of Boston. 
Jan. 3. Battle of Princeton. The 
British routed, with a loss of 430 
men. 

March 15. Vermont organized as a 
State. 

March 23. Destruction of stores at 
Peekskill. 

April 26. Tryon destroyed Dan- 
bury, Conn., with a large amount of 
military stores. 

May 23. Expedition against Sag 
Harbor, Long Island, by Meigs. 

June. Burgovne invaded New 
York. 

June. Burgoyne held a council 
with the Indians. 

July 6. Evacuation of Ticon- 
deroga by Gen. St. Clair. 



350 



A STORY OF THE WORLD AXD ITS PEOPLE 



1777. 
1777. 



1777. 

1777. 
1777. 

1777. 
1777. 

1777. 

1777. 
1777. 

1777. 

1777. 

1777. 

1777. 
1778. 
1778. 
1778. 
1778. 
1778. 
1778. 
1778. 



July 7. Battle of Hnbbardton; 
White Hall taken. 
July 8. Battle of Fort Auue. 
July 31. Sympathy of France. 
Lafayette arrived from France with 
troops and supplies, and offered his 
services to the colonies. 
July 10. Capture of Prescott by 
the Americans. 

Aug. 16. Battle of Bennington. 
Sept. 11. Battle of Brandy wine 
under Gen. Washington. 
Sept. 19. Battle of Stillwater. 
Sept. 26. British troops under Sir 
Wm. Howe entered Philadelphia. 
Oct. 6. Capture of Forts Clinton 
and Montgomery on the Hudson. 
Oct. 7. Battle of Saratoga. 
Oct. 14. The fight for German- 
town. 

Oct. 17. Defeat and capture of 
Burgoyne. 

Nov. 15. Articles of Confedera- 
tion adopted by Congress and rati- 
fied by all the States. 
Nov. 16, 18. British captured Forts 
Mifflin and Mercer on the Dela- 
ware. 

Dec. Suffering of AVashington and 
his army at Valley Forge. 
Jan. 5. Capt. Cook explored the 
coast of Alaska. 

Franklin, Dean, and Lee were sent 
as Commissioners to France. 
Feb. 6. France acknowledged the 
independence of the United States. 
March. Lord North's conciliatory 
bill passed by Parliament. 
March 7. Nicholas Biddle killed 
in naval action. 

June 18. British evacuated Phila- 
delphia. 
June 28. Battle of Monmouth. 



1778. 
1778. 
1778. 
1778. 
1770. 
1779. 
1779. 
1779. 
1779. 
1779. 

1779. 
1779. 

1779. 

1779. 

1779. 

1779. 

1779. 

1779. 

1779. 



Battle of Briar Creek, 

Norfolk taken by the 

Capture of Stony Point, 



July 3 and 4. Massacre at Wyo- 
ming. 

July 11. Arrival of a French fleet 
under Count D'Estaiiig. 
Nov. 10. Massacre at Cherry \'al- 
ley, N. Y., by the Indians. 
Dec. 29. Savannah taken by the 
British. 

Jan. 9. Capture of Sunbury, Ga., 
by the British. 

Feb. 14. Battle of Kettle Creek, 
Ga. 

March 3. 
Ga. 

March 3. 
British. 
May 31. 
N. Y. 

Junel. Capture of Verplanck's 
Point, N. Y., by the British. 
June 30. Battle of Stony Ferry. 
July 5, 7, 8. Fairfield and Nor- 
walk, Conn., burned by the British. 
July 5-12. Tryon's raid into Con- 
necticut. 

July 16. Storming of Stony Point 
by Americans under Gen. Wayne. 
July 16. Recapture of Stony Point 
by the Americans. 
Aug. 13. Castine, Me., captured 
by the British. 

Aug. 19. Capture of British gar- 
rison at Paulus' Hook, N. J. 
Sept. Siege of Savannah, Ga., by 
the Americans and French. 
Sept. 3. Paul Jones' great victory 
off the coast of England. The Bon 
Homme Richard, his own ship — 
an old and clumsy vessel of 42 guns 
— compelled the surrender of a 
British ma7i-of-war, the Sereins, a 
new ship of 50 guns. 



CHRONOLOGY OF NORTH AMERICA 



351 



1779. 

1779. 
1779. 

1780. 

1780. 
1780. 
1780. 

1780. 



1780. 



1780. 

1780. 
1780. 

1780. 

1780. 
1780. 

1780. 

1780. 
1780. 

1780. 
1780. 

1780. 

1780. 



Dec. Coal first used in America by 1781. 
Pennsylvania blacksmiths. 
General war upon the Indians. 1781. 

Death of Patrick Henry, aged 63. 1781. 
Feb. 6. Congress called for 35,000 
men. 1781. 

April 14. Battle of Monk's Corner. 
May 6. Battle on Santee River. 1781. 

April-May. Charleston, S. C, be- 
sieged by the British. 1781. 
May 12. Surrender to Gen. Clin- 
ton of the American army at 1781. 
Charleston, S. C. 

May 19. Remarkable dark day in 1781. 
New England. The superstitious 1781. 
regarded it as the "day of doom," 1781. 
and learned scientists were unable 
to account for the wonderful phe- 1781. 
nomenon. 1781. 

June. 23. Battle at Springfield, 1781. 
N. J. 

July 12. Arrival at Rhode Island 1781. 
of another French fleet and army. 1781. 
July 30. Battle at Rocky Mount, 1781. 
S. C. 
Aug. G. 
S. C. 
Aug. 16. 
Aug. 18. 



Battle at Hanging Rock, 1781. 



Battle of Sanders' Creek. 1782. 
Defeat of Sumpter at 1782. 
Fishing Creek. 

Sept. 23. Treason of Maj.-Gen. 
Benedict Arnold and arrest of Maj. 1782. 
Andre. 

Oct. 2. Hanging of Major Andre. 1782. 
Oct. 7. Battle of King's Moun- 
tain. 1782. 
Nov. 20. Battle of Blackstock. 
Dec. 2. Greene took command of 
the Southern army. 1782. 
Dec. 20. "War between England 
and Holland. 1783. 
Dec. 30. The First National 1783. 
Thanksgiving. 



Bank of North America established 
at Philadelphia. 

Jan. 17. Battle of the Cowpens. 
Feb. 2. Battle of McGowan's 
Ford. 

Feb. 16. Battle of Guilford's 
Courthouse. 

Jan. and Feb. Gen. Greene's 
retreat through South Carolina. 
Ajwil 22. Fort Watson surren- 
dered to Gens. Marion and Lee. 
April 25. Battle of Hobkirk's 
Hill. 

May 10. Camden evacuated. 
May 12. Fort Mott taken. 
May 15. British abandoned Nel- 
son's Ferry. 

June 6. Augusta, Ga., capitulated. 
July 6. Battle of Green Spring. 
Aug. 3. Arrival of the French 
fleet under De Grasse. 
Massacre at Fort Griswold, Conn. 
Sept. 8. Battle of Eutaw Springs. 
Oct. 6. Bombardment of York- 
town. 

Oct. 19. Surrender of Cornwallis 
at Yorktown. 

AVatts invented the rotative engine. 
The first steamboat was placed upon 
the Potomac River, by James 
Eumsey. 

July 11. Evacuation of the British 
at Savannah, Ga. 

Aug. War between the United 
States and Great Britain closed. 
Nov. 30. Peace negotiations be- 
tween the United States and Great 
Britain signed at Paris. 
Dec. 14. Evacuation of Charles- 
ton, S. C, by the British. 
Fur-trading established in Alaska. 
April 11. Peace proclaimed by 
Congress. 



352 



A STORY OF THE WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE 



1T83. Sept. 3. Treaties of peace between 
England and the United States, 
France, Spain, and Holland. 

1783. Nov. 25. New York evacuated by 
the British. 

1783. Dec. 23. Washington resigned his 
commission. 

1784. Great distress in the United States 
owing to scarcity of money. 

1784. First agricultural society in the 
United States at Philadelphia. 

1784. Feb. First voyage made from 
China to New York. 

1785. Commercial treaties between United 
States and Prussia, Denmark, and 
Portugal. 

1785. Thomas Jefferson sent as Minister 
to France. 

1785. John Adams sent as first ambas- 
sador from the United States to 
Great Britain. 

1786. Financial embarrassment threat- 
ened the peace of the country. 

1786. First cotton mill in the United 
States built at Beverly, Mass. 

1787. Convention held at PhiladeliDhia to 
form a Federal Constitution. 

1787. Organization of the Northwestern 
Territory. 

1788. Thomas Paine made a model for an 
iron bridge to be built over the 
Schuylkill, with a single arch of 
iron of 400 feet span. 

1789. March 4. First national Constitu- 
tional Congress assembled at New 
York. 

1789. Congress passed first tariff bill, and 
created the departments of State, 
War, and Treasury. 

1789. April 30. George Washington 
inaugurated as President, with 
John Adams as Vice-President. 



1789. Nov. North Carolina adopted the 
Constitution. The Judicial system 
was established. 

1789. The first Temperance Society 
in the United States was organized 
at Litchfield County, Connecticut. 

1790. District of Columbia ceded to Mary- 
land by Virginia. 

1790. Congress moved to Philadelphia. 

1790. District of Columbia ceded to the 
United States by Maryland, for the 
location of the National Govern- 
ment. 

1790. Rhode Island accepted the Consti- 
tution. 

1790. Oct. 17-22. Gen. Harmer, with a 
force of 1,453 men, attacked the 
Indians, and was twice defeated. 

1790. First rolling mill introduced into 
the United States. 

1790. April 17. Benjamin Franklin died. 

1790. Taking of the first census — popu- 
lation 4,000,000. 

1790. First machinery for siDinning cotton 
was set up by Samuel Slater. 

1791. United States Bank chartered by 
Congress, with a capital of $10,- 
000,000; stock all taken in one 
day. 

1791. Congress laid tax on whisky — the 
first tax to raise money in the 
United States for internal use. 

1791. First patent issued for threshing- 
machines. 

1791. March 4. Vermont admitted into 
the Union. 

1791. Gen. Wayne appointed Commander- 
in-chief of the American army. 

1791. Vermont adopted the Constitution. 

1791. Nov. 4. Gen. St. Clair surprised 
and defeated by the Indians. Nearly 
one-half of the army of 2,000 men 
were slaughtered. 



CHRONOLOGY OF NORTH AMERICA 



353 



1792. Kentucky admitted into the Union. 

] 792. Law passed for establishing a mint. 

1792. May 7. Capt. Gray, commander 
of the American ship Columbia, 
discovered the Columbia Kiver, 
naming it after his ship. 

1792. First daily paper established. 

1792. Insurance Company of North 
America established in Philadelphia. 

1793. Washington's second inauguration 
as President; John Adams again 
Vice-President. 

1793. Fugitive Slave Law passed. 
1793. John Hancock and Koger Sherman 
died, 

1793. Invention of the cotton gin hy 
Whitney. 

1794. Automatic signal telegraph intro- 
duced and applied in New York. 

1794. Whisky rebellion in western Penn- 
sylvania, caused by the tax levied 
upon whisky. 

1794, Aug. Gen. Anthony Wayne (nick- 
named "Mad Anthony," on account 
of his reckless courage) attacked the 
Indians upon the Maumee, in Ohio, 
causing them to sue for peace. 

1794, Act passed for building of war- 
ships, 

1794. American vessels prohibited from 
supplying slaves to other nations. 

1794, Thread made from cotton at Paw- 
tucket, E. I. 

1794. Treaty of navigation and commerce 
with Great Britain. 

1795. Treaty of peace with Algiers. 

1796. Tennessee admitted into the Union. 

1797. Inauguration of John Adams as 
President, and Thomas Jefferson 
Vice-President. 

1797. Treaty with France revoked by 
Congress, and authority given for 
capturing armed French vessels. 



1797. Arrangements made for raising a 

regular army. 
1797. First cast-iron plow patented by 

Newbold, of JS'ew Jersey, who 

expended $30,000 in perfecting and 

introducing it. 

1797. Commi'vciul Advertiser established 
in New York. 

1798. A direct tax and additional internal 
revenues levied. 

1798. Vessels ordered to sea, in anticipa- 
tion of war with France. 

1798. Washington appointed Commander- 
in-Chief of the army. 

1799. Engagement between American and 
Frencli ships of war. America 
victorious, and terms of peace 
secured. 

1799. Enssian-American Fur Company 
organized. 

1799. Dec. 14. George Washington, the 
first President of the United States, 
died at Mt. Vernon, Va. 

1800. Removal of seat of Ciovernment to 
Washington, D. C. 

1800. General bankruptcy law passed. 
1800. May 13. Disbanding of the pro- 
visional army. 

1800. Nov. The Democratic, or old Ee- 
publican, party elected its first 
candidate for President. 

1801, New York Evening Post estab- 
lished. 

1801. March 4 Inauguration of Thomas 
Jefferson as President of the United 
States, with Aaron Burr Vice- 
President. 

1801. June 10. War with Tripoli. 

1802. Port of New Orleans closed by the 
Spanish Government, and United 
States vessels forbidden to pass 
down the Mississippi Eiver, 

1802. First public Library founded. 



35i 



1 STORY OF THE WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE 



1802. Academy of Fine Arts established 1807. 

in New York. 
1802. First patents issued for making 

starch from corn and potatoes 

1802. Ohio admitted into the Union. 1807. 

1803. American fleet sent to punish pi- 
rates in the Barbary States and 
North Africa. 1807. 

1803. April 30. Louisiana Pnrcliase. 
Over 1,000,000 square miles — pur- 
chased of France for $15,000,000. 

1804, Feb. 4. Frigate President de- 
stroyed at Tripoli by Decatur. 1808. 

1804. Fort Dearborn, the present site of 

Chicago, built. 1808. 

1804. July 11. Duel between Alexander 
Hamilton and Aaron Burr. 

1804. Aug. Bombardment of Tripoli by 1808. 
Com. Preble. 

1805. Sitka, Alaska, founded by the 
Eussian-American Fur Company. 1808. 

1805. Ice became an article of commerce 

in the Fnited States. 1809. 

1805. Enghuid seized several Armed 

American vessels and insulted the 1809. 
national flag. 18O0. 

1805. June 4. Peace concluded with 
Tripoli. 

1805. March 4. Thomas Jefferson re- 
inaugurated as President, with 1810. 
George Clinton for Vice-President. 

1805. Nov. 15. Columbia Piver explored 

by Clark and Lewis. 1810. 

1806. May 16. "British Orders in Coun- 
cil," which declared the whole 

coast of Europe in a state of block- 1810. 
ade. 

1806. Total eclipse of the sun at midday. 1810. 

1807. British vessels ordered to leave 
United States waters. 1810. 

1807. June 22. Attack on the American 

frigate Chesapeake by the British 1810. 
ship Leo2mrcl. 



Aaron Burr tried for high treason^ 
also charged with a conspiracy 
against the Government, but was 
acquitted. 

Importation of slaves forbidden by 
Congress, and the traffic declared 
to be piracy. 

Robert Fulton, a native of Pennsyl- 
vania, built a steamboat called the 
Clermont and made a trial trip on 
the Hudson River, from New York 
to Albany. 

Jan. 1. Slave-trade in the United 
States abolished. 

Bonaparte ordered the seizure of all 
American vessels arriving on the 
coast of France. 

First printing-press west of the 
Mississippi River established at St. 
Louis. 

First Bible Society founded in Phil- 
adelphia. 

First woolen mills set up in New 
York. 

March 1. The Embargo repealed^ 
^larch 4. James Madison, fourth 
President of the United States, 
and George Clinton, Vice-Presi- 
dent, were inaugurated 
Bonaparte ordered the sale of 132 
confiscated American vessels, valued 
at .§8,000, 000. 

j\Iarch. Na})oleon issued a decree 
ordering all American vessels to be 
seized and condemned. 
Steel pens first manufactured in 
Baltimore. 

First agricultural fair in the United 
States, at Georgetown, D. C. 
Porcelain clay discovered in Ver- 
mont. 

Hartford Fire Insurance Company 
incorporated. 



CHRONOLOGY OF NORTH AMERICA 



355 



1811. May 16. Engagement between the 
U. S, frigate President and the 
British sloop of war Little Belt. 

1811. The plating of vessels with iron, as 
a defense against shot and shell, 
devised by R. L. Stevens. 

1811. The first steamboat on the Missis- 
sippi, built by Iiobert Fulton. 

1811. Nov. 7. Battle of Tippecanoe. 
Tecumseh defeated by Gen. Harrison. 

1811. Great earthquake at New Madrid, 
Mo., extending nearly 300 miles 
along the Mississippi. 

1811. John Jacob Astor's Pacific Fur 
Company established at Astoria, 
Ore. 

1811. Breech-loading rifles invented by 
John Hall. 

1812. April 8. Louisiana admitted into 
the Union. 

1812. May. Congress levied a tax of 

$3,000,000. 
1812. June 18. War declared with Great 

Britain. 
1812. July 12. Hull invaded Canada. 
1812. July 17. Surrender of Mackinaw. 
1812. Aug. 5. Van Home defeated. 
1812. Aug. 8. Miller defeated. 
1812. Aug. 13. The Essex silenced the 

Alert, the British ship of war. 
1812. Aug. 15. Surrender of Gen. Hull 

at Detroit before a blow was struck. 
1812. Aug. 19. Capture of the British 

frigate Guerriere by the Coiistitu- 

tion. 
1812. Defeat of the Americans at Queens- 
town. 
1812. Oct. 18. Capture of the British 

brig Frolic by the U. S. sloop of 

war Was2i. 
1812. Oct. 25. Capture of the British 

frigate Macednnicoi by the frigate 

United States. 



1812. Dec. 29. Destruction of the Brit- 
ish frigate Java, off the coast of 
Brazil, by the Coiisfitnlion. 

1813. Massacre by the Indians at French- 
town of American prisoners left 
unprotected. 

1813. March 4. James Madison le- 

iuaugurated as President. 
1813. The Creek Indians subdued by 

Gen. Jackson. 
1813. liritish blockade of the American 

coast. 
1813. Duel between Gen. Jackson and 

Col. Benton. 
1813. First rolling-mills built at Pitts- 

bi;rg, Pa. 
1813. Stereotyping first introduced in the 

United States. 
1813. Feb. 25. The Hornet captured the 

British sloop Peacock. 
1813. April 27. Capture of York (To- 
ronto), by Brig. -Gen. Pike, who 

lost his life by the explosion of the 

magazine. 
1813. May 27. Battle of Fort George. 
1813. May 28. British repulsed at Sack- 

ett's Harbor. 
1813. June 1. Capture of the frigate 

Chesapeal\:e by the British frigate 

Shannon. 
1813. July. Attack of British and 

Indians upon Fort Meigs and- Fort 

Stephenson. 
1813. Aug. 11 American sliij) Argus 

taken by the British sloop Pelican. 
1813. Aug. 30. Massacre of Fort 

Mimms, Ala. 
1813. Sept. 5. Enterprise captured the 

Borer. 
1813. Aug. 10. Commodore Perry's vic- 
tory on Lake Erie. 
1813. Oct. 5. Battle of the Thames, 

Canada, between Gen. Harrison and 



356 



A STORY OF THE WORLD AXD ITS PEOPLE 



Gen, Proctor, -ivith his Indian allies 

under Tecumseh. 
1813. Nov. 11. Battle of Williamsburg. 
1813. Dec. 12. Burning of Newark, 

Canada. 
1813. Dec. 13. Buffalo burned by the 

British. 

1813. Dec. 29. C apt u r e of For t N i agar a, 
N. Y., by the British. 

1814. March 2T. Battle of Ilorse-shoe 
Bend, by Gen. Jackson and the 
Indians. 

1814. March 28. Capture of the Essex 

at Yalj)araiso, S. A., by the British 

frigate Phcehe. 
1814. April, 29. Peacock captured the 

Epervier. 
1814. May 5. Oswego l)ombarded and 

taken by the British. 
1814. June 25. The Reindeer captured 

by the Wasp. 
1814. July 3. Fort Erie taken from the 

British. 
1814. July 25. Battle of Lundy's Lane. 
1814. Aug. and 11. Stonington, Conn., 

bombarded by the Britisli. 
1814. Aug. 15. Battle of Fort Erie. 
1814. Aug. 24. Battle of Bladensburg. 
1814. Aug. 25. British burn Washing- 
ton and all public buildings. 
1814. Aug. 29. Alexandria, D. C, taken 

by the British. 
1814. 8ept 1. The Wasp captured the 

Avon. 
1814. Sept. 5. Attack on Fort Bower, 

Ala. American loss 219. 
1814. Sept. 11. McDonough's victory 

on Lake Champlain. The British 

loss was over 2,000 men. 
1814. Sept. 12. Bombardment of Fort 

Henry. 
1814. Nov. 7. British expelled from 

Pensacola, Fla., by Jackson. 



1814. Dec. 14. Battle on Lake Borgue, La- 
1814. Dec. 22. Battle below New 

Orleans, La. 
1814. Dec. 24. Treaty of Peace signed 

at Ghent, Belgium. 
1814. First steel plates for engraving 

made. 
1814. Indian massacre at Fort Dearborn 

(now Chicago), 111., and the fort 

burned. 

1814. The first Anglo-Saxon settler in 
California was John Gilroy, who 
settled in the Santa Clara Valley. 

1815. Jan. 8. Battle of New Orleans, 
the British loss amounting to nearly 
2,000, while the Americans lost but 
13 men. 

1815. Jan. 15. The President captured 
by a British squadron. 

1815. Feb. 17. Treaty of Ghent ratified 
by the President. 

1815. -Feb. 20. Constitution captured 
the Cijane and Lecant. 

1815. March. "War declared with Algiers. 

1815. March 23. Hornet captures the 
Pen [I a in. 

1815. June 17. Algerine frigate cap- 
tured. 

1815. Oliver Hunt manufactured the first 
axes in the L'nited States. 

1815. Sept. 23. Great flood in New 
England. Immense damage done 
to property. 

1816. Dec. 11. Indiana admitted into 
the Union. 

1816. Second United States Bank char- 
tered with a capital of $35,000,000. 

1816. James Monroe elected fifth Presi- 
dent of the United States. 

1817. Pensions gr.anted to Revolutionary 
soldiers. 

1817. Dec. 10. Mississippi admitted into 
the Union. 



CHRONOLOGY OF NORTH A ME RIG A 



357 



New England Asylani for the Deaf 
and Dumb founded. 

Corner-stone of United States Cap- 
itol laid. 

May 24. Pensacola, Fla., cap- 
tured from the Spanish by Gen. 

Jackson. 

Dec. 3. Illinois admitted into the 

Union. 

The American steamship Savaiuiah 

made the first steam voyage across 

the Atlantic. 

Dec. 14. Alabama admitted into 

the Union. 

Missouri Compromise agreed to by 

Congress. 

March 15. Maine admitted into 

the Union. 

Oct. Florida purchased from 

Spain by the United States for 

$5,000,000. 

Monroe re-elected President. 

Petroleum, springs first discovered 

in Ohio. 

Macadamized roads first introduced 

into the United States. 
Lithography first introduced by 
Burnett and Doolittle. 
Aug. 10. Missouri admitted into 
the Union. 

The first mercantile house opened 
in California, at Monterey, by an 
English firm from Peru. 
First cotton-mill, Lowell, Mass. 
Central America formed into a 
Federal Republic, and became inde- 
pendent. 

1823. Gas company formed in New York 
City. Capital, $1,000,000. 

1824. Pins made by machinery and 
patented. 

1824. First reformatorv-school founded. 



1817. 
1818. 
,1818. 

1818. 
1819. 

1819. 
1820. 
1820. 
1820. 

1820. 
1820. 

1820. 

1831. 

1821. 

1822, 



1822. 
1823. 



1824. 

1824. 

1824. 
1824. 

1825. 
1825. 
1826. 

1826. 

1826. 
1826. 
1826. 

1827. 

1827. 

1827. 

1827. 

1828. 
1828. 

1829 



March 13. Convention with Great 
Britain for the suppression of the 
slave trade. 

April 5. , Convention with Russia 
in relation to the northwest bound- 
ary. 

Aug. 13. Visit of Gen. Lafayette 
to the United States. 
Nov. John Quincy Adams elected 
sixth President, and John C. Cal- 
houn Vice-President. 
First overland journey to California 
made by Jedediah Smith, a trapper. 
Sept. 7. Lafayette's departure for 
France. 

July 4. Death of John Adams, 
first Vice-President and second 

President of the United States. 

Visit of Baron Alexander von Hum- 
boldt, the great German naturalist, 

geologist, and distinguished scien- 
tist, to the L'nited States. 

Oct. 26. Opening of the Erie 

Canal. 

First pianos manufactured in the 

United States. 

Duel between Henry Clay and John 

Randolph. 

Feb. Treaty with the Creek 

Lidians. 

Treaty with the Kansas Indians. 

Treaty with the Great and Little 

sages. 

First railroad built at Quincy, Mass. 

Operated by horse power. 

Baltimore & Ohio Railroad 

organized. 
, Gen. Andrew Jackson elected 

seventh President of the United 
States, with John C. Calhoun as 
Vice-President. 
. Jan. 26. Daniel Webster's speech 
defending the Constitution. 



oo8 



A STOBY OF THE WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE 



1829, Feb. 20. Eesolutions passed by the 
Virginia House of Delegates against 
the United States 'J^ariff Bill. 

1829. First Horticultural 8ociety founded 
in this country. 

1830. South Carolina asserted "State's 
Rights." 

1830. April 6. Mormon Church founded. 
1830. Dec. 9. Building of the South 

Carolina Railroad. 
1830. American Institute of Learning 

founded in Boston. 
1830. Great debate in the United States 

Senate between Webster and 

Hayne, called the "Battle of the 

Giants." 

1830. First locomotive built in the United 
States by Peter Cooper, the philan- 
thropist, after his own design. 

1831. Great political excitement over 
Tariff and Free Trade. 

1831. Oct. 1. Free Trade Convention at 
Philadelphia. 

1831. Oct. 26. Tariff Convention at 
New York. 

1831 Manning mowing - machine pat- 
ented. 

1831. Steam knitting-machine first used. 

1831, Capture and execution of Gibbs, 
the most noted pirate of the nine- 
teenth century. In his confession 
he stated that he had been con- 
cerned in robbing over forty vessels. 

1832. Congress passed a new protective 
tariff bill. 

1832. President Jackson vetoed secession. 

1832. First case of Asiatic cholera in the 
United States and Canada. The 
scourge swept over the entire land, 
hurrying thousands into a- sudden 
grave. 

1832. Aug. Black Hawk War, and cap- 
ture of Black Hawk. 



1832. Andrew Jackson re-elected Presi- 
dent of the United States. 

1832. President Jackson vetoed the 
United States Bank bill. 

1832. Electro-Magnetic Telegraph in- 
vented by Professor Morse. 

1832. Asiatic cholera again appeared in 
New York City, lasting two months, 
and resulting in 3,400 deaths. 

1832. Dr. Samuel Guthrie first published 
his discovery of chloroform. 

1832. Patent granted to E. & T. Fair- 
banks for "Hay Scales." 

1833. March 4. Andrew Jackson inau- 
gurated President for a second 
term. 

1833. Jackson closed the United States 

Bank. 
1833. The Southern States held a "State's 

Eights" Convention. 
1833. May 3. Congress j^assed Henry 

Clay's compromise tariff law. 
1833. Yellow fever again visited tlie 

United States in a more virulent 

form. 
1833. First practical safe invented. 
1833. Removal of many Indian tribes 

beyond the Mississippi. 
1833. First double-cylinder printing-j^ress 

constructed by Hoe & Newton. 
1833. First useful reapers patented. 
1833. Caloric engine invented by John 

Ericsson. 
1833. The first newsboy in America ap- 
peared when the New York Sun 

was printed, and sold for one cent 

per copy. 

1833. Nov. 13. Great meteoric shower 
known as the "falling stars." It 
created a great sensation all over 
the country. 

1834. March. Vote of censure by the 
Senate against the President for re- 



CHRONOLOGY OF NORTH AMERICA 



559 



moving the Bank deposits, but was 

soon after expunged. 
1834. The whole United States debt paid 1836 

off. ■ 1836. 

1834. Lucifer matches first made in 

America. 1836, 

1834. First sewing-machine invented by 
Walter Hunt, of New York. 

1834 Raised alphabet invented by Dr. 

Howe for the use of the blind. 
1834-35. Remarkably cold winter all over 

the United States — snow falling in 

the Southern States one foot deep ; 

orange and fig trees 100 years old 

killed. 

1835. Congress established branch mints 
in Georgia, North Carolina, and 
Louisiana. 

1835. The Cherokees sold their land to 
the Government for 65,200,000. 

1835. May. New York Herald estab- 
lished by James Gordon Bennett. 

1835. Renewal of war with the Seminole 
Indians, which lasted seven years 
longer, and cost the Government 
$15,000,000. 

1835. Dec. 16. Fire in New York City; 
$22,000,000 worth of property 
burned. 

1835. Illuminating gas first introduced 
into the city of Philadelphia. 

1836. Arkansas admitted into the Union. 1840. 
1836. April 21. Battle of San Jacinto, 

in Texas. Santa Anna defeated 1840. 
and taken prisoner. 1840. 

1836. Tlie Smithsonian Institute at Wash- 
ington founded with the proceeds 
of a bequest by James Smithson of 1841. 
$515,169, for the "general diffusion 
of knowledge among men." 1841. 

1836. Nov. ]Martin Van Buren elected 
eio-hth President of the United 



1836, 

1837, 
1837. 

1837. 
1837. 

1837. 
1838. 



States, and Richard M. Johnson 
Vice-Presidents 
Texas declared independent. 
First National Temjjerance Con- 
vention, held at Saratoga, N. Y. 
John Quincy Adams' eleven days' 
conflict for the right of petition, in 
Congress. Single - handed and 
alone, he fought this battle, and 
achieved for the American j^eople a 
great victory. 

Wm. Crompton, of Worcester, 
Mass., invented the "fancy loom," 
which produced figures in weaving. 
Jan. 26. Micliigan admitted into 
the Union. 

Financial crash and panic. Eight 
States failed, and the United States 
unable to pay its debts. 
March 4. Inauguration of Martin 
Van Buren. 

The express business originated in 
the United States with Wm. T. 
Iliirnden, who carried parcels from 
IsQw York to Boston in a satchel. 
Commencement of the Canadian 
rebellion. 

Oct. 5. United States Bank sus- 
pended specie payment, followed 
by the suspension of the majority 
of the banks in the United States, 
causing a great jianic. 
John Ericsson, a Swedish engineer, 
perfected the first steam fire-engine. 
Adams' Express Company founded. 
Nov. Gen. Harrison elected ninth 
President, and John Tyler Vice- 
President. 

March 4. Inauguration of Gen. 
Harrison as President. 
April 4. Death of William Henry 
Harrison, the ninth President of 
the United States. 



360 



A STORY OF TEE WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE 



1841. April G. Inauguration of John 

Tyler as President. 
1841. Webster's Dictionary first published. 
1841. Upper and Lower Canada united 

in one Government. 

1841. Xew York Trihine established by 
Horace Greeley. 

1842. Lucifer matches first made by 
machinery. 

1843. Congress voted SoO,000 to Samuel 
F. B. Morse to establish his tele- 
graph lines — first in the world. 

1844. Feb. 28. Explosion of a large gun 
on board the Princeton, killing the 
Secretary of State, Abel P. Usher, 
and Secretary of the Navy, Thomas 
W. Gilnian. 

1844. Treaty with China, negotiated by 
Caleb Cushman, the first treaty 
made by China with any Christian 
nation. 

1844. First telegraph lino extended from 
Washington to Baltimore. Tlie 
message sent was, "Behold what 
God hath wrought." 

1844. The Midas, a small schooner, was 
the first American steamboat that 
went round the Cape of Good 
Hope. 

1844. James K. Polk elected tenth 
President of the United States, and 
George M. Dallas Vice-President. 

1845. Lake Superior copper mines opened. 
1845. Texas admitted into the Union. 
1845. March 3. Florida admitted into 

the Union. 

1845. March 4. Liaugi. ration of James 
K. Polk as President. 

1845. June 8. Death of Andrew Jack- 
son, seventh President of the Uni- 
ted States. 

1845. Xaval School at Annapolis opened. 

1845. Great fire in Pittsburg, Pa. 



1845. 



1846. 



1846. 



1846. 

1846. 

1846. 
1846. 

1846. 

1846. 
1846. 

1846. 



1846. 



1846. 
1846. 



Aug. Gen. Zachary Taylor ad- 
vanced with 4,000 soldiers to Cor- 
pus Christi, the western boundary 
of Texas. 

March 28. Gen. Taylor marched 
with 3,500 men to the Gio Grande, 
and built a fort opposite Matamoras, 
the headquarters of the Mexicans . 
May 8. Battle of Palo Alto. The 
American forces numbered but 
2,000 men, and fought against 
6,000 Mexicans and forced them to 
retreat. 

May 9. Battle fought at Eesaca de 
la Palma. The Mexicans again 
outnumbered the Americans, but 
the Americans gained the victory. 
Congress authorized the President 
to accept of 50,000 volunteers, 
300,000 offering their services. 
May 13. Proclamation of war with 
Mexico. 

Aug. 8. The President called upon 
Congress for $3,000,000 to nego- 
tiate a treaty Avith Mexico. 
Boundary between Oregon and 
British possessions settled. 
Gun-cotton invented. 
Ether first used as an anaesthetic 
by Dr. Charles Jackson, of Bos- 
ton. 

Aug. 18. Gen. Kearney took 
possession of Santa Fe, New Mex- 
ico, M'ithout a blow, having marched 
from Fort Leavenworth, a distance 
of 'JOO miles. 

Sept. Gen. Taylor advanced to 
Monterey Avith 6,000 troops. The 
city was strongly fortified and 
garrisoned with 10,000 men. 
Sept. 23. Surrender of ^Monterey. 
Nov. 14. Commodore Conner 
took Tampico. 



CHE 0X0 LOOT OF NORTH AMERICA 



361 



1846. Dec. 6. Gen. Kearney defeated 

tlie Mexicans at San Pasqual. 
1846. Dec. 25. Col. Doniphan defeated 

the Mexicans at Brazito, near El 

Paso. 
1846. Dec. 28. Iowa admitted into the 

Union. 

1846. Lonis Agassiz visited the United 
States. 

1847. Jan. 8-0. Battles of San Gabriel 
and Mesa, in California, under Ge-u. 
Kearney. The enemy were de- 
feated. 

184T. Jan. 8. Mexican Congress resolved 
to raise $15,000,000 on the prop- 
erty of the clergy to carry on the 
war. 

1847. Jan. 14. Revolt of the Mexicans 
in New Mexico against the United 
States authorities. 

1847. Jan. 24. Battle of Canada, in New 
Mexico — Americans, under Col. 
Price, victorious. 

1847. Feb. 22-23. Battle of Buena 
Vista. The Mexicans led by Santa 
Anna with greatly superior num- 
bers, were obliged to retreat. 

1847. Feb. 28. Battle of Sacramento. 
Col. Doniphan, with 024 Ameri- 
cans, defeated 4,000 Mexicans. 

1847. March 20. Vera Cruz taken by 
(ien. Scott and Commodore Perry. 

1847. April 2. Alvarado taken by Lieut. 
Hunter. 

1847. April 18. Battle of Cerro Gordo. 
Tlic Mexicans abandoned their 
works and beat a retreat. 

1847. Tuspan taken by Commodore 
Perry. 

1847. Aug. 20. Battles of Contreras and 

Churubusco. 
1847. Sept. 14. The American army 

entered the City of Mexico, sweep- 



1847. 
1847. 
1847. 



1847 
1847 



1848. 



1848. 

1848. 
1848. 

1848. 
1840. 
1849. 



ing every obstacle before them. 
Night alone saved the destruction 
of Santa Anna's army. At sunrise 
tlie American army entered the 
city, and the Stars and Stripes 
were soon floating above the Halls 
of the Montezumas. 
Sept. 13 to Oct. 12. Siege of 
Pnebla. The Mexicans repulsed. 
Oct. 0. Iluamantla laken by the 
Americans under Gen. Lane. 
Oct. 20. Port of Guayamas bom- 
barded and captured by the Amer- 
icans. 

War with Mexico ended. 
Voyage of the United States ship 
Jamestown, with a cargo of food for 
the starving in L'eland. 
Feb. 2. Treaty of Guadaloupe 
Hidalgo, by which New Mexico and 
Upper California were ceded to the 
L'nited States, and the western 
boundary of Texas fixed at the Eio 
Grande. This war cost the United 
States nearly 25,000 men and 
$160,000,000. 

May. Gold was discovered in Cali- 
fornia, at Sutter's Mill, near Sacra- 
mento. 

May 20. Wisconsin admitted into 
the Union. 

Zachary Taylor elected twelfth 
President of the United States, 
with Millard Fillmore as Vice-Presi- 
dent. 

Corner stone of Washington Monu- 
ment laid. 

United States gold dollar first 
coined. 

Parliament Houses in iMontrcal, 
Upper Canada, burned down by a 
mob. 



362 



A STORY OF THE WORLD AXD ITS PEOPLE 



1840. 



1850. 



1850. 



1850. 

1850. 

1850. 

1850. 
1850. 
1850. 



1851. 
1851. 



1851. 



June 15. Death of Jumes K. 1851. 
Polk, eleventh rresideut of the 
United States. 

Congress passed the Donation Law, 1852. 
giving every bona fide settler of 1852. 
Oregon 320 acres of land and the 
same amount to a wife, upon con- 
ditions of settlement upon it within 
a given time and remaining four 1852. 
years. 1852. 

"Uncle Tom's Cabin," a novel 
written npon slave-life in the 
South, and published, caused great 1853. 
excitement all over the North and 
South. It wns translated and sold 
in every civilized country on the 1853. 
globe. 

Passage of the notorious "Fugitive 
Slave Law," introduced by Henry 1853. 
Clay in his great "Omnibus Bill." 
July 1». Death of Zachary Taylor, 1853. 
twelfth President of the United 1853. 
States. 

Grinneirs Expedition to the Arctic 1854. 
Seas, under command of Lieut. E. 
J. Dellaven. 

Sept. 9. California admitted as a 
Free State. 1854. 

Sept 9. New Mexico and Utah 
organized as Territories. 1854. 

Sept. 12. Jenny Lind, the "Swed- 
ish Nightingale," gave her first 1854. 
concert in the United States at 
Castle Garden, New York. The 
recei])ts were -$30,000, and the en- 1854. 
thusiasm exceeded anything ever 
witnessed at a public concert. 
April. Erie Railroad completed. 1854. 
July 4. Corner-stone of Capitol 
extension laid, Daniel Webster ij^ki 
delivering the oration. 
First asylum for idiots in the 
United States, established in New 1854. 
York. 



Lopez heads anotlier expedition to 
Cuba with 500 armed men, among 
them Col. Crittenden. 
Oct. 24. Death of Daniel Webster. 
Expedition to Japan under Com. 
Perry, resulting in the opening of 
the ports of that empire to Ameri- 
can trade and commerce. 
First street railway in '^ew York. 
Treaty of commerce between Chili, 
France, Great l^ritain. United 
States, and Sardinia, 
(irand International Industrial Ex- 
hibition in New York, lield in the 
Cr3'stal Palace. 

March 4. Franklin Pierce inau- 
gurated President of the United 
States. 

Treaty Avith Mexico for the pur- 
chase of Arizona. 

Exploration for a Pacific Eailroad. 
Yellow Fever again visited the 
United States. 

Loss of the steamship Arctic 
through collision with the iron 
steamer Vesta, during a fog. 
Hundreds of lives lost. 
]\Iarch 31. Treaty between United 
States and Jaj^an signed. 
Stephen A. Douglas' Kansas- 
Nebraska Bill passed. 
The Ivock Island Kailroad built 
from Lake Michigan to the Missis- 
sippi. 

Aug. 2. Peciprocity treaty with 
Great Britain ratified, regarding the 
Newfoundland fisheries. 
Invention of the iron tower for 
iron-clad vessels by Ericsson. 
Completion of Niagara Suspension 
Bridge. 

United States Conrt of Claims 
established. 



run 0X0 LOGY of NonTii America 



O /• o 



1855. Great emigration to Kansas. 185T 

1855. Sejit. T. First Hebrew Temple in 
the Mississij^ipi A'alley consecrated 

at St. Lonis. 1S5T 

1856. Hoosac Tnnnel begnn. 

185G. Jolm Brown's raid at Ossawat- 1857 
toniie. 

1856. Eepnl)lican party established. 1857, 

1856. Type-setting machine invented l)y 
Timothy Alden. 

1856. April 11. Great bridge ficross the 
Mississippi at Eock Island com- 
jileted. 1857. 

1856. April 15. Affray at Panama be- 
tween the passengers of the Ameri- 
can Transit Company and the 1857. 
natives. Thirty passengers killed 
and twenty wonnded. 

1856. May. Brutal assault of Preston S. 
Brooks upon Charles Sumner in the 
Senate, occasioned by his sijeech, 
"Crime against Kansas." 1858. 

1856. President Pierce, in his Message, 

declared tlie creation of a free State 1858. 
Government in Kansas an act of 
rebellion. 1858. 

1856. June 17. First Pepublican Conven- 
tion held at Philadelphia. John C. 1858. 
Fremont nominated for President, 
and William L. Dayton, Vice-Presi- 
dent. The two important planks 1858. 
in the new platform were anti- 
slavery and anti-jjolygamy. 

1856. July. Raising by a diver, of the 

American Express Company's safe, 1859. 
which was lost on the steamer 
Afhoifle in 1852. 1859. 

1856. Aug. 10. Lost Island, a summer 
resort on the Louisiana coast, sub- 
merged during a violent storm; 
173 persons lost. 1859. 

1856. Aug. 21. Famous Charter-oak at 1859. 
Hartford blown down. 



March 1. Inauguration of James 
Ikichanan as President, with John 
C. Breckenridge as Vice-President. 
First attemjit to lay the Atlantic 
Cable. 

Patent issued to Charles Alden for 
condensed milk. 

A great financial "crash," caused 
by wild speculation and "stock 
gambling." The effects were felt 
the whole length and breadth of 
(he land. 

Foundering of tlie steamer Central 
America off Cape Ilatteras. Over 
400 lives and $2,000, 000 lost. 
Sept. 15. Brigham Young forbade 
any armed force from entering Salt 
Lake City on any pretense; he 
ordered the Mormon troops to hold 
themselves in readiness, and de- 
clared martial law. 
April 30. Congress passed a bill 
admitting Kansas into the Union. 
Lincoln and Douglas' campaign in 
Illiriois. 

May '[S. Minnesota admitted into 
the Union. 

Aug. 16. First message across the 
Atlantic by cable was sent by Queen 
Victoria to President Buchanan. 
Sept. Burning of the steamship 
Austria, en route from Hamburg 
to New York. ()f the 538 persons 
on board, only 67 were saved. 
Feb. 14. Oregon admitted into 
the Union. 

Great flood extending over the en- 
tire Middle and part of the North- 
ern and Southern Slates. Im- 
mense loss of property and lives. 
Worcester's Dictionary published. 
Oct. 16. John Brown's capture of 
Harper's Ferry. 



364 



A STOliY OF THE WORLD AXD ITS PEOPLE 



1860. 
1860. 

1860. 



1860. 



1860. 



1860. Grand embassy from Japan, with a 
treaty of peace and commerce, to 
the United States, being the first 
ambassadors ever sent to any 
nation by that empire. 
Prince of Wak^s made a tour 
through the United States. 
Expedition of Charles Francis Hall 
to the Polar Sea in search of Dr. 
Franklin. 

May 19. Republican Convention 
met in Chicago, and nominated 
Abraham Lincoln for President and 
Hannibal Hamlin for Alce-Presi- 
dent. 

June 18. Democratic Convention 
met, and nominated Stephen A. 
Donglus for President and Herschel 
Y. Johnson for Vice-President. 
June 28. Arrival at New York of 
the English iron steamship Great 
Eastern^ the largest vessel ever con- 
structed, and capable of carrying 
10,000 soldiers, besides her crew of 
400. The Great Eastern was used 
for laying the Atlantic Cable, and 
proved to be of indispensable value. 

1860. July. Death of Charles (Joodyear, 
the inventor of the process of 
hardening india-rubber. 

1860. Oct. 12. Grand reception and ball 
given in honor of the Prince of 
Wales at the Academy of Music, 
New Y^ork. 

1860. Nov. 6. Election of Abraham 
Lincoln as President, with Hanni- 
bal Hamlin for Vice-President. 
Great excitement prevailed all over 
the Union. Threats of secession 
and fears of civil war caused great 
depression in business. 

1860. Dec. 3. President Buchanan, in his 
j\Iessage, advised an amendment of 



1860. 



1860. 



1860. 



1861. 

1861. 

1861. 
1861. 

1861. 

1861. 
1861. 



the Constitution — first, in favor of 
recognizing the rights of slave- 
holders to hold property; second, 
in favor of their protection by Con- 
gress ; and, third, in favor of the 
right of the master to capture slaves 
Avho had escaped to another State. 
Great agitation Avas caused in Con- 
gress by this Message, both pro- 
slavery and anti-slavery members 
denouncing it. 

Dec. 20. Convention met in 
Charleston, S. C, passed an ordi- 
nance of secession, and ordered the 
seizure of the Federal property 
within the limits of the State. 
Dec. 29. Major Anderson trans- 
ferred his command from Fort 
Moultrie, in Charleston Harbor, to 
Fort Sumter, the principal fort of 
defense. 

Jan. The following States passed 
a secession ordinance : Florida, Mis- 
sissippi, Alabama, Georgia, and 
Louisiana. 

Jan. The first act of the Eebellion 
was the firing upon the Government 
steamboat Star of the West by the 
South Carolina State troops. 
Feb. 1. Texas joined the seceding 
States. 

Feb. 4. Peace Convention as- 
sembled in Washington. Dele- 
gates from all the Northern States 
assembled. 

Feb. 4. Delegates from the seced- 
ing States assembled at Mont- 
gomery, Ala., and established a 
Provisional Government. 
Feb. 14. Jefferson Davis made 
President of the Confederate States. 
Feb. 26. "West Virginia admitted 
into tbe Union. 



CHR 0X0 LOGY OF XOUTH AMEIUCA 



3G5 



1861. March 4. Lincoln iiiauguruted as 
President, attended by the I'nited 
States troops. 

1861. March 11. The seceding States 
met at Montgomery and adopted a 
Constitution, with slavery as the 
corner-stone. 

1861. March 11. Kansas, Colorado, and 
Dakota organized into Territories. 

1861. The South seized most of the de- 
fensive fortifications within their 
borders, some 30 in number, 
mounting over 3,000 guns, and 
costing $30,000,000. 

1S61. April 12. Bombardment of Fort 
Sumter. 

1801. April 15. President Lincoln issued 
a call for 75,000 troops to suppress 
the Rebellion in the South, and was 
answered by 300,000 volunteers 
eager to enlist. 

1801. April 17. President Lincoln issued 
a proclamation announcing the 
blockade of the Southern jjorts. 

1861. April 17. Virginia resolved to 
secede from the Union, and steps 
were taken to secure the Federal 
property. 

ISGl. April 10. I'he 6th Massachusetts 
Iicgiment, in passing through Balti- 
more, were fired upon by a mob; a 
company of the regiment returned 
fire, and 11 of the mob were killed 
and four v.ounded. Three of 
the soldiers were slain and eight 
wounded. This was the first blood 
shed in the Rebellion. 

1861. May 3. Government called for 
4'2,000 additional volunteers for 
three years, and ten regiments were 
added to the regular army. 

1861. May 6. Tennessee passed an ordi- 
nance of secession. 



1861. 
18G1. 



1861. 



1861. 



1801. 
1801. 

1861. 

1861. 
1861. 

1801. 

1861. 



1861. 



1861. 



Arkansas seceded from the I'nion. 
May 20. Xorth Carolina resolved 
to secede and Join the Confed- 
erates. 

May 22. Gen. Butler protected 
some fugitive slaves, and refused to 
surrender them to the order of their 
master, declaring all Confederate 
property contraband. 
June 3. Stephen Arnold Douglas, 
an American statesman, died at 
Chicago, in the midst of a splendid 
political career and at the beginning 
of the great Civil AVar. 
June 11. Battle at Romney, Va. 
June 11. Johnson evacuated Har- 
per's Ferry. 

June. Battle at Fairfax Court- 
house; the Confederates driven out. 
July 5. Battle near Carthage, Mo. 
July 11. Battle at Rich ]\Iountaiu, 
Va.^ 

July 18. Battle near Centreville, 
\^'. 

July 21. Battle of Bull Run. 
The Xorth, impatient of delay, were 
crying, "On to Richmond!" Gen. 
McDowell, with 3<),000 troops, 
mostly volunteers, attacked the 
main body of the Confederates at 
Bull Run, but was defeated. In this 
battle Gen. T. J. Jackson received 
the name which he carried through- 
out the war — "Stonewall Jackson" 
— given him by one of his officers, 
who said, "There stands Jackson, 
like a stone wall," facing the 
enemy. 

Destruction of the Petrel, a rebel 
privateer, by the LTnited States 
frigate St. Lawrence. 
July. Battle of Laurel Hill. 



366 



A STORY OF THE M'ORLD AXP ITS PEOPLE 



ISGl. 



1861. 



ISOI. 
180-2. 
1802. 

iso-2. 



1802. 



1801. Sept. 10. ]iiittle of Carnifex 1^01. 
Ferry. 

1801. Sept. 20. Col. Mulligan surren- 
dered Lexington, Mo., to Gen. Price 
after 50 hours without water. 
Loss, 2,500 prisoners and a large 
amount of gold. 

1801. Oct. 3. Battle of Green Brier, 
Va. Confederates defeated with 
considerable loss. 

1801. The Savannah captured by the U. 
S. Brig Perry. 

1801. Escape of Slidell and Mason from 
Charleston. 

1861. Oct. 21. Battle of Fredericktown, 

:mo. 

1801. Oct. Lexington, Mo., recaptured 
by Vnion troops. 

1801. (ien. AV. T. Sherman appointed to 
the command of the Kentucky 
forces over Gen. Anderson. 

1801. Oct. 21. Battle of Ball's Bluff. 

1801. Oct. 20. Confederates defeated at 
Springfield, Mo., by Zagonyi. 

1861. Nov. 0. Gen. Grant attacked Gen. 
Polk, burniug his camp, capturing 
the guns, and driving the enemy to 
the river. Gen. Polk, reinforced, 
took possession of Columbus, and 
caused the retreat of Grant. Vnion 
loss, 400; Confederate loss, 800. 

1861. Xov. 7. Port Pioyal bombarded 
and taken by Gen. Sherman. 

1801. Battle of Belmont, Mo. Gen. 
Grant attacked the Confederates, 
damaging them seriously. 

1801. Nov. 10. Missouri passed an ordi- 
nance of secession. 

1861. Dec. 4. John C. Breckenridgo 
expelled from the United States 
Senate by a unanimous vote. 

1861. Dec. 0. Beaufort taken by Gen. 
Sherman. 



1802. 

1802. 

1802. 

1802. 
1802. 
1862. 
1862. 



Dec. 15. Gen. Pope roui-ed the 
Confederates from Lexington, cap- 
turing TO supply wagons and 30O 
prisoners. 

Gen. Pope defeated the Confeder- 
ates with great loss, at Shawnee 
Mound, Mo. 

Dec. 20. Battle of Drainsville. 
Gen. McCall defeated the Con- 
federates. 

Dec. 31. Battle of Huntersville. 
Lidian massacre in Minnesota. 
Jan. 8. Battle of Blue Gap. Con- 
federates defeated. 
Jan. 18. John Tyler, tenth Presi- 
dent of the United States, died in 
Richmond, Va. 

Jan. 10. Gen. Thomas attacked 
by Gen. Crittenden. A desperate 
conflict raged, resulting in the 
retreat of Crittenden's army, with 
the loss of nearly 300 men, 12 guns 
and 1,500 horses. 

Feb. 2. Com. Foote, with seven 
gunboats, and Gen. Grant, with 
15,000 men on steamboats, attacked 
Fort Henry and captured it. 
Feb. 7-8. Battle of Roanoke 
Island. Burnside took the island, 
with 2,500 prisoners. 
Feb. 10. Surrender of Fort Donel- 
son and 3,000 prisoners to Gen. 
Grant, after 84 hours' fighting. 
Feb. 18. Confederate Congress 
assembled at Richmond. 
Feb. 22. Cumberland Gap aban- 
doned to the Unionists. 
Feb. 22. Advance toward Rich- 
mond ordered by President Lincoln. 
Feb. 22. Jeff. Davis inaugurated 
President of the Confederate States 
for six years. 



CHR 0X0 LOGY OF XORTH AMERICA 



367 



1862. Feb. 2-4. Nashville surrendered to 1862. 

Gen. Buell. 
1862. March T. Battle of Pea Kidge, 1862. 

lasting three days, and resulting in 

victory of the Union forces. 1862. 

1862. March 8. 'J1\\q Cumberland ViW^Con- 

gress destroyed by the Merrimac. 
1862. March 0. The Merrimac disabled 1862. 

and put to flight by the Moiiifor. 
1862. March 10. Confederates evacuated 1862. 

Manassas Junction, and Union 

forces occui^ied it. 
1862. March 13. New Madrid evacuated 1862. 

by the Confederates, who left 1862. 

thirty-three cannon and several 

thousand small arms. 1862. 

1862. Battle of Newbern, N. C, Gen. 

Burnside capturing 69 cannon, 1862. 

two steamboats with large quantities 

of munitions, and 500 prisoners. 1862. 

1862. March 23. Battle of Winchester, 

Ya. 1862. 

1862. April 6-7. Battle of Shiloh. 
1862. April 7. Surrender of Gen. Mc- 

Call, with 3 generals, 273 officers, 

6,700 soldiers, 123 pieces of heavy 1862. 

artillery, 7,000 stand small arms, 

and a quantity of ammunition. 
1862. April 11. Surprise and capture of 1862. 

Iluntsville, Ala. 1862. 

1862. April 11. Fort Pulaski surren- 
dered by the Confederates after 

thirty hours' bombardment. 1862. 

1862. April 16. Slavery abolished in 

District of Columbia. 
1862. April 24. Com. Farragut ran the 

batteries on the Mississippi Eiver 1862. 

at Fort Jackson, destroying that 

fort and Fort St. Philip, also 1862. 

twelve Confederate gunboats. 
1862. April 24. Surrender of Fort 

Henry and Fort Donelson to Com. 

Foots and Gen. Grant. 



April 25. Fort Macon, N. C, 
taken by the Unionists. 
April. Surrender of New Orleans 
to Com. Farragut. 
April 29. Gen. Mitchell defeated 
the Confederates and captured 
Bridgeport, Ala. 

May 4. McClellan entered York- 
town. 

May 5. Battle of "Williamsburg. 
Confederates evacuated in the 
night. 

May 7. Battle of West Point, Ya. 
May 10. Norfolk surrendered to 
Gen. Wool. 

May 31. McClellan badly beaten at 
Fair Oaks by Gen. Hill. 
June 1. Battle of Fair Oaks re- 
newed. 

June 4. Fort Pillow and Fort 
Randolph evacuated. 
June 6. Surrender of Memphis to 
Com. Davis after a desperate fight. 
Not a man was killed on the Union 
fleet. 

Jutie 8. Attack on Springfield, 
Mo., by Gen. Marmaduke, with 
4,000 men. 

June 8. Battle of Crosskeys, Ya. 
June 14. Union troops repulsed, 
with much loss, on James' Island, 
near Charleston. 

June 17. Surrender of the power- 
ful iron-clad Atlanta to Capt. John 
Rogers, of the Weehawken, after 15 
minutes' engagement. 
June 19. Slavery abolished by act 
of Congress in all the Territories. 
June 23. Gen. Dick Taylor cap- 
tured Brashear City, the Unionists 
losing 1,000 prisoners, 10 heavy- 
guns, and 82,000,000, and many 
thousand negroes, liberated by 



368 



A STORY OF THE WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE 



Banks, were forced back into 
slavery. 

1862. June 36. Cen. Pope placed in 
command over the army of A"ir- 
ginia, 50,000 strong. 

1862. June 26. Battle of Mechanicsville 
between Fitz John Porter and 
Jackson. Heavy losses on both 
sides. 

1862. June 27. Battle of Gaines Mills. 
The Union forces were compelled 
to retreat after a desperate struggle, 

1862. June 27. Hooker occupied Fred- 
eric City. 

1862. June 27. Meade placed in com- 
mand of the Army of the Potomac. 

1862. June 28. Hooker superseded by 
Meade. 

1862. June 29. Longstreet and Hill 
marched toward Gettysburg and 
ordered Ewell to meet them there. 

1862. June 20. Battles of Savage Station 
and Peach Orchard. 

1862. June 30. Battles of White Oak 
Swamp and Charles City Cross- 
roads. 

1862, June 30. Battle upon the James 
Elver, with Com. Porter's fleet and 
Heintzelman upon the field. Mc- 
Call captured, and the Union forces 
retreated to Malvern Hill. 

1862, July 1. President Lincoln called 
for 600,000 volunteers. 

1862. July 1. Attack of the Confeder- 
ates on Malvern Hill ; decided vic- 
tory of the Union forces. 

1862. July 2. Evacuation of Malvern Hill 
by order of Gen. McClellan. Loss 
to the Union forces during the 
seven days' battles, 15,249 men. 

1862. July 13. Murfreesboro, Tenn., 
taken by the Confederates. 



1862. July 15. Battle of Fayetteville, 
Ark. 

1862. July 24. Death of Martin Van 
Bnren, the eighth President of the 
United States. 

1862. Aug. 3. Confederate Gen. Jeff. 
Thompson defeated with great loss 
near Memphis. 

1862. Aug. 6. Col. John McNeil, with a 
force of 1,000 cavalry and 6 guns, 
attacked a band of Missouri 
partisans at Kirkville, Mo., defeat- 
ing them. 

Aug. 9. Battle of Cedar Mountain. 
Aug. 11, Gen. Buell surrendered 
the garrison at Independence, 
Aug. 26. Skirmish at Lewisburg. 
Aug. 28. Union victory at Centre- 
ville. 



1862. 
1862. 

1862. 
1862. 

1862. 
1862. 



Aug. 29. Surrender of Memphis. 
Aug. 29, Buell attacked Bragg, 
and a desperate battle was fought 
at Perryville. Bragg retreated by 
night, taking an immense quantity 
of plunder. 

1862, Sept. 1. Battle of Chantilly, Ya. 
Union army victorious, with the 
loss of Gen. Phil. Kearney and Gen. 
Isaac Stevens. 

1862. Sept. 11. Battle of South Moun- 
tain. 

1862. Sept. 15. Surrender of Harper's 
Ferry to the Confederates by Gen. 
Miles. 

1862. Sept. 16-17. Battle of Antietam, 
between (ien. McC'lellan and Gen. 
Lee. Nearly 100,000 men engaged 
on each side. The Union arms 
were victorious. 

1862. Sept. 19. Battle at luka. 

1862. Sept. 22. President Lincoln issued 
a proclamation abolishing slavery in 



CHROXOLOGT OF NOB Til AMEBIC A 



369 



1862. 

1862. 
1862. 



1862. 



1862. 
1862. 



1862, 



1862, 



1862, 



1863 



all the States that should be in 
rebellion on the 1st of January. 
Oct. 3-4. Battle at Corinth. The 
Confederates fled in disorder. 
Oct. 8-9. Battle at Perryville, Ky. 
IS'ov. 8. Gen. Biirnside assumed 
command of the Army of the 
Potomac. 

Gen. Bm-nside, with 11,000 troops, 
conducted an expedition against 
Eoanoke. He destroyed the Con- 
federate fleet, captm-ed the forts, 
and gained command of the whole 
coast of Xorth Carolina. 
Dec. 13. Battle at Prairie Grove. 
Battle of Fredericksburg; 100,000 
men engaged on the Union side, 
and 80,000 on the Confederate. 
The Union army nearly destroyed 
the city, but failed to gain any 
advantage, and finally withdrew 
from action, having lost during this 
day 13,771, including killed, 
wounded and missing. The Con- 
federates lost 5,000. 
Dec. 20. Col. Murphy surrendered 
Holly Springs with 2,000 men, 
including a large hospital filled with 
sick and wounded, and $4,000,000 
worth of property. 
Dec. 27-28. Sherman attacked 
Vicksburg by land, with a loss of 
1,734 men. 

Dec. 31. Battle of Murfreesboro. 
Union loss, 1,533 killed, 7,243 
wounded, 2,800 missing. The 
killed and wounded of the Con- 
federates amounted to 14,560. 
Jan. 1. Great Emancipation Proc- 
lamation announced to be in force. 
By this act more than 3,000,000 
slaves were made free. 



1863. Jan. 11. (ien. Banks attacked the 
Confederates at Carney's Bridge, 
defeating them and destroying the 
gunboat Co/ fan. 
1863. Jan. 28. Gen. Hooker succeeded 
l)urnside over the Army of the 
Potomac. 

1863. Feb. Soldiers' Home established 
in Louisville by the Kentucky 
Ikanch Commission. 

1863. March. Soldiers' Home estab- 
lished in Cairo by the Chicago 
Branch Commission. 

1863. April 7. Unsuccessful attempt by 
Com. Dupont to take Fort Sumter, 
with serious slaughter to his fleet. 

1863. May 2-5. Battle of Chancellors- 
ville, under Hooker and Lee. 
Union forces engaged, 70,000; 
Confederate forces, 50,000. Pte- 
sult undecided, but losses heavy 
on both sides. 

1863. May 10. Death of Stonewall Jack- 
son, 

1863. May 15. Battle of Edwards Sta- 
tion. Enemy defeated by Grant, 
and pursued to Black River. 

1863. May 15. Battle of Jackson, Miss. 

1863. May 16. Battle of Baker's Creek. 

1863. May 17. Battle of Black River 
Bridge. Grant captured 18 guns 
and 1,500 prisoners. 

1863. May 18. Gen. Grant closed in on 
Vicksburg and began siege. 

1863. June 11. Fort llindman surren- 
dered to Gen. McClernand with 17 
cannon, 3,000 stand of arms, 5,000 
prisoners, and large quantities of 
munitions. 

1863. Henry Ward Beecher visited Eng- 
land in behalf of this government. 

1863. July 1-4. Battle of Gettysburg, the 
most bloody and hard-fought battle 



370 



A SrORY OF THE WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE 



of the war. The armies were each 
about 80,000 strong. They fought 
desperately for three days, but 1864. 
finally victory crowned the Union 
arms. Total Union loss, 23,186, 1864:. 
The Confederate loss was 18,000 
killed and wounded, and 10,000 1864. 
unwounded prisoners. 

1863. July 4. Surrender of Vicksburg. 

The Gibraltar of the Mississippi, 1864. 

with 31,000 men, suriendered to 

(ien. (irant. 1864. 

1863. July 8. Surrender of Port Hud- 
son, with 7,000 men, to Gen. 
Banks. 1864. 

1863. July 10. Maximilian declared 
Emperor of Mexico. 

1863. Sept. 0. Surrender of Cnmberland 

Gap to Burnside, with 2,000 men. 1864. 

1863. Sept. 10-20. Battle of Chicka- 
mauga. 

1863. Oct. 1. Gen. Sherman, with his 

whole army, moved from Vicksburg 1864. 
south into Alabama. 

1863. Oct. 17. President Lincoln called 
for 300,000 more men. 

1863. Oct, 18. Gen. Grant assumed 
command of the Department of the 
Ohio. 

1863. Oct. 28. Gen. Hooker captured 
Lookout Mountain. 

1863. Nov. 24. Battle of Chattanooga. 1864. 
At midnight the Confederates re- 
treated, leaving 6,000 soldiers, 40 1864. 
pieces of artillery, and 7,000 stand 
of small arms in the hands of the 1864. 
L^nionists. 1864. 

1863, Nov. 29. Erection of the Great 1864. 
Organ in the Boston Music Hall, 1864. 
the largest and most perfect instru- 
ment of its kind in America. 

1864, Jan. 25. Congress gave thanks to 
Cornelius Vanderbilt for his gift of 



the steamer Vioiderhilt to the 
United States, worth $800,000, 
Feb. 1. Draft of 500,000 men 
ordered. 

March 2, Gen, Grant made Lieu- 
tenant-General of the L^idon armies. 
March 15. The President called 
for 200,000 more men to be drafted 
April loth. 

March 16. Arkansas voted to 
become a free State. 
March 17. Gen. Grant assumed 
entire command of all the armies of 
the L'^nited States. 
May 1. Sherman began his marcli 
to the sea through the heart of the 
South, swee2:)ing everything before 
him. 

May 1. (icn. Sherman, with 100,- 
000 men, together with 554 pieces 
of artillery, began his campaign 
against Atlanta. 

May 5. The Battle of the Wilder- 
ness. This was the longest and 
most terrible engagement of the 
war, lasting from the 5th to the 
21st, with great loss to both armies. 
The weather Avas intensely hot and 
stilling. The Union loss, 39,791; 
the Confederate loss, not ascer- 
tained. 

May 15. Battle of New Market, 
W. Va. 

May 19. Death of Nathaniel 
Hawthorne, at Plymouth, N. H. 
June 2-8. Battle at Cold Harbor. 
June 15. Battle of Pine Moiintair.. 
June 18. Siege of Petersburg, 
June 19. Naval fight between the 
Confederate cruiser Alabama, com- 
manded by Capt. Semmes, and the 
United States gunboat Jicarsarge, 
commanded by Capt. Winslow, off 



riinoxoLOGY of north America 



371 



18G4. 



IS 04. 



1864. 



18(34. 

1804. 
18(J4. 

1804. 
1804. 



1804. 



1804. 



Cherbourg, France. After an 1804. 
hour's engagement the Alabama 
ran up the white flag. Capt. 1804. 
Semmes, jumping overboard, was 1804, 
taken on board the British yacht 1804. 
Deerhound. Tlie Alabama sank 
immediately. The Kearsarge did 
not lose a man in the action, and 
but one was mortally wounded. 
June 30. Salmon 1*. Chase re- 
signed his post as Secretary of the 
Treasury, after a faithful discharge 
of the duties of the office. 
July 20. Hood, with his entire 
army, assailed Sherman five miles 
from Atlanta, and was vigorously 
repulsed, with a loss of 5^000, 
including several generals. Union 
loss, 2,500. 

July 22. Hood made a grand 
attack upon Sherman at Atlanta, 
without success, losing 12,000 men, 
18 stand of colors, and 5,000 small 
arms. Union loss, 3,722. 
Aug. 3. Com, Farragut silenced 
the Confederate forts at the 
entrance of Mobile Bay. 
Aug. 18. I)attle at Keams' Sta- 
tion, AVarren holding his jjosition on 
the railroad. 

Aug. 31. Hood evacuated Atlanta, 
blowing up magazines and stores, 1805, 
destroying seven locomotives and 81 
cars, and a large amount of cotton. 
Sept. 19. Battle on the Opequan 1805. 
Creek, near Winchester. 
Sept. 27. Price attacked Gen. 
Ewing at Pilot Knob with a force 1805. 
of 10,000. Ewing, having but 
1,200 men, stoutly resisted him till 
night, when he blew up his works 
and retreated to Rolla. 



1804. 



1804. 



1805. 



Oct. 9. Battle of Pound Top 
Mountain. 

Oct. 19. Battle of Cedar Creek. 
Oct. 19. Sheridan's famous ride. 
Nov. 8. Abraham Lincoln was 
elected by an overwhelming ma- 
jority to a second term in the 
President's Chair, with Andrew 
Johnson, of Tenn., as Vice-Presi- 
dent. 

Nov. 11. Sherman sent his last 
message by the telegraph connect- 
ing with the Xorth, severed the 
last wire, and moved from Atlanta. 
Dec. 0. The Thirteenth Amend- 
ment to the Constitution passed, 
abolishing and forever prohibiting 
slavery throughout the United 
States. 

Dec. 19. The President ordered a 
draft of 300,000 more men unless 
prevented by volunteers. 
Dec. 22. Sherman entered Savan- 
nah with his army, and captured 
20,000 bales of cotton, 150 cannon, 
and large quantities of ammunition. 
Jan. 22. Wilmington, N. C, sur- 
rendered to Gen. Terry, after 
suffering a terrible fire for three 
days. The next morning the 
magazine blew up, killing 200 
Unionists and wounding 100 more, 
Feb, 17, Columbia, the capital of 
South Carolina, surrendered to 
Sherman by Gen, Beauregard. 
Feb. 18. Surrender of Charleston 
by its Mayor, with all its surround- 
ing forts, to (Jen. Gilmore. 
April 2. Last grand assault of the 
Army of the Potomac upon the 
Confederate forces under Gen. Lee. 
A telegram the same day from 
Gen. Lee to Jeff. Davis reached 



373 



A STORY OF THE WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE 



him while in church, stating that 
Kichmond must be evacuated that 
evening, sent consternation through- 
out the city, and Davis fled to the 
South. 

1865. April 3. liiclmiond, the capital of 
the Confederate States, surrendered. 

18(i5. April 5. Selma, Ala., captured 
with large stores, "2.700 prisoners, 
and 32 guns, Forrest and Ehoddy 
escaping in the night. 

1805. April 6. Sheridan attacked a por- 
tion of Lee's forces near Sailor's 
Creek, capturing 16 pieces of 
artillery, and a train of 400 wagons. 

18()5. April 7. (Jrant demanded a sur- 
render of the Southern army. 

1865. April 9. Lincoln's address, in 
Washington, to a vast concourse of 
people, on The Eeconstruction of 
the Government. 

1865. April 9. Surrender of the South- 
ern army under Gen. Eobert E. Lee 
to Lieut. -Gen. U. S. Grant at 
Appomattox. 

1865. April 12. Montgomery surren- 
dered to Wilson. 

1865. April 13. President Lincoln in- 
structed the Secretary of War to 
issue an order putting a stop to 
further drafting, receiving of or 
purchase of war material ; and 
announced the speedy removal of 
restrictions upon trade and com- 
merce. 

1865. xVpril 14. The anniversary of the 
surrender of Fort Sumter to the Con- 
federates; its old flag was again 
raised over the battered walls by the 
brave and gallant Anderson, who 
had so valiantly defended it in 1861. 

1865. April 14. Assassination of Abra- 
ham Lincoln by John Wilkes 



Booth, while witnessing a play 
from a private box in Ford's 
Theater, AYashington, D. C. 

1865. April 14. Attempted assassina- 
tion of Secretary Seward by Payne, 
Booth's confederate. 

1865. April 15. Inauguration of Andrew 
Johnson as President of the L^nited 
States. 

1865. April 21. Surrender of Macon by 
Gen. Howell Cobb. 

1865. April 25. Capture of Booth in a 
barn in Virginia. He refused to 
surrender and was shot. 

1865. April 26. Surrender to Gen. Sher- 
man and disbandment of John- 
ston's army. 

1865. April 28. Steamer Sultana burned 
near Memphis. Fifteen hundred 
men lost. 

1865. May 4. Surrender of Gen. Dick 
Taylor to Gen. Canby. 

1865. May 9. Lincoln's assassins put 
upon trial at Washington. 

1865, May 11. Capture of Jefferson 
Davis. 

1865. May 23-24. Grand review of the 
Army at Washington. 

1865. May 26. Surrender of Gen. 
Smith, with his entire command, 
to Gen. Canby, in Texas. 

1865. May 27. Last land conflict of the 
war on the Eio Grande. 

1865. May 30. Second Sanitary Fair at 
Chicago; $200,000 raised. 

1865. June 10. Fire at Xashville burned 
ten million dollars' worth of L"^. S. 
Stores and property. 

1865. June 15. Galveston, the last Con- 
federate fort, yielded. 

1865. Trade restrictions removed and 
blockade ended. 



CHRONOLOGY OF XORTH AMERICA 



3:3 



18G5. July 7. Hanging of Lincoln's 18GG. 
assassins. 

1865. Aug. 15. Mississippi nnllified seces- 
sion and accepted emancipation. 

18G5. Sept. 12. Alabama declared the 
ordinance of secession null and 
void, abolished slavery, and repu- 
diated the Confederate debt. 

18G5. Sept. 14. Rebel Indian chiefs 
signed treaty of loyalty with the 
United States. 

18G5. Sept. 15. South Carolina repealed 
the secession ordinance and de- 
clared slavery abolished. 

1865, Sept. 23. Alabama Convention 
recognized emancipation. 

1865. Sept. 29. Gov. Sharkey, of Mis- 
sissipjDi, recognized by proclamation 
the rights of the negro. 

1865. Oct. 7. North Carolina declared 
secession null and void, prohibited 
slavery in the State forever, 

1865. Oct. 7. Earthquake shock in Cali- 
fornia. 

1865. Oct. 12. Martial law declared 
ended in Kentucky by the Presi- 
dent. 

1865. Oct. 25. Florida annulled the 

secession ordinance. 
1865. Dec. 2. Alabama ratified the 

Anti-slavery Amendment. 
1865. Dec. 4. Georgia declared slavery 

abolished, and nullified her war 

debt. 

1865. Dec. 6. Florida declared slavery 
abolished. 

1865. Dec. 18. Sec. Seward officially 
declared slavery abolished through- 
out the United States. 

1865. Dec. 28. Florida ratified the Thir- 
teenth Amendment. 



1866. 
1866. 

1866. 

1866. 

1866. 
1866. 

1866. 

1867. 

1867. 

1867. 
1867. 

1867. 

1867, 

1867. 



1867. 



1867 



1867 



April 2. Proclamation of the 
President declaring the insurrection 
ended in the rebellious States. 
April 2. Civil Pights bill passed. 
May 29. Death of Brevet Lieut. - 
Gen. "Winfield Scott. 
July 4. Burning of Portland, 
Maine. 

July 27. Successful laying of the 
Atlantic cable. 

July 30. New Orleans Massacre. 
Visit of Queen Emma, of the Sand- 
wich Islands, to the United States. 
Indians massacred 93 soldiers near 
Fort Kearney, Neb. 
The Nonpareil^ or American Life- 
Eaft, with three men, crossed the 
Atlantic Ocean, from New York to 
Southampton. 

Jan. 18. Samuel Downing, the 
last Pevolutionary soldier, died in 
Edinburgh, N. Y., aged 105. 
Jan. 20. Death of N. P. Willis. 
Feb. 7. Mr. Peabody gave $2,- 
100,000 for education at the South. 
March 1, Nebraska made a State 
—the 37th, 

March 3. Alaska ceded to the 
LTnited States in consideration of 
the sum of $7,200,000. 
May. By an Act of British Parlia- 
ment the Canadian provinces of 
Ontario, Quebec, New Brunswick, 
Prince Edwards Island, and Nova 
Scotia were federally united into 
one Dominion of Canada. 
Canada purchased the Territory be- 
longing to the Hudson's Bay Co. 
May 13. Jefferson Davis bailed for 
$100,000. 

May 15. Surrender of Maximilian 
and his army to the Republicans, 
brought about by the treachery of 



374 



A STORY OF THE WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE 



Lopez, the bosom friend of Maxi- 
milian, who, it was said, received 
the snm of $48,000 as the price of 
his treason. 

1867. June 13-14. Trial of Maximilian 
and his leading generals, Miramon 
and Meja, all of whom were sen- 
tenced to be shot. 

1867. June 10. Execution of Maximilian 
and his two leading officers. 

1867. Negotiations opened for the settle- 
ment of the Alabama Claims. 

1867. July 1. "Xew Dominion of Can- 
ada" inaugurated at Ottawa. 

1867. Yellow fever in New Orleans; 
1,673 died in the month of Sep- 
tember. 

1867. Oct. 13. Death of Elias Howe, 
inventor and patentee of the sewing 
machine. 

1868. May 22. Republican Convention 
at Chicago nominated Gen. Grant 
for President and Schuyler Colfax 
for A'ice-President. 

1868. May 22. Daring robbery on a 
night-exjwess train, at Marshfield, 
Ind. 

1868. May 23. F.revet Brig. -Gen. 

Christopher t* arson, better known 
as "Kit Carson," a famous moun- 
taineer, trapper, and guide, died at 
St. Lynn, Col. 

June 6. Death of James P)uch- 
anan, fifteenth President of the 
United States. 

June 23. Matthew Yassar, founder 
of Yassar College, died in Pough- 
keepsie, N. Y. He donated an 
aggregate of 6800,000 for the bene- 
fit of the college. 

1868. July 4. The President issued a 
full pardon and amnesty proclama- 
tion. 



1868. 



1868. 



1868. July 22. Wyoming Territory 

organized. 
1868. Aug. 16. Great earthquake and 

tidal wave. 
1868. Cornell University, Ithaca, K". Y., 

opened for pupils of both sexes. 
1868. Oct. 21. Severe earthquake in 

California. 

1868. Nov. 3. Gen. Grant elected Presi- 
dent and Schuyler Colfax Yice- 
President. 

1869. Feb. Andrew Johnson, President 
of the United States, tried for mis- 
demeanors, but was acquitted. 

1869. Feb. 6. Prosecution of Jefferson 
Davis ended. 

1869. Feb. 25. Passage of the Fifteenth 
Amendment bill, enfranchising the 
colored man. 

1869. March 4. Inauguration of Gen. 
Grant as President. 

1869. March 27. Death of James Har- 
per, an American jDuhlisher. 

1869. May 10. Pacific Railroad com- 
pleted. 

1869. Coal mine disaster in Pennsylvania. 
More than 100 men suffocated 
before help could reach them. 

1869. June 15-20. Peace Jubilee held in 
Boston in honor of the restoration 
of the L'nion of the States. Ten 
thousand singers and an orchestra 
of 1,000 instruments were in at- 
tendance. 

1869. Eight-hour system with ten hours 
pay for government emj^loyes or- 
dered by President Grant. 

1869. Colored People's Convention iu 
AYasbington, Frederick Douglas 
presiding. 

1869. Aug. 1. National Labor Convention 
met in Pbiladelphia, re-affirming 
the eight -hour system. 



CHRONOLOGY OF XORTH AMERICA 



375 



1869. 

1861). 
1869. 
1869. 

1869. 
1869. 
1869. 



1870. 
1870. 



1870. 



1870. 



1870. 

1870, 



Aug. 7. Total eclipse of the sun. 
Temperance and Prohibition Con- 
vention met in Chicago. 
Sept. Destructive flood in Vir- 
ginia. 

Sept. 21. Black Friday, or the 
terrible ^'all Street panic. 
Oct. 1. Explosion at Indian- 
apolis of a portable engine on the 
fair -ground. Between twenty and 
thirty persoiis killed. 
Oct. 8. Death of Franklin Pierce, 
the fourteenth President of the 
United States. 

Xov. 4. Death of George Pea- 
body, the eminent and loved bene- 
factor of Europe and America. 
Nov. 25. National Woman's Suf- 
frage Convention, Rev. Henry Ward 
Beecher presiding. 
Feb. 11. Death of Wesley Harper. 
Aug. 11. Death of David Glascoe 
Farragut, Admiral of tho United 
States Navy, and one of the most 
illustrious of naval commanders. 
Aug. 22. Admission of Revels, the 
first colored Senator, to Congress. 
National Labor Convention held 
in Cincinnati, which voted for- 
mation of an independent polit- 
ical organization known as the 
National Labor Reform party. 
Au2. 22. Proclamation of neutral- 
ity issued by President Grant, 
enjoining American citizens not to 
take any part in the Franco-Ger- 
man conflict. 

Oct. 12. Death of General Robert 
Edward Lee. 

First narrow-gauge railway in the 
world built— the Denver and Rio 
Grande. 



1870. Manitoba made into separate prov- 
ince. 

1871. Congress passed an Act creating a 
public park near tho head-waters of 
the Yellowstone, known as Yellow- 
stone Park. 

1871. Feb. 12. Death of Alice Gary. 

1871. July 16. First exposure of "Tam- 
many Ring," in the New York 
Times. 

1871. July -31. Death of Phebe Gary. 

1871. Oct. 8-9. Burning of the City of 
Chicago, the most destructive con- 
flagi'ation recorded in tho history of 
civilized nations, sweeping over 
2,124 acres of ground, destroying 
17,450 buildings with a loss of 
$200,000,000 and hundreds of 
human lives. 

1871. Oct. 9. Great fires in the forests 
of Northern Michigan and Wis- 
consin. 

1871. Oct. 9. Burning of Peshtigo, with 
nearly every one of its inhabitants. 

1871. Oct. 26. Maj. -Gen. Robert Ander- 
son died at Nice, France. 

1871. A'isit of the Grand Duke Alexis, 
son of the Emperor Alexander of 
Russia, to the United States. 

1871. Visit of Henry M. Stanley, of the 
'■'•Herald Expedition," to Africa, in 
search of the lost traveler, Dr, 
Livingstone. 

1872. Samuel F. Morse, LL.D., the 
inventor of the electric telegraph, 
died. 

1872. Northwestern Boundary Question 
settled by the Emperor of Ger- 
many. 

1872. Feb. Labor Reform party held a 
Convention in Columbus, Ohio. 



376 



A STORY OF THE WORLD AXD ITS PEOPLE 



1872. March. A ship-caiuil successfully 
surveyed across the Isthmus of 
Panama. 

1873. June 1. Death of James Gordon 
Bennett, a noted and remarkable 
journalist. 

1872. Final settlement of the Alabama 

Claims. 
1872. Sept. 30. First appearance of the 

epizootic in America. 
1872. Nov. (). Death of George Gordon 

Meade, LL.D.,Maj. -Gen. U. S. A. 
1872. Organization of the national Grange. 
1872. Not. 0. Great Boston fire. 
1872. Nov. 20. Death of Horace 

Greeley, an American reformer, 

and founder of the New York 

Tribune. 
1872. Death of William H. Seward. 

1872. Book-sewing machine patented by 
Henry Thomjison, of Connecticut. 

1873. April 1. "Wreck of the ocean 
steamer Aflantic; 535 lives lost. 

1873. April 11. Gen. R. A. Canby 
murdered by the Modoc Indians in 
the Lava Beds of North California. 

1873. Massacre of over 100 negroes at 
Colfax, Grant Parish, La., by the 
'White League." 

1873. May 7. Death of Hon. Salmon P. 
Chase, LL.D., an American states- 
man, Governor of Ohio, Secretary 
of the Treasury, and Chief -Jiistice 
of the United States. 

1873. Falling of the bridge at Dixon, 
111., and 100 lives lost. 

1873. Aug. A great storm along the 
Atlantic coast. One hundred ves- 
sels went down in the Gulf of St. 
Lawrence, and 170 sailing vessels 
and 12 steamers lost in tlie Gulf of 
Mexico. 



1873. Sept. 19. The great financial 
crash. 

1873. Nov. Loss of the steamship Ville 
du ILd'rc, enroute to New York;. 
220 lives lost. 

1873. Dec. 1-4. Death of Louis Agassiz^ 
the most eminent of modern sci- 
entists, at Cambridge, Mass. 

1873. Automatic signal telegraph intro- 
duced and applied in New York. 

1873. The free postal delivery adopted in 
all cities containing 20,000 inhabit- 
ants, and the penny postal cards 
introduced. 

1874. March 11. Death of Charles Sum- 
ner, the eminent American states- 
man, scholar, and author. 

1874. Death of Millard Filmore, thir- 
teentii President of the United 
States. 

1874. :\ray 10. Mill River disaster at 
Williamsburg, Mass. ; 147 persons 
lost their lives and 1,200 were left 
destitute. 

1874. Great devastation caused by th& 
grasshoppers throughout the North- 
west. 

1874. July 1. The abduction of Charlie 
Boss. 

1874. July 27. Great flood at Pittsburg - 
about 200 lives lost. 

1875. ]\Iarch. Colorado admitted to the 
Union as a State. 

1875. March 20. Destructive tornado in 
Georgia. Great loss of life and 
property. 

1875. April 25. Burning of three steam- 
ers at the New Orleans levee; 50 
lives lost. 

1875. April-May. Great floods in the 
South. Large portions of Arkansas, 
and Louisiana inundated. 



CHROXOLOGY OF NOBTH AMERICA 



37^ 



1875. May. Extensive forest fires in 
Michigan, Pennsylvania, New 
York, and Canada, with great loss 
of property. 

1875. May 30. Loss of the steamer 
Vic/isburf/, from Montreal to 
Liverjiool, in a field of ice; 83 lives 
lost. 

1875. July 31. Death of Andrew John- 
son, seventeenth President of the 
United States. 

1875. Aug. 20. Sudden suspension of 
the great California Bank. Intense 
excitement in San Francisco, re- 
sembling "Black Friday" in New 
York. 

1875. Sept. 17. Arrival of the first fast 
mail train in Chicago. 

1875. Sept. 28. Terrific gale at Charles- 
ton, S. C. ; damages, $250,000. 

1875. Nov. 4. Steamship Pacific foun- 
dered between San Francisco and 
Portland; nearly 200 lives lost. 

1875. Nov. 24. Death of William B. 
Astor, eldest son and principal heir 
of John Jacob Astor. 

1875. Dec. 17. Burning of the Pacific 
mail steamer Japan^ from San 
Francisco to Yokohama; a great 
number of lives lost. 

1875. Beginning of the great revivals con- 
ducted by Moody and Sankey. 

1875. Great inundation in Texas. Four 
hundred lives were lost. 

1876. Apiil 10. Death of Alexander T. 
Stewart, the proprietor of the larg- 
est retail dry-goods house in the 
world. 

187G. May 25-2G. Massacre of Gen. 
Custer and his entire company by 
the Indians of Big Little Horn 
River, Yellowstone country. 



1870. Indian war between Sitting Bull 
with his hostile bands and Gen. 
Cook with his command of 2,000 
men. 

1870. Grand Centennial Exposition, cele- 
brating the one hundredth birthday 
of the United States Republic, in 
Philadelphia. 

1870. Sept. 7. Bold attempt of the 
Younger brothers to rob a bank, in 
open day, in Northfield, Minn. 

1870. Sept. 22. Disaster on the Pan- 
Ilandle Railroad near Columbus, 0. 
Four cars rolled down an embank- 
ment. Over 30 persons seriously 
injured and 4 killed. 

1870. Oct. 12. Boiler explosion in Pitts- 
burg, Pa. Sixty persons buried in 
the ruins ; fifty -seven killed and 
wounded. 

1870. Nov. 30. Gen. Diaz officially 
announced as Provisional President 
of Mexico. 

1870. Dec. 5. Burning of the Brooklyn 
Theater. 

1870. Dec. 29. Ashtabula disaster. A 
passenger-train of eleven cars, 
bearing 100 human beings, went 
down with the bridge into a chasm 
70 feet in depth, the WTeck taking 
fire. 

1877. Jan. 4. Death of Cornelius Yan- 
derbilt, a great capitalist and rail- 
road king. 

1877. Jan. 13. Heavy earthquake in 
Southern California. 

1877. May 0. Surrender of 000 hostile 
Indians under Crazy Horse, at the 
Red Cloud Agency. 

1877. May. Land-slide in St. Genevieve, 
Canada; 10 persons buried alive. 

1877. May 11. Rockford disaster. Fall 
of the dome of the new courthouse, 



0( b> 



A STORY OF TUB WORLD AJVD ITS PEOPLE 



1 Qiyiy 

isrr, 

isrr. 
isrr, 

1877, 

isrr. 

1877, 



killing nine men and wounding 
eleven more. 

May 18. P. T. Barniim offered a 
reward of $1 (),()()() for the restora- 
tion of Charlie Ross to his parents. 
May 30. Great forest fires in Wis- 
consin and Michigan; over 1,500,- 
000,000 feet of standing j^ine logs 
burned. 

June 20. Destructive fire in St, 
John, N. B. 

July- Aug. Extensive labor strikes 
occasioned by a general reduction in 
wages. 

Aug. 29. Death of Brigham 
Young, the great Mormon leader. 
Nov. 1. Death of Oliver Perry 
Morton, United States Seiuitor and 
"War Governor" of Indiana. 
Nov. 13. Fishery Commission at 
Halifax, X. S., gave a verdict 
against the United States, and 
awarded Great Britain the sum of 
$5,500,000. 

Jan. 13. Wreck of the steamer 
Metropolis, from Philadelphia to 
Brazil, on the coast of Xortli 
Carolina; 100 lives lost. 
3Iarch. Disastrous flood in Cali- 
fornia. 

March 18. Riot in Toronto, Can- 
ada, between Orangemen and 
Catholics. 
1878. Invention of the telephone by 
Thomas A. Edison, of Menlo Park, 
N. J. 

Death of William 
Tweed, the great "Tammany Ring" 
leader, in the jail in ISTew York 
City. 

April 21. Cyclone in Iowa. 
]May 25. Cyclone in Wisconsin. 



1878. 

1878. 
1878. 



1878. April 12 



]878 
1878 



1878. June 12. Death of William Cullen 
l'>ryant. 

1878. July. Indian outbreak in Wash- 
ington Territory. Battle of Wil- 
low Springs ; 43 soldiers killed. 

1878. July. National Hebrew Conven- 
tion in 3Iil\vaukee, AVis. . 

1878. C*ompletion of the Sutro Tunnel, 
connecting the Comstock and Sav- 
age silver mines in Nevada. 

1878. July 12. Panic in Montreal 
caused by a threatened riot upon 
the contemplated gi'and parade of 
the Orangemen. 

1878. July 29. Total eclipse of the sun, 
visible in a path IIG miles wide, 
extending through the Western 
Territories, from the British Pos- 
sessions to the Gulf of ^Mexico. 

1878. Aug. -Sept. Chinese Embassy, 
among Avhom were several Chinese 
ladies, visited the United States. 

1878. Sept. 12. Silver bill passed both 
Houses of Congress by more than 
a two-thirds vote. 

1878. Sept. 15. Railroad disaster at 
Tariffville, Conn. Excursion train 
fell through a trestle-bridge, killing 
sixteen persons. 

1878. Aug. -Oct. Visitation of yellow 
fever in the South. There were 
3,0()0 deaths in New Orleans in one 
month. 

1879. Jan. 1. Resumption of specie 
payments. 

1879. Eel). 2. Death of Richard Henry 
Dana, editor, poet, and essayist. 

1879. May 7. The new Constitution was 
adopted by the people of California. 

1879. May 7. The New York Legis- 
latnre passed a bill fixing the legal 
rate of interest at G per cent. 



CHRONOLOGY OF NORTH AMERICA 



379 



1870. 



1879. 



1879. 
1879. 

1879. 

1880. 

1880. 
1880. 
1880. 
1880. 
1880. 



1880. 



1880. 



May 30. A tornado swept over 
Missouri, Kansas, and Nebraska. 
More than 40 persons were killed 
and 80 wounded. 

June 28. Collision of the steam- 
ship City of Neiv Tori- with the 
Scotch bark Helen^ the latter sink- 
ing with her captain and four of 
her crew. 

Oct. 28. Schooner Pt'/yc? wrecked; 
15 lives lost. 

October 31. Death of Gen. Joseph 
Hooker, Commander of the Army 
of the Potomac. 

Xov. I. Death of Zachariah 
Chandler. 

Jan. 10. Death, in Xew York 
City, of Frank Leslie, editor and 
publisher, aged 59 years. 
Jan. 20. Steamer C}n(rmer\)\\x\\QA^ 
15 miles above the mouth of the 
Ked River. Eight lives lost. 
Feb. 20. Spanish Cortez j^assed a 
law providing for gradual abolition 
of slavery in Cuba. 
A})ril 2. Death of Eev. George 
Piinchard, author, and founder of 
the Evenincj Traveler. 
April 18. Tornado swept over 
parts of "Western and Southern 
States, killing scores of people. 
June 12. The steamers Narra- 
gaiiseff and Stonirifjfon. collided on 
Long Island Sound. The former 
took fire and was burned to the 
water's edge. Fifty lives were lost. 
June 28. The steamboat Semvan- 
l-aJia, on her passage from Xew 
York to Glen Cove, with 300 pas- 
sengers on board, took fire and 
burned to the water's edge. Fifty 
lives were lost. 
Xov. 2. James A. Garfield, Re- 



publican nominee, elected Presi- 
dent. 
1880. Nov. 17. Government concluded 
treaty with China restricting im- 
migration of Chinese laborers. 

1880. Dec. 31. Year of great foreign 
immigration; 1:5(),000 immigrants 
arrived during the year. 

1881. March 1. Jame.-j A. Garfield 
inaugurated President. 

1881. May. Civil . service promises of 
Republican party carried out by 
Garfield; bitter contest over this 
question in Republican party. 

1881. July 2. President Garfield assas- 
sinated by Charles J. Giteau at B. 
ti 0. depot in AVashington. 

1881. Sept. 19. President Garfield died 
at Long Branch, N. J. 

1881. Sept. 19. Chester A. Arthur took 
oath of office as President. 

1881. Oct. 10. Centennial celebration of 
surrender of Lord Cornwallis at 
Yorktown, A'a. 

1881. Dec. 20. ' Survivors of Jeannette 
crew, which left San Francisco July 
9, 1879, for North Pole, heard 
from. 

1882. Standard Oil Trust organized. 
1882. March 21. Henry W. Longfellow, 

America's best-known poet, died, at 
the advanced age of 75. 

1882. April 17. Ralph Waldo Emerson, 
the sage of Concord, essayist, lec- 
turer and litterateur, died. 

1882. Educational division of the Depart- 
ment of Indian Affairs organized 
for the purpose of making Indians 
self-supporting, manual training 
being the main feature. 

1882. Aug. St. Gothard Tunnel com- 
pleted, connecting Germany and 
Italv. 



380 



A STORY OF THE WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE 



1883. Jan. 4. Civil Service Bill passed 
Congress allowing majority of Gov- 
ernment employes to hold their 
positions as long as competent, and 
providing for promotion based on 
competency. 

]883. May 24. Brooklyn Bridge opened 
for traffic, paving the way for a 
nnion of Brooklyn and Xew York. 

1883. Jniy 19. Great strike of Brother- 
hood of Telegraphers occurred. 

1883. Sept. 8. Northern Pacific Eail- 
road opened for traffic, followed by 
rapid development in northwest. 

1883. Oct. 1. Rednction in two-cent 
letter postage throughout United 
States, one ounce being carried for 
two cents instead of one-half ounce. 

1884. Feb. 22. Bodies of Jean net te ex- 
plorers reached Xew York. 

1884. July. Great riots in Cincinnati. 

1884. Nov. Grover Cleveland, Demo- 
cratic nominee, elected President. 

1885. March 4. Grover Cleveland in- 
augurated President. 

1885. May. Struggle of politicians for 
offices under the Government. 
President Cleveland stood for civil 
service and party pledges. Serious 
dissensions in Democratic party. 

1885. July 23. Gen. Ulysses S. Grant 
died at Mt. McGregor, N. Y. 
Entombed at Riverside Park, Aug. 
8th. 

1885. Oct. 28. Death of Gen. George 
B. McClellan. 

1885. Dec. IT. Presidential Succession 
Bill passed by Senate, providing for 
members of Cabinet becoming 
President in case of death of Presi- 
dent and Vice-President. 

1885. Inter-State Commerce Bill passed 



by Congress and approved by 
President. 

1885. Mormons practicing polygamy dis- 
franchised by act of Congress. 

1880. Jan. 20. Earthquake shocks felt 
in Catskill Mountains, New York. 

1880. Feb. 9. Death of Gen. Winfield 
Scott Hancock. 

1880. Feb. 18. Death of John B. 
Gough, noted temperance advo- 
cate. 

1880. March 13. Edison patented a de- 
vice for telegraphing from moving 
trains. 

1880. April 7. Rhode Island adopted a 
prohibitory amendment. 

1880. April 18. Great street-car strike 
in New York; all but two lines tied 
up. 

1880. April 29. Sixty-seventh anni- 
versary celebrated by the Odd Fel- 
lows in America. 

1880. May 4. Anarchist riots in Chi- 
cago. Seven jiolicemen killed, 00 
wounded by dynamite bomb. 

1880. May 5. Labor riots at Bay View, 
Wis., at Detroit, Mich., and Chi- 
cago, 111. 

1880. May 0. Fourteen hundred miners 
struck in Ohio and West Virginia. 

1880. May 20. Governor of New York 
Gigned bill permitting women to 
practice law in that State. 

1880. June 2. President Cleveland 
married to Frances Folsom, at 
Washington, D. C. 

1880. June 17. Statue of Daniel Web- 
ster unveiled at Concord, N. H. 

1880. Jaly 11. C. D. Graham passed 
over Niagara Falls and through the 
whirlpool in a barrel. 

1880. Aug. 20. Chicago Anarchists' 
trial ended; seven sentenced to be 



CHR 0X0 LOGY OF NORTH AMERICA 



381 



I 



hanged, one imiDrisoned for fifteen 
years. 

188G. Aug. 31. Earthquake at Charles- 
ton, 8. C. Many lives lost and 
much damage done. 

"1880. Sejjt. 4. Large meteor appeared in 
southern Kentucky. 

188(i. Sept 20. First one-dollar silver 
certificate issued by the Treasury, 

1880. Oct. 28. Bartholdi's statue, Lib- 
erty Enlightening the World, un- 
veiled at New York. 

1880. Nov. 18. Ex-President Chester A. 
Arthur died. 

1887. Feb. Interstate Commerce Bill 
passed. Heavy winter floods in 
Susquehanna Kiver. 

1887. March 8. Death of Hein-y Ward 
Beecher, at Brooklyn. 

1887. March 31. Death of John G. 
Saxe, the poet, at Albany. 

1887. April 5. Earthquake shock felt in 
Central Xew Hampshire. 

1887. Aug. 0. Unveiling of the statue of 
Albert Sydney Johnson, at New 
Orleans. 

1887. April 14. Remains of Abraham 
Lincoln and wife interred at Spring- 
field, 111. 

1887. May 12. Unveiling of statue of 
President Garfield at Washington, 
D. C. 

1887. May 12. Building trades' strike in 
Chicago; 15,000 men quit work. 

1887. May 20. Marshfield, Wis., de- 
stroyed by fire; 2,000 people ren- 
dered homeless. 

1887. July 0. Revolt in Sandwich 
Islands, and the king deposed. 

1887. Sept. 15. Centennial celebration 
of birth of the Constitution of the 
United States. 



1888. Jan. 12. Fierce blizzard in Iowa, 
Minnesota and Dakota; 200 people 
perished. 

1888. Feb. 17. United States Consul at 
Tangiers, Africa, had trouble with 
Sultan. Two shijis sent to protect 
American interests. 

1888. Feb. 25. Engineers and firemen 
on Chicago, Burlington and Quincy 
struck. 

1888. March 23. Death of Chief -Justice 
Morrison R. Waite. 

1888. April 18. Ex-Senator Roscoe 
Conklin died at Xew York. 

1888. April 30. .Alelville W. Fuller ap- 
pointed Chief-Justice of Supreme 
Court. 

1888. May 13. Sultan of Morocco 
apologized to American Consul; 
amicable settlement of differences. 

1888. June 15. French Chamber of 
Deputies declared in favor of a 
standing treaty with the United 
States providing for the settlement 
of all disputes between the two 
nations by arbitration. 

1888. Aug. 0. Death of Gen. Philip H. 
Sheridan, U. S. A. 

1880. Jan. 4. Chicago, Burlington and 
Quincy officials reached an agree- 
ment with strikers. 

1880. Jan. 9. Heavy storm in the East. 
Old Suspension Bridge blown down. 

1880. Feb. 2. Street-car strike in Xew 
York ended. 

1889. Feb. 22. President Cleveland 
signed bill admitting Xorth and 
South Dakota, Montana and Wash- 
ington as States. 

1889, March 4. Benjamin Harrison in- 
augurated, twenty-third President 
of the United States. 



382 



A STORY OF THE WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE 



1889. March 8. Pennsylvania, Delaware 18!)0. 
and Maryland shaken by an earth- 
quake. 18!i0. 

1889. April 7. The Pensncola, IT. S. N., 

sank at the dock, Portsmouth, Va. 1890. 

1889. April. 29. Centennial of Washing- 
ton's inauguration celebrated in 1890. 
New York. 

1889. May 25., Expedition sailed from 

New York to commence 02:)erations 1890. 
on Nicaragua Canal. 

1889. June 1. Terrible flood at Johns- 
town, Pa. ; nearly 5,000 people 1890. 
killed; vast amount of property 
destroyed. 

1889. Oct. 10. International Marine 1890. 
Congress met at Washington. 

1889. Oct. Pan-American Congress con- 1890. 
vened at Washington. 

1889. Oct. War threatened between 1890. 
Germany and America because of 

local difficulties in the Samoau 
Islands. 1890. 

1890. Jan. 25. Nellie Bly completed 
her trip around the globe; time, 72 

days, hours, 11 minutes. 1890. 

1890. Feb. 5. Destructive flood in 

Oregon, caused by melting snow. 1890. 

1890. Feb. 7. Slight earthquake shock 

felt in New Jersey. 1890. 

1890. Feb. 11. Sioux Eeservation, South 
Dakota, opened to settlers ; avail- 
able land quickly taken. 1890. 

1890. March 10. Levees on Mississippi 
River broke in Arkansas ; great 
damage done. 

1890. March 27. Tornadoes in southern 
parts of Indiana and Illinois, and 
in northern Kentucky; large loss of 1890. 
life and property. 

1890. April 1-11. Building trades' strike 1890. 
in Chicago' and New York; 9,000 
men went out. 



April 21. WorUFs Fair Bill 
passed by Congress. 
April 24. Earthquake shock felt 
for two hours on the Pacific coast. 
]\Iay 29. Monument to Robert E. 
Lee unveiled at Richmond, A'a. 
May .30. Garfield Memorial dedi- 
cated at Lakeview Cemetery, Cleve- 
land. 

June 4. Great parade of Sunday 
school children in Brooklyn; 60,- 
000 in line. 

July 1. Monument to Thomas A. 
Hendricks dedicated at Indian- 
apolis. 

July 2. Burning of Peabody Insti- 
tute at Danvers, Mass. 
July 2. President Harrison signed 
bill admitting Idaho as a State. 
July 10. President Harrison 
signed bill admitting Wyoming as a 
State. 

Aug. G. First legal execution by 
electricity, William Kemmler, at 
Auburn, N. Y., being the victim. 
Aug. 30. First legislature met in 
Oklahoma. 

Oct. 1. President Harrison signed 
the McKinley Tariff Bill. 
Oct. 31. Census Bureau published 
the population of the United States 
as 62,480,540. 

Dec. 15. Indian outbreak at 
Standing Rock, North Dakota; Sit- 
ting Bull arrested by Indian police; 
rescue attempted ; four policemen 
killed; Sitting Bull and seven 
others killed. 

Dec. 24. President Harrison 
issued World's Fair Proclamation. 
Dec. 28. Indian battle at Pine 
Ridge, South Dakota; several sol- 
diers killed. Indians lost 300. 



CHRONOLOGY OF NORTH AMERICA 



383 



1891. Jan. 3. Battle with Sionx Indians 
near Gordon, Neb. 

1891. Jan. 7. Delegates to International 
Monetary Conference met at Wash- 
ington. 

1891. Jan. 12. Gen. Miles met the Sionx 
tribes at Pine liidge Agency to 
adjust trouble. 

1891. Feb. 5. President Harrison an- 
nonnced reciprocity between Brazil 
and the United States. 

1891. Feb. 11. Business men of New 
York protested against free coinage 
of silver. 

1891. Feb. 14. Gen. W. T. Sherman 
died at New York. 

1891. March G. Secretary of War 
authorized enlistment of not more 
than 2,000 Indians in U. S. Army. 

1891. March 11. Eleven Italians lynched 
in New Orleans; Italy demanded 
reparation and recalled her minister. 

1891. March 17, First telephone mes- 
sage sent between Paris and Lon- 
don. 

1891. March 21. Death of Gen. Joseph 
E. Johnston. 

1891. April 2. Conflict between coke 
workers and depnty sheriffs in 
Pennsylvania; 11 strikers killed, 
40 wounded. 

1891. April 7. P. T. Barnura, the great 
showman, died. 

1891. Aprils. Patent Centennial opened 
at Washington, D. C. 

1891. May 5. Governor Boyd, of Ne- 
braska, removed from office by 
decision of State Supreme Court. 

1891. May 20. President Harrison opened 
1,000,000 acres of land for settle- 
ment in Fort Berthold Reservation, 
North Dakota. 



1891. May 23. Commercial Congress at 
Denver declared for unlimited coin- 
age of silver. 

1891. June 3. Unveiling of statue of 
General Grant at his old home, 
Galena, 111. 

1891. June 20. Russia and England 
joined United States to stop seal 
catching in Bering Sea for one year. 

1891. July 4. Death of Hannibal Ham- 
lin, Vice-President with Lincoln. 

1891, July 21. Statue of Stonewall 
Jackson dedicated at Lexington, 
Va. 

Aug. 12. Death of James Eussell 
Lowell, the poet. 



1891. 

1891. Aug. 19. Experiments at rain 

1891. 



making:. 



Auff. 28. First re-union of surviv- 

ors of Black Hawk AVar, at Lena, 

111. 
1891. Sept. 22. Home-seekers' rush in 

Oklahoma. 
1891. Sept. 22. Germany and Denmark 

withdraw their prohibition of 

American pork. 

1891. Oct. 23. Italy and France with- 
draw their prohibition of American 
pork. 

1892. Feb. 13. Aurora Borealis display. 
Most magnificent in years. 

1892. Mar. 10. Illinois contributed 12,- 
000 bushels of corn to Russian 
sufferers. 

1892. March 15. Commercial treaty 
signed between United States and 
France. 

1892. April 15. Sissiton Indian Reserva- 
tion thrown open for settlement. 

•1892. June 27. The Peary rescue party 
embarked for Polar seas. 

1892. July 12. Avalanche from Mont 
Blanc destroyed 2,000 lives. 



J84 



A STORY OF THE WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE 



1802. 
1893. 

1892. 
1898. 

1893. 
1893. 
1893. 
1893. 
1893. 
1893. 
1893. 

1893. 
1893. 

1893. 

1894. 



1894. 
1894. 



July 21. Cyrus W. Field, founder 
of Atlantic cable, died. 
Oct. 1. University of Chicago 
ojjened; 500 students in attend- 
ance. 

Oct. 21. World's Fair dedicated 
at Chicago. 

Jan. 4. Amnesty Proclamation 
issued by President to Mormons 
liable to prosecution for polygamy. 
Jan. 11. Death of James G. 
Blaine. 

March 4. President Cleveland in- 
augurated. 

April 6. Dedication of Mormon 
temple at Salt Lake City. 
May 1. President Cleveland 
opened the "World's Fair. 
June 24. Dr. Nansen sailed for 
North Pole from Cliristiana. 
Mints of India closed to the free 
coinage of silver. 

June 30. President called extra 
session of Congress, to meet Aug. 
7th, 

Aug. 15. Bering Sea arbitration 
award. 

Sept. 16. President Cleveland 
opened Cherokee strip; 100,000 
settlers rush in. 

K^ov. 20. Supreme Court decided 
the term "high seas" applies to 
Great Lakes. 

Jan. 30. American shipping fired 
upon in harbor of Pio Janeiro by 
insurgents' warships: Admiral 
Benham returned fire and com- 
pelled Da Gama to ask for quarter. 
Feb. 2. United States ship Kear- 
sarge wrecked in Caribbean Sea. 
Feb. 22. Salvation Army bought 
200,000 acres of land in Mexico for 
colonizing purposes. 



1894. April 10. Bering Sea proclamation 
issued by President Cleveland. 

1894. April 21. Great coal-miners' strike 
declared. 

1894. June 22. American Railway Union 
boycotted Pu'- ■ cars ; great 

strikes follower. United States 
troops called out to move mails and 
protect property. 

1894. Aug. 7. President recognized the 
Republic of Hawaii. 

1894. Aug. 27. Wilson Tariff Bill be- 
came a law without signature of 
President. 

1894. Oct. 7. Oliver Wendell Holmes 
died. 

1894. Dec. 9. New Treaty between 
Japan and United States. 

1895. Feb. 2. Delaware Indians in 
Indian Territory decided to abandon 
tribal relations. 

1895. March 24. France prohibited im- 
jiortation of American cattle. 

1895. May 5. West Virginia militia called 
out to suppress strikes in coal mines, 

1895. May 20. Income-tax law decided 
unconstitutional by United States. 

1895. May 30. Monument to Confeder- 
ate dead dedicated at Chicago. 

1895. June 12. President forbade Amer- 
ican citizens to aid Cuban insur- 
gents. 

1895. June 13. "Soo" Canal opened be- 
tween Lakes Superior and Huron. 

1895. July 1. Electric Power trans- 
mitted from Niagara Falls to shops 
one mile distant. 

1895. Sept. 18. Cotton States' Interna- 
tional Exposition opened at Atlanta, 
Ga. 

1895. Nov. 15. Jose Maceo began active 
warfare in Cuba. 



CHRONOLOGY OF NORTH AMERICA 



385 



I 



\ 



1895. Nov. 23. Spain embarked 42,000 
additional troops for Cuba. 

1895. Dec. Cuban insurrection gained 
rapidly; American sentiment with 
the Cubans. 

189G. Jan. 4. ezuela Boundary Com- 

mission in Washington. 

1806. Jan. 6. Utah admitted as a State. 

1896. Jan. 22. Clara Barton sailed for 
Armenia with Red Cross expedi- 
tion. 

1896. Feb. 1. Coinage of silver dollars 
resumed at United States mint. 

1896. March 10. Spanish students at 
Salamanca burn American flags. 

1896. April 22. International Arbitra- 
tion Congress convened at Wash- 
ington. 

1896. May 6. Thirty thousand Govern- 
ment employes placed on "Civil 
Service" list by order of President. 

1896. June 7. United States and Mexico 
agreed to allow troops of either to 
cross border in pursuit of hostile 
Indians. 

1896. July 1. Death of Harriet Beecher 
Stowe. 

1896. Aug. 18. Battle between United 
States cavalry and Yaqui Indians; 
three soldiers killed. 

1896. Aug. 29. President Cleveland re- 
ceived Li Hung Chang at New 
York. 

1896. Sept. 1. President placed 10,000 
employes of War Department on 
"Civil Service" list. 

1896. Dec. 3. President proclaimed ton- 
nage tax on German shipping in 
retaliation for German taxes on 
American ships in German ports. 

1807. Jan. 28. Liliuokalani, ex-queen of 
Hawaii, arrived at Washington. 



1807. Jan. 30. A treaty providing for 
settlement of boundary line between 
Alaska and Canada signed at 
Washington. 

1897. March 4. William McKinley in- 
augurated President. 

1807. March 15. Congress convened in 
extra session. 

1807. April 7. Germany protested 
against differential sugar duties 
under new tariff law. 

1807. Apr il 2 . " Log " book of th e May- 
Jfower delivered to Minister Bayard 
by the Bishop of London, for the 
State of Massachusetts. 

1807. June 25. Queen's Diamond Jubi- 
lee celebrated; United States 
cruiser Brooklyn taking part in 
naval parade at London. 

1807. July 17. First Large gold shipment 
received from Alaska; great excite- 
ment followed, and thousands of 
gold -seekers embarked for Alaska. 

1807. July 24. The "Dingley" Tariff 
Bill went into effect. 

1807. Oct. 2. Death of Neal Dow, the 
"Apostle of Prohibition." 

1897. Oct. 8. First successful attempt 
with "wireless telegraphy" by Prof. 
Slaby, in Germany. 

1897. Oct. 9. First beet-sugar factory 
established east of the Mississippi 
River, at Rome, N. Y. 

1807. Oct. 0. Gen. Weyler recalled 
from Cuba. 

1807. Nov. 13. United States Court of 
Appeals decided boycotts illegal. 

1808. Jan. 1. Consolidation of city of 
New York and Brooklyn under 
Greater New York. 

1808. Jan. K*. Extensive strikes in cot- 
ton mills of Massachusetts and Ver- 
mont against wage reductions. 



386 



A STORY OF THE WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE 



1898. Jan. 20. President Dole from 
Hawaii reached Washington to con- 
fer with this Government concorn- 
iug annexation. 
1898. Feb. 12. Attorney-General of 
Missom'i decided that the reading 
of the Bible and the repetition of 
the Lord's Prayer as ojiening exer- 
cises in the public schools was a 
violation of State law. 
1898. Feb. 15. United States Battleship 
Maine blown up in Havana Harbor ; 
26G men killed. 
1898. Feb. 20. Board of Inquiry ordered 

to Havana. 
1898. Feb. 23. Cruiser Montgomery 

ordered to Havana. 
1898. March 4. Nicaragua Canal Com- 
mission finished its labors. 
1898. March 5. Spain asked that Gen. 
Fitziiugh Lee, United States Con- 
sul at Havana, be recalled. 
1898. March 8. Congress voted $50,- 

000,000 for defenses. 
1898. March 14. Admiral Cervera's fleet 

sailed for Cuba. 
1898. March 17. Flying Squadron 
organized. Spain refused to pay 
indemnity for the Maine. 
1898. March 21. California visi ted by an 
earthquake; serious damage done 
at Miiie Island Navy Yard. 
1898. March 25. Official report said the 
Maine was blown up l)y a mine. 
War ships painted for war. 
1898. March 29. Congress introduced 
resolutions in both Houses declar- 
ing war with Spain and recognizing 
Cuba's independence. 
1898. March 30. President McKinley 
asked Spain to grant armistice, and 
that he might relieve suffering 
among Cubans. 



1898. 



1898. 



1898. 
1898. 



1898. 



1898. 



1898. 



1898. 



1898. 
1898. 
1898. 

1898. 



1898. 
1898, 



April 3. One hundred and fifty 
people perished in Chilkoot Pass, 
Alaska, by avalanche. 
April <j. Massacre of 200 concen- 
trados by the Spanish troops in 
Cuba. 

April 9. Gen. Lee left Havana. 
April 10. Powers tried to avert 
war between Spain and United 
States. 

April 11. President McKinley 
asked Congi'ess for authority to re- 
establish peace in Cuba and to use 
force if necessary. 

April 21. An infernal machine 
forwarded to the President of the 
United States. Its explosion 
avoided. 

April 21. Stewart L. Woodford, 
American Minister to Madrid, dis- 
missed by Spain. His train 
attacked by Spaiiish mob. 
April 22. North Atlantic Squad- 
ron sailed for Havana. First gun 
of the war fired. United States 
gunboat Nashville captured Spanish 
steamer Buena Ventura. 
April 23. President McKinley 
called for 125,000 troops. 
April 25. Asiatic Squadron sailed 
for Manila. 

April 2(). Postmaster - General 
Smith ordered mails between Spam 
and United States stopped. 
April 2(). [bombardment of Ma- 
tanzas by ships from American 
fleet; every battery and every gun 
silenced; no loss to Americans; 
Spanish loss unknown. 
April 29. Batteries at Cabanas 
silenced by flagship New York. 
May 1. Com. Dewey, with six 
ships, entered Manila Bay, de- 



CHRONOLOGY OF NORTH AMERICA 



387 



stroyed the Spanish fleet and 
silenced the forts. Spanish prop- 
erty amounting to $(3,000,000 either 
destroyed or captured. Eight 
Americans wounded ; Spanish loss, 
1,200 killed and wounded. 
1898. Mayl. Omaha Exposition opened. 
1898. May 8. Helen Gould sent Govern- 
ment check for $100,000 for war 
purposes. 
1898, May 12. Admiral Sampson bom- 
barded San Juan. City surren- 
dered. 
1898. May 13. First United States sol- 
diers landed in Cuba. 
1898. May 19. Spanish fleet discovered 

at Santiago. 
1898. May 23. Cruiser Charleston sailed 

for Manila with reinforcements. 
1898. May 5. President called for 75,- 

000 volunteers. 
1898. May 30. Treaty of .Reciprocity 
announced between France and the 
United States. 
1898. June 1. Admiral Sampson took 

command of fleet off Santiago. 
1898. June 3. Lieutenant Hobson with 
seven men sunk the Merrimac at 
the entrance to Santiago Harbor. 
1898. June 4. Sampson bombarded forts 

at Santiago. 
1898. June 8. Bombardment of forts of 
Caunanera in Harbor of Guanta- 
namo. 
1898. June 11. New comet in the con- 
stellation of Scorpia discovered by 
astronomers at Lick Observatory in 
California. 
1898. June 13. President McKinley 

signed War Revenue Bill. 
1898. June IG. United States paid Eng- 
land $473,151, the amount of the 
Bering Sea award. 



1898. 



1898. 



1898. 
1898. 

1898. 

1898. 
1898. 

1898. 
1898. 

1898. 



1808, 
1898, 



1898 



June 22. Gen. Shafter landed at 
Baiquiri, meeting with slight resist- 
ance. 

June 24. Battle of Rough Riders; 
sharp, short and decisive; Ameri- 
can loss slight; Sergeant Fish, 
Captain Capron and Major Brodie, 
of Rough Riders, among the killed. 
Spanish loss about 50. Shafter 
advanced to Juragua. 
June 29. Gen. Merritt sailed for 
Manila with 9,000 additional troops. 
July 1. Heavy fighting in front of 
Santiago; Spaniards driven into 
the city; heavy losses on both sides. 
July 3. Strike of Stereotypers in 
Chicago caused a suspension of all 
daily papers. 

July 3. Gen. Shafter demanded 
surrender of Santiago. 
July 3. Admiral Cervera's fleet 
destroyed by American squadron 
while attempting to escape from 
Santiago Harbor. 

July 7. Hawaii formally annexed 
to the United States. 
July 14. Gen. Toral surrendered 
with 24,000 troops; Eastern part 
of the Province of Santiago de 
Cuba given up. 

July IG. President McKinley ap- 
pointed a commission of five to 
meet a like commission from 
Canada to adjust differences be- 
tween the two countries. 
July 18. Manzanillo bombarded. 
July 28. Native volunteers in 
Puerto Rico refused to aid Spanish 
regulars against United States army 
at Ponce. Ponce surrendered to 
Gen. Miles. 
, July 31. Hard battle fought 
before Malate, Manila; Spanish 



388 



A STORY OF THE WORLD AND ITS PEOPLE 



1898. 



1898. 



1898. 



1898. 



1898. 



1898. 



1898. 



1898. 



1898. 



1898. 

1898. 
1898. 



1898. 



authorized M. 
peace protocol; 



troops repulsed ; American loss, 14 
killed, 44 wounded; Spanish loss, 
350 killed, 900 wounded. 
Aug. 2. Spain accepted proposi- 
tion of President McKinley looking 
to terms of peace. 
Aug. 11. Spain 
Cambon to sign 
President ordered all hostilities to 
cease. 

Aug. 12. Manila surrendered to 
Gen. Merritt and Admiral Dewey; 
American loss, 8 killed, 34 
wounded; Spanish loss, 150 killed, 
300 wounded, 11,000 prisoners. 
Aug. 20. Severe skirmish l)etween 
Vnited States troops and Philippine 
insurgents : t Cavite. 
Aug. 31. Spanish prisoners at 
Portsmouth, Annapolis and Korfolk 
released by order of the Govern- 
ment. 

Sept. 14. Contracts awarded by 
Navy department for building three 
new battleships. 

Sept. 23. Agoncillo and Lopez 
from Manila reach America to 
secure recognition of Philippine 
Eepublic. 

Oct. 1. American and Spanish 
peace commissioners hold their first 
joint meeting in Paris. 
Oct. 5. Outbreak of Indians at 
Bear Island, Minn. Six soldiers 
killed, 9 wounded. 
Oct. 14. Serious riots in coal 
mines in Illinois; troops called out. 
Oct. 18. Peace Jubilee in Chicago. 
Oct. 18. Puerto Rico passed under 
control of United States Govern- 
ment. 

Oct. 23. Peace Jubilee opened in 
Philadelphia. 



1898. Nov. 9. War investigating com- 
mission met in Chicago. 

1898. Nov. 28. Spanish peace commis- 
sioners accepted terms of peace 
offered by United States. 

1899. Jan. 1. City of Havana formally 
turned over to United States by 
Spain. Cuba made free, under a 
protectorate of United States. 

1899. Jan. 2. Administration approved 
conciliatory methods with the Fili- 
pinos, but troops forwarded to Phil- 
ippines. 

1899. Jan. 15. Agoncillo, agent of 
Aguinaldo, filed demand for Fili- 
pino independence at Washington. 

1899. Jan. 19. American and British 
consuls at Samoa ejected German 
Consul, who sided with Mataafa and 
seized Supreme Court. 

1899. Jan. 26. Filipino congress (so 
called) adopted a constitution and 
empowered Aguinaldo to declare war 
against United States. 

1899. Jan. 30. Gomez refused to disband 
Cuban army unless $00,000,000 was 
paid. 

1899. Feb. 2. President McKinley offered 
$100 to each Cuban soldier; Gomez 
accepted; army disbanded. 

1899. Feb. 4. Filipinos began hostilities 
at Manila, but were driven back; 
battles followed ra])idly; Filipinos 
repulsed in every instance. 

1899. Feb. 17. President ordered imme- 
diate movement on all islands of 
the Philippine gi'oup. 

1899. March. Continued fighting in the 
Philippines. 

1899. June. In accordance with Czar of 
Russia's proposed gradual disarma- 
ment of Powers of the world, dele- 



CHRONOLOGY OF NORTH AMERICA 



389 



gates from all the great nations met 
at The Hague. 

1899. Sept. 29-Oct. 1. Great Jubilee in 
Kew York, celebrating return of 
Admiral Dewey and crew of the 
Olijmpia. 

1899, Oct. 2. Admiral Dewey presented 
Avith a "Sword of Honor'" at Wash- 
ington. 



1899. Oct. 5. The Marconi system of 
wireless telegraphy proved a com- 
plete success during the interna- 
tional yacht race off Long Island; 
messages sent and received giving 
detailed account of race. 

1899. Oct. 9. Laying of corner-stone of 
Chicago Post Office by President 
McKinley. 




LBJa15 



